TWI813693B - Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization - Google Patents

Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI813693B
TWI813693B TW108118053A TW108118053A TWI813693B TW I813693 B TWI813693 B TW I813693B TW 108118053 A TW108118053 A TW 108118053A TW 108118053 A TW108118053 A TW 108118053A TW I813693 B TWI813693 B TW I813693B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
nanometers
filter
passband
color
center
Prior art date
Application number
TW108118053A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201932884A (en
Inventor
安德魯 W 史密德
唐納德 M 穆佛森
Original Assignee
美商恩光碼公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商恩光碼公司 filed Critical 美商恩光碼公司
Publication of TW201932884A publication Critical patent/TW201932884A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI813693B publication Critical patent/TWI813693B/en

Links

Abstract

The invention generally relates to optical filters that provide regulation and/or enhancement of chromatic and luminous aspects of the color appearance of light to human vision, generally to applications of such optical filters, to therapeutic applications of such optical filters, to industrial and safety applications of such optical filters when incorporated, for example, in radiation-protective eyewear, to methods of designing such optical filters, to methods of manufacturing such optical filters, and to designs and methods of incorporating such optical filters into apparatus including, for example, eyewear and illuminants.

Description

多頻帶色覺濾光器及使用線性規劃最佳化之方法Multi-band color filters and optimization methods using linear programming

本發明大體上係關於:光學濾光器,其對人類視覺提供光之色彩外觀之色度態樣及發光態樣之調節及/或增強;此等光學濾光器之應用;此等光學濾光器在眼用透鏡中之應用;此等光學濾光器之治療應用;此等光學濾光器在併入於例如防輻射眼鏡中之工業及安全應用;設計此等光學濾光器之方法;製造此等光學濾光器之方法;及將此等光學濾光器併入至包含例如眼鏡及照明體之裝置中之設計及方法。The present invention generally relates to: optical filters that provide modulation and/or enhancement of the chromatic and luminescent aspects of color appearance of light to human vision; the use of such optical filters; such optical filters Applications of optical devices in ophthalmic lenses; therapeutic applications of such optical filters; industrial and safety applications of such optical filters for incorporation into radiation-protective glasses; methods of designing such optical filters ; Methods of making such optical filters; and designs and methods of incorporating these optical filters into devices including, for example, eyeglasses and illuminators.

作用於光源或光接收器之具有波長選擇傳輸之光學濾光器可變換色彩外觀之態樣。改良色覺之光學濾光器可對具有色覺缺陷之人提供治療效果。光學濾光器可使眼睛免受紫外線光譜、可見光譜及/或紅外線光譜之高能輻射。併入光學濾光器之裝置包含眼鏡、視窗及照明體。Optical filters with wavelength-selective transmission acting on a light source or light receiver can change the appearance of color. Optical filters that improve color vision may provide therapeutic benefits for people with color vision deficiencies. Optical filters protect the eyes from high-energy radiation in the ultraviolet, visible and/or infrared spectrum. Devices incorporating optical filters include eyeglasses, windows, and illuminators.

本文揭示一種用於設計光學濾光器之濾光器生產方法,該光學濾光器例如對相對於人類色彩感知之色彩外觀提供增強及/或調節。由該方法生產之光學濾光器設計可用作為用於藉由例如將多層之介電材料物理氣相沈積至一光學基板上而製造該等光學濾光器作為例如干涉濾波器之製造規格基礎。干涉濾光器可進一步包括具吸收性之金屬材料層。例如,可藉由物理氣相沈積而製造此等金屬衰減塗層。該光學基板可為透明的或可併入吸收性、光致變色或偏振過濾材料,其中藉由使該基板摻雜有此等材料、將此等材料層壓於多個基板之間或將此等材料塗覆於該基板之一或兩側上而達成該併入。可例如藉由併入適當抗反射濾光器而使總成內及總成外兩者之邊界表面折射率匹配以減少傳輸損耗且大體上改良經組裝濾光器之光學品質。該等濾光器可例如併入至眼鏡(例如目鏡、太陽鏡、眼罩、單片眼鏡、安全眼鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡)中,或可併入至照明體(例如燈總成)中。一眼用透鏡為供眼睛使用之一透鏡。一眼用透鏡可對眼睛提供光學(聚焦)校正,或其可具有零屈光度且不提供此校正。目鏡(例如太陽鏡)及隱形眼鏡為眼用透鏡之實例。 在一態樣中,一種用於設計以一所要方式影響色覺之一光學濾光器之電腦實施方法包括使用一電腦來解算由如下表達式給出之一線性程式: 最小化cT x, 遭受Ax≤b之約束,及 遭受1≥x≥0之約束; 其中,在此方法中,解算向量x之線性程式且以波長為函數之濾光器之透射率由如下表達式計算: 假定,及 假定p,則,及; 其中,在此方法中,f為設計光學濾光器,為以波長λ為函數之f之透射率,E為基本濾光器之一矩陣使得矩陣ei 之行為以每基本濾光器之波長為函數之光之透射率,及基本濾光器之數目為N。定義之表達式為基本濾光器之一加權求和,其中加權係數為對應元素xi。加權和等於基本濾光器矩陣E與線性程式解向量x之間之矩陣向量乘積表達式q=Ex。此外,藉由以波長為函數之第一濾光器q與第二濾光器p之乘法而表示兩個光學濾光器之組合系列,其中為以波長λ為函數之p之透射率,且p在本發明中一般亦被稱為一「預濾光器」,但一般可依任何順序組成分量濾光器。線性程式約束1≥x≥0等效於約束1≥xi ≥0,其中i介於1至N之間。此外,上述表達式中之c為引導線性程式解算器朝向一解決方案之一成本向量,該解決方案提供以所要方式影響色覺之一濾光器f。由cT x計算與該解決方案相關聯之總成本,cT x表示c之轉置與x之間之向量內積。提供一較低總成本之解決方案x一般相對於濾光器之所要功能(例如色彩辨別增強)而更佳,但品質之其他量測亦可用於判定一特定解決方案之適當性。上述表達式中之A為一矩陣且上述表達式中之b為一向量。Ax為矩陣A與向量x之間之矩陣積。矩陣A之元素之至少若干者及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:濾光器f在光之一或多個波長處之最小或最大透射位準;對濾光器白點之一約束;或對一或多個參考光(如透過濾光器所觀看或照亮)之色彩外觀之約束;及/或濾光器f在一或多個入射角處之此等透射約束。 可藉由依一波長標度(例如使用1奈米之一步長)或實質上等效之另一標度(例如頻率或log波數)均勻取樣而用表格表示上述表達式中以波長λ為函數之濾光器(ei ,p,f)之透射率之規格。亦可依樣本點之間具有不均勻間隔之一任意標度定義取樣。 由方法設計之濾光器f(其本質上可被描述為一多頻帶濾光器)具有一光譜透射率,其中一多頻帶濾光器為與阻帶交錯之複數個通帶。特定言之,用於影響色覺之濾光器具有由兩個或兩個以上阻帶分離之三個或三個以上通帶,各阻帶及各通帶具有一中心及一寬度,其中該中心位於可見光譜中之約400奈米至約700奈米之間,及該寬度可在約10奈米至約110奈米之間之範圍內。一頻帶之下邊界被定義為該中心減去該寬度之一半,及一頻帶之上邊界被定義為該中心加上該寬度之一半。一頻帶之平均透射率為光在該等頻帶邊界內之平均光譜透射率。交錯阻帶共用上邊界及下邊界以及相鄰通帶之互補邊界。一多頻帶濾光器之特徵為相對於阻帶及其相鄰通帶之平均透射率之一最小對比率。例如,一多頻帶濾光器可符合對比率之一下限,使得各交錯阻帶具有小於或等於例如一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之一半之一平均透射率。一多頻帶濾光器之進一步特徵為符合對比率之一上限以可期望多頻帶濾光器之一些實施例與色覺一起使用。 併入至諸如眼用透鏡之裝置中之濾光器之進一步特徵為一光透射率,其被定義為由CIE 1924感光發光度函數加權之透過濾光器之光之平均光譜透射率。用在眼用透鏡(諸如太陽鏡)中之濾光器通常具有至少8%之一光透射率。另外,濾光器白點被定義為平均日光(即,照明體D65)在一適合色彩空間中之色度座標,其中一(u',v')色度座標意指CIELUV色彩空間中之一位置及一(x,y)色度座標意指CIE xyY色彩空間中之一位置。一濾光器之白點與該濾光器施加於視場上之表觀色調主觀對應,其中被描述為呈中性之一白點施加少量之此色調。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶本質上呈矩形,即,以波長為函數之透射率在頻帶邊界內之變化係瞬時的或幾乎為瞬時的。一矩形通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長邊界與長波長邊界之間之距離。可依一頻率標度等效地量測矩形頻寬。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶本質上為高斯的(Gaussian),即,以波長為函數之透射率在頻帶邊界內之變化係漸進的或本質上平滑。一高斯通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長邊界上之半峰透射率至長波長邊界上之半峰透射率之間之距離(亦稱為半高全寬(FWHM))。可依一頻率標度等效地量測半峰頻寬。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者可具有一不規則形狀(即,非矩形且非高斯)。例如,通帶可具有一雙峰式分佈,或可在通帶之一或多個側上具有一凸肩,或可被描述為一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數之透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於約4:1至約1:4之間。 在關於非高斯通帶之變動中,可利用例如寬度恰好足以本質上消除不規則及/或急轉過渡之一高斯核心來使此等通帶平滑,在此情況中,通帶可被描述為本質上具有對應平滑通帶之一頻帶中心及半峰寬度。 基本濾光器可例如為具有約1奈米之一通帶寬度之單通帶濾光器,且各基本濾光器具有一不同通帶中心波長。此等濾光器亦可被稱為單色濾光器,且被定義為具有如下光譜透射率:; 其中為迪拉克Δ(Dirac-delta)函數及為由濾光器透射之波長,對於整組之基本濾光器,該波長通常在約400奈米至約700奈米之間變動,及該組中之此等基本濾光器之數目為約300。替代地,基本濾光器可為各具有大於約1奈米之寬度之單通帶濾光器,且各基本濾光器具有一不同通帶中心波長。在一些此等變動中,通帶可呈矩形(亦稱為一方脈衝函數)且一基本濾光器之光譜透射率被定義如下:; 其中為中心波長,為矩形頻寬,及H為Heaviside階梯函數。在此等變動中,通帶可具有例如約10奈米之一寬度且頻帶位置例如依約5奈米之一步長在約400奈米至約700奈米之間變動,使得此等基本濾光器之數目為例如約60。在一些變動中,通帶可具有高斯或本質上為高斯之一光譜透射率,例如具有如下定義之光譜透射率:; 其中為中心波長,且半峰頻寬為:, 其中為指數函數,為平方根函數,及為自然對數。在其他變動中,基本濾光器可為具有兩個或兩個以上通帶之多頻帶濾光器,且各基本濾光器具有兩個或兩個以上通帶之中心位置及/或頻寬之一不同組合。任何適合組之基本濾光器可用在濾光器設計方法中。 例如,成本向量c可經選擇以引導線性程式解算器朝向改良色彩辨別之一濾光器。在一些變動中,成本向量經選擇以藉由提高紅色及綠色之表觀色純度而增強紅色與綠色之間之辨別。此等紅綠色增強濾光器亦可提高藍色之表觀純度且因此一般可被描述為增強色彩辨別。替代地,成本向量可經選擇以藉由提高藍色及黃色之表觀色純度而增強藍色與黃色之間之辨別。此等藍黃色增強濾光器亦可趨於降低紅色及綠色之表觀純度。另外或替代地,成本向量可經選擇以減少約380奈米至約450奈米之間之短波長藍光之透射。另外或替代地,成本向量可經選擇以增加約450奈米至約500奈米之間之短波長青光之透射。任何適合成本向量可用在濾光器設計方法中。 在一些變動中,成本向量c及/或A及b之元素可經選擇使得由濾光器提供之色彩之辨別係正常的(即,色彩外觀實質上相同於由一中性密度濾光器提供之色彩外觀)。 在一些變動中,濾光器設計方法包括:解算線性程式以產生一試驗濾光器f及接著依據效能準則、製造準則或效能及製造準則評估該試驗濾光器。一些此等變動亦可包括調整矩陣A、向量b、成本向量c、基本濾光器矩陣E、預濾光器p或以上各者之任何組合及接著再次解算線性程式表達式以提供另一試驗濾光器。成本向量c可經調整以例如進一步改良色彩辨別(即,相較於當前試驗濾光器之下一試驗濾光器之色彩辨別)。 評估濾光器之效能可包含藉由以下操作而評定濾光器對色彩辨別之效應:藉由計算由一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一第一輪廓圍封之面積而判定一第一色域面積,其中該第一輪廓對應於一觀察者透過試驗濾光器觀看或照亮之一組參考色彩之外觀;藉由計算由一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一第二輪廓圍封之面積而判定一第二色域面積,其中該第二輪廓對應於該觀察者透過一參考濾光器觀看或照亮之該組參考色彩之外觀;及比較該第一色域面積與該第二色域面積。 替代地或另外,評估濾光器之效能可包含藉由以下操作而評定濾光器對色彩辨別之效應:判定投影至一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一軸上之一第一分佈之一第一標準偏差,其中該第一分佈對應於一觀察者透過試驗濾光器觀看或照亮之一組參考色彩之外觀;判定投影至該色彩空間中之該色度平面中之一軸上之一第二分佈之一第二標準偏差,其中該第二分佈對應於一觀察者透過一參考濾光器觀看或照亮之該組參考色彩之外觀;及比較該第一標準偏差與該第二標準偏差。對分析有用之軸包含由紅色盲混淆線、綠色盲混淆線及第三型色盲混淆線定義之軸。 在一些變動中,評估濾光器之效能可包括採用濾光器之效能在偏離於法向入射之一入射角範圍內之一平均值或一加權平均值。該角範圍可例如介於約0度至至少約20度之間或例如介於約0度與至少約30度之間。 在一些變動中,由來自Munsell色彩大全之色彩樣品之光譜反射率指定待由濾光器調節及/或增強之色彩。 在一些變動中,作為來自Munsell色彩大全之樣品之替代或除來自Munsell色彩大全之樣品之外,由來自Farnsworth D-15之色罩之光譜反射率指定待由濾光器調節及/或增強之色彩。 在一些變動中,作為來自Munsell色彩大全之樣品之替代或除來自Munsell色彩大全之樣品之外,由包含例如葉子及花之自然物體之光譜反射率指定待由濾光器調節及/或增強之色彩。 在一些變動中,上述線性程式表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對藍色、紅色、綠色或黃色交通信號之外觀之約束,如透過濾光器所觀看。此等約束可基於例如業界或規章標準,且例如需要:當透過濾光器觀看交通燈色彩時,交通燈色彩落在特定色度及發光邊界內。方法可提供滿足此等約束且改良色彩辨別或否則增強色彩外觀之一濾光器。 在一些變動中,上述線性程式表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對相對於濾光器上之光之入射角之變化而提供色彩外觀之穩定性之約束,如透過濾光器所觀看或照亮。該穩定性由該等約束之組態提供,使得經設計濾光器之白點在兩個或兩個以上入射角處不變或實質上不變。此外,在此等變動中,濾光器f可包括一吸收預濾光器p與一干涉濾光器q之一總組成(composition),其中p之以入射角為函數之透射率之變化係根據Beer-Lambert定律且Ex之以入射角為函數之透射率之變化係根據Snell定律,使得f在偏離於表面法向向量之θ弧度之一入射角處之透射率可表示為且由如下表達式近似表示:; 其中ei 之有效反射率為具有約1.85之一值之n,及對於約0度至約45度之間之θ,該近似值係足夠的。 在一些變動中,上述線性程式表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:濾光器對約380奈米至約450奈米之間之藍光之透射之約束,例如最小化此透射。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對由濾光器指定約450奈米至約650奈米之間之一最小透射率之約束。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對由濾光器指定約580奈米至約620奈米之間之一最小透射率之約束。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對由一電子視覺顯示器(例如具有一發光二極體(LED)背光之一液晶顯示器(LCD))發射之原色光之光透射之約束。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對結合例如約0度至約30度之間之濾光器上之入射角範圍內之正常色彩辨別及穩定色彩外觀而使眼睛免受一可見雷射(例如一倍頻Nd:YAG雷射(其具有532奈米及1064奈米處之雷射輸出功率))之輻射之約束。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對結合例如約0度至約30度之間之濾光器上之入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀而使眼睛免受一鈉照明炬(具有約589奈米處所聚集之功率)之輻射之約束。 在一些變動中,上述表達式中之矩陣A及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:對提供一經選擇照明體之約束,在透過濾光器之透射之後所觀看之該照明體之色彩外觀與在由濾光器反射之後所觀看之該照明體之色彩外觀匹配,及其中由濾光器透射之經過濾照明體提供經選擇參考色彩之一增強辨別,及其中未由濾光器透射之光之部分由濾光器反射。 在另一態樣中,用一等效數值最佳化程序替換上文所總結方法中之線性程式。在此等變動中,該等效程序可包括:用表格表示一可能值範圍內之頻帶位置及頻寬之全部組合;接著依據約束準則及效能準則評估各多頻帶濾光器;及接著選擇通過該約束準則之濾光器子集;及接著選擇該子集中之最佳執行濾光器作為試驗濾光器。此等變動可進一步包含依據效能準則、製造準則或效能及製造準則評估試驗濾光器。一些此等變動亦可包括:調整約束準則、效能準則或以上各者之任何組合;及接著再次執行數值最佳化程序以提供另一試驗濾光器。該約束準則或效能準則可經調整以例如進一步改良色彩辨別(即,相較於當前試驗濾光器之下一試驗濾光器之色彩辨別)。 在另一態樣中,一種用於評估對一試驗濾光器之色覺之效應之電腦實施方法包括:使用一電腦;藉由計算由一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一第一輪廓圍封之面積而判定一第一色域面積,其中該第一輪廓對應於一觀察者透過該試驗濾光器觀看或照亮之一組參考色彩之外觀;藉由計算由一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一第二輪廓圍封之面積而判定一第二色域面積,其中該第二輪廓對應於該觀察者透過一參考濾光器觀看或照亮之該組參考色彩之外觀;及比較該第一色域面積與該第二色域面積。 在一些變動中,評估濾光器之效能可包括:採用在偏離於法向入射之一入射角範圍內由濾光器提供之色域面積之一平均值或一加權平均值。該角範圍可例如為自0度至至少約20度。在一些此等變動中,藉由估算以下可能性而推導出重要性加權函數:根據人眼之一幾何模型以一特定角度觀看濾光器,且濾光器位於一典型眼鏡框中之表面上。 在一些變動中,比較第一色域面積與第二色域面積包括:採用第一色域面積與第二色域面積之比率。 在一些變動中,參考色彩之至少若干者選自Munsell色彩。替代地或另外,參考色彩之至少若干者選自Farnsworth D-15。替代地或另外,參考色彩之至少若干者選自存在於其中試驗濾光器將用於影響色覺之環境中之色彩。在後一情況中,在一些變動中,參考色彩之至少若干者選自自然存在於一室外環境中之色彩。 在一些變動中,參考色彩經選擇以形成圍繞色度平面中之白點之中等飽和之一輪廓。另外或替代地,參考色彩經選擇以形成圍繞色度平面中之白點之高度飽和之一輪廓。 例如,參考濾光器可經選擇以具有一寬頻帶透射率。在一些變動中,參考濾光器經選擇以具有相對於一經選擇照明體(例如相對於日光)之與試驗濾光器相同之白點。在一些變動中,最佳適配於試驗濾光器之一Munsell色彩用於定義參考濾光器,其中Munsell色彩樣品之經量測光譜反射率被定義為參考濾光器之光譜透射率。 在另一態樣中,一種用於評估對一試驗濾光器之色覺之效應之電腦實施方法包括:使用一電腦;判定投影至一色彩空間中之一色度平面中之一軸上之一第一分佈之一第一標準偏差,其中該第一分佈對應於一觀察者透過該試驗濾光器觀看或照亮之一組參考色彩之外觀;判定沿該色彩空間中之該色度平面中之一軸投影之一第二分佈之一第二標準偏差,其中該第二分佈對應於一觀察者透過一參考濾光器觀看或照亮之該組參考色彩之外觀;比較該第一標準偏差與該第二標準偏差。 在一些變動中,軸被定義為紅色盲混淆線。 在一些變動中,軸被定義為綠色盲混淆線。 在一些變動中,軸被定義為第三型色盲混淆線。 在一些變動中,評估濾光器之效能可包括:採用在偏離於法向入射之一入射角範圍內由濾光器提供之分佈之標準偏差之一平均值或一加權平均值。該角範圍可例如為自約0度至至少約20度。在一些此等變動中,藉由估算以下可能性而推導出重要性加權函數:根據人眼之一幾何模型以一特定角度觀看濾光器,且濾光器位於一典型眼鏡框中之表面上。 在一些變動中,比較第一標準偏差與第二標準偏差包括:採用第一標準偏差與第二標準偏差之比率。 在一些變動中,參考色彩之至少若干者選自Munsell色彩。替代地或另外,參考色彩之至少若干者選自Farnsworth D-15。替代地或另外,參考色彩之至少若干者選自存在於其中試驗濾光器將用於影響色覺之環境中之色彩。在後一情況中,在一些變動中,參考色彩之至少若干者選自自然出現於一室外環境中之色彩。 在一些變動中,參考色彩經選擇以形成圍繞色度平面中之白點之中等飽和之一輪廓。另外或替代地,參考色彩經選擇以形成圍繞色度平面中之白點之高度飽和之一輪廓。 例如,參考濾光器可經選擇以具有一寬頻帶透射率。在一些變動中,參考濾光器經選擇以具有相對於一經選擇照明體(例如日光)之與試驗濾光器相同之白點。在一些變動中,最佳適配於試驗濾光器之一Munsell色彩用於定義參考濾光器,其中該Munsell色彩樣品之經量測光譜反射率被定義為參考濾光器之光譜透射率。 在另一態樣中,一種用於影響色覺之多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個阻帶分離之第一通帶、第二通帶及第三通帶。該等通帶及該等阻帶經組態以使一正常觀察者增強色彩辨別(例如,該濾光器之功能效能評估可考量該濾光器對相對於CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之色覺之效應)。該第一通帶具有位於約435奈米至約465奈米之間之一中心,該第二通帶具有位於約525奈米至約555奈米之間之一中心,及該第三通帶具有位於約610奈米至約660奈米之間之一中心。該等通帶之寬度各介於約20奈米至約80奈米之間,及該等阻帶之寬度各為至少約40奈米。 在一些變動中,通帶經組態(例如,經適當定位及/或塑形)使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至至少約30度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之白點含於CIELUV(u',v')色彩空間上且依CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之具有約0.02個單位之一半徑之一區域中。在一些此等變動中,該區域具有約0.01個單位之一半徑。在進一步變動中,除CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之外或作為CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之替代,可使用CIE 1964 10度標準觀察者來計算色度座標。 在一些變動中,通帶經組態使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至至少約30度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之白點含於依CIELUV(u',v')1964 2度標準觀察者色度標度之具有約0.02個單位之一半徑之一區域中。在一些此等變動中,該區域具有約0.01個單位之一半徑。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器經組態以增強藍黃色辨別。在此等變動中,第一通帶具有位於約450奈米至約475奈米之間之一中心,第二通帶具有位於約545奈米至約580奈米之間之一中心,及第三通帶具有位於約650奈米至約690奈米之一中心。在此等變動中,通帶寬度各介於約20奈米至約60奈米之間。 在一些此等變動中,濾光器經組態以給由工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010定義之已被去飽和或幾乎已被去飽和(如由該標準所容許)之一綠色交通信號提供一色度座標。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010而被視為「非呈強勁色彩」。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器經組態使得濾光器之白點呈中性或幾乎呈中性,使得濾光器提供與根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010第4.6.3.1.章節而定義之平均日光色彩限制區域之邊界上之任何點相距至少約0.05個單位之一(x,y)色度座標。在進一步變動中,濾光器經組態使得白點位於或幾乎位於平均日光色彩限制區域上。 在一些變動中,阻帶具有一最小透射率,其為光透射率之約五分之一。該最小透射率為阻帶之邊界內之光譜透射率之最低值。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以增強色彩辨別且抑制低於至少約440奈米之短波長光。在此等變動中,第一通帶具有位於約450奈米至約470奈米之間之一中心且具有約10奈米至約40奈米之一寬度,第二通帶具有位於約545奈米至約575奈米之間之一中心及約30奈米至約60奈米之間之一寬度,第三通帶具有約630奈米至約670奈米之間之一中心位置及約40奈米至約90奈米之間之一寬度。在一些此等變動中,濾光器具有約20%至約35%之間之一光透射率。在一些此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。在其中白點呈中性之一些此等變動中,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比可為至少20%。在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點位於或幾乎位於定義根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010而被視為非呈強勁色彩之一濾光器之限制之邊界上。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。在一些變動中,該干涉濾光器之光譜透射率明顯變平滑,且該干涉濾光器包括少於約50層之介電材料及/或具有小於約3微米之一總厚度。在進一步變動中,藉由併入一含釹基板及該干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。濾光器可進一步包括一中性密度濾光器。在一些變動中,該中性密度吸收濾光器包括可併入於該干涉濾光器之層內之一金屬衰減塗層。因為中性密度濾光器具有一大體上平坦之光譜透射率,所以經組態以與一中性密度濾光器一起使用之濾光器可由諸多本質上等效之選項組成。例如,可將一圓形偏振濾光器換成一金屬衰減塗層以達成具有相同或幾乎相同之光譜透射率之一濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種用於影響色覺之多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個阻帶分離之第一通帶、第二通帶及第三通帶。該等通帶及該等組態經組態以提供正常色彩辨別且抑制低於約450奈米之短波長。 在一些變動中,濾光器具有三個通帶,第一通帶具有約465奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一半峰寬度,第一阻帶具有約14%之一最小透射率,第二通帶具有約550奈米之一中心波長及約40奈米之一半峰寬度,第二阻帶具有約580奈米至約610奈米之間之約50%之一最小透射率,及第三通帶具有約660奈米之一中心波長及約80奈米之一半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,濾光器具有四個通帶,第一通帶具有約465奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一半峰寬度,第一阻帶具有約17%之一最小透射率,第二通帶具有約550奈米之一中心波長及約35奈米之一半峰寬度,第二阻帶位於約560奈米處且具有約40%之一最小透射率,第三通帶位於約595奈米處且具有約35奈米之一半峰寬度,及第四通帶位於約660奈米處且具有約80奈米之一半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約40度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之(u',v')色度座標含於依CIELUV色彩空間1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。在一些變動中國,白點呈中性且相對於Farnsworth D-15之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比介於約0%至約10%之間。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點位於或幾乎位於定義根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010而被視為非呈強勁色彩之一濾光器之限制之邊界上。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。在一些此等變動中,該中性密度吸收濾光器為一線性偏振器。在進一步變動中,製造不含一吸收元件之濾光器。在一些變動中,藉由將一干涉濾光器沈積至一光致變色基板上而製造濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種用於影響色覺之多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個阻帶分離之第一通帶、第二通帶及第三通帶。該等通帶及該等阻帶經組態以針對具有紅綠色覺缺陷之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。據此,此一濾光器之效能度量之評估可考量此一觀察者之生理特性。該第一通帶具有約440奈米至約455奈米之間之一中心波長,該第二通帶具有約530奈米至約545奈米之間之一中心波長,及該第三通帶具有約610奈米至約640奈米之間之一中心波長。該等通帶之寬度各介於約10奈米至約60奈米之間,及該等阻帶之寬度各為至少約40奈米,其中可根據該濾光器之所要光透射率及白點色調而選擇該等頻帶之寬度。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約30度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,日光之白點含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.02個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約35度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,日光之白點含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.04個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器提供穩定色彩外觀,使得白點自其0度入射角位置所位移之入射角相依距離在約20度入射角至約40度入射角之間之一角度處具有一局部最小值,其中該局部最小值處之白點位移小於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之0.02個單位。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器提供穩定色彩外觀,使得白點自其0度入射角位置所位移之入射角相依距離在約20度至約40度之間之一角度處具有一局部最小值,其中該局部最小值處之白點位移小於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之0.01個單位。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010而被視為非呈強勁色彩。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點呈中性或幾乎呈中性,使得白點之(x,y)色度座標落在相對於照明體D65且依CIE xyY 1931 2度標準觀察者色彩空間之(0.31, 0.33)之約0.05個單位內。 在一些變動中,阻帶具有一最小透射率,其為約450奈米至約650奈米之間之光透射率之約五分之一。 在一些變動中,阻帶具有一最小透射率,其為約580奈米至約650奈米之間之光透射率之約五分之一。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者具有一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數之透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於4:1至1:4之間。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者具有一不規則分佈,其中通帶可被描述為在通帶之一側或兩側上本質上具有一凸肩。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者具有一雙峰式分佈,其中兩個模式之中心波長在+/- 10%內且圍繞該等模式之分佈部分重疊。此一組態亦可被描述為將通帶分成相鄰之部分重疊子頻帶。 在一些變動中,第一通帶具有一雙峰式分佈,其中第一模式處於約435奈米且第二模式為約455奈米。在此等變動中,第一模式之峰值透射率可等於或大於第二模式之峰值透射率。 在一些變動中,相對於其中第二通帶中心波長介於約525奈米至約535奈米之間之一入射角,濾光器經組態以給由工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010定義之呈微紅或幾乎呈微紅(如該標準所容許)之一黃色交通信號提供一色度座標。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以針對具有綠色弱之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。在較佳變動中,第三通帶具有約620奈米至約640奈米之間之中心波長。在一些此等變動中,第一通帶具有位於約445奈米處之一中心,第二通帶具有約535奈米之一中心波長,及第三通帶具有約635奈米之一中心波長。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以針對具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性且相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比為至少約30%。在進一步此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以針對具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性且相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比為至少約35%。在進一步此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以針對具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。在此等變動中,阻帶可具有一最小透射率,其為約580奈米至約650奈米之間之光透射率之五分之一且小於約475奈米至約580奈米之間之光透射率之約五分之一(例如約十分之一)。在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性且相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比為至少約40%。在進一步此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。 在一些變動中,濾光器經組態以針對具有紅色弱之一觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。在一些此等變動中,第三通帶具有約605奈米至約620奈米之間之中心波長。在一些此等變動中,第一通帶具有約440奈米之一中心波長,第二通帶具有約530奈米之一中心波長,及第三通帶具有約615奈米之一中心波長。在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性且相對於由法向入射處之濾光器提供之Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比為至少約40%。在進一步此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。在進一步變動中,藉由併入一含釹基板以及該中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個或兩個以上阻帶分離之三個或三個以上通帶。該等通帶及該等阻帶經組態以透射一電子視覺顯示器之藍原色光、紅原色光及綠原色光,使得該等光似乎具有大致相同發光度且其中該等原色光之光透射率比日光之光透射率大至少約15%。在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性,且對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。在一些此等變動中,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比為至少約20%。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點呈中性或幾乎呈中性,使得白點之(x,y)色度座標落在CIE xyY 1931 2度標準觀察者色彩空間上之相對於照明體D65之(0.31, 0.33)之約0.05個單位內。 在一些變動中,濾光器具有三個通帶,且第一通帶具有約450奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第二通帶具有約535奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一寬度,及第三通帶具有約615奈米之一中心波長及約30奈米之一寬度。 在一些變動中,濾光器具有四個通帶,第一通帶具有約455奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第二通帶具有約540奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一寬度,第三通帶具有約615奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一半峰寬度,及第四通帶具有約680奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約40度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之白點含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,其上組態有濾光器之電腦顯示器為具有一發光二極體(LED)背光之一液晶顯示器(LCD)。 在一些變動中,白點呈中性且相對於由濾光器提供之Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比為至少約20%。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種提供增強眼睛安全之多頻帶濾光器經組態以:提供正常色彩外觀及亦提供一阻隔頻帶,其中該阻隔頻帶使眼睛免受約450奈米至約650奈米之間之一或多個波長處之可見光輻射;及在偏離於濾光器之表面法向向量之約0度至約30度之間之一入射角範圍內提供阻隔。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點呈中性或幾乎呈中性,使得白點之(x,y)色度座標落在CIE xyY 1931 2度標準觀察者色彩空間上之相對於照明體D65之(0.31, 0.33)之約0.05個單位內。 在一些變動中,保護阻隔頻帶在約530奈米處具有一短波長邊界且在約560奈米處具有一長波長邊界以免受約532奈米處之可見光輻射。在此等變動中,濾光器可包括由三個阻帶分離之四個通帶,其中中間阻帶為保護頻帶。第一通帶具有約440奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第二通帶具有約515奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一寬度,第三通帶具有約570奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一寬度,及第四通帶具有約635奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一寬度。 在此等變動中,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比約為零。在一些變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比約為零。 在一些變動中,阻隔頻帶在約585奈米處具有一短波長邊界及在約620奈米處具有一長波長邊界,且因此免受約589奈米處之可見光輻射。在此等變動中,濾光器可包括由兩個阻帶分離之四個通帶,其中長波長阻帶提供保護。在一些變動中,第一通帶具有約455奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第二通帶具有約540奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第三通帶具有約570奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一寬度,第四通帶具有約635奈米之一中心波長及約30奈米之一寬度。 在一些此等變動中,白點呈中性且及相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比介於約0%至約15%之間。在一些此等變動中,對於0度至至少約25度之間之角度,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之百分比大於零。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約35度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得對於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之白點含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種用於影響色覺之多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個或兩個以上阻帶分離之三個或三個以上通帶。該等通帶及該等阻帶經組態以最大化由視網膜神經節細胞接收藍光且最大化正常色彩辨別。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有由兩個阻帶分離之三個通帶,其中第一通帶具有位於約485奈米處之一中心及約90奈米之一半峰寬度,第二通帶具有約580奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一半峰寬度,及第三通帶具有約630奈米之一中心波長及約25奈米之一半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有由三個阻帶分離之四個通帶,其中第一通帶具有約430奈米之一中心波長及約30奈米之一半峰寬度,第二通帶具有約495奈米之一中心波長及約50奈米之一半峰寬度,第三通帶具有約565奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一半峰寬度,及第四通帶具有約630奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約30度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得用於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,平均日光之白點含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,白點呈中性且相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比介於約0%至約-10%之間。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器具有約8%至約40%之間之一光透射率,且頻帶經組態使得濾光器之白點位於或幾乎位於定義根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010而被視為非呈強勁色彩之一濾光器之限制之邊界上。 在一些變動中,藉由併入一中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。在進一步變動中,藉由併入一含釹基板以及該中性密度吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器而製造濾光器。在一些變動中,濾光器規格明顯變平滑,使得可用少於約50個材料層來製造該干涉濾光器。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種多頻帶濾光器包括三個或三個以上通帶及兩個或兩個以上阻帶,且該等頻帶經組態以由人類視覺調節及/或增強光之色彩外觀。以波長λ為函數之濾光器f之光譜透射率可實質上由如下表達式近似表示:; 其中,在上述表達式中,為通帶且為調整通帶之加權係數,及為濾光器之最小透射率。 可藉由依一波長標度(例如使用1奈米之一步長)或實質上等效之另一標度(例如頻率或log波數)均勻取樣而用表格表示上述表達式中以波長λ為函數之濾光器透射率(f, u)之規格。亦可依樣本點之間具有不均勻間隔之一任意標度定義取樣。 在一些變動中,濾光器包括三個通帶及兩個阻帶(即,在上述表達式中,N=3)。 在一些變動中,濾光器包括四個通帶及三個阻帶(即,在上述表達式中,N=4)。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶本質上呈矩形,即,頻帶邊界處之以波長為函數之透射率之變化係瞬時的或幾乎為瞬時的。一矩形通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長邊界與長波長邊界之距離。可依一頻率標度等效地量測該矩形頻寬。可由如下表達式定義一矩形通帶之光譜透射率:; 其中為中心波長,為矩形頻寬及H為Heaviside階梯函數。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶本質上為高斯的,即,頻帶邊界處之以波長為函數之透射率之變化係漸進的或本質上為平滑的。一高斯通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長側上之半峰透射率至長波長邊界上之半峰透射率之間之距離(亦稱為半高全寬(FWHM))。可依一頻率標度等效地量測半峰頻寬。可由如下表達式定義一高斯通帶之光譜透射率:; 其中為中心波長,及半峰頻寬為:。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者可具有一不規則形狀(即,非矩形且非高斯)。例如,通帶可具有一雙峰式分佈,或可在通帶之一或多側上具有一凸肩,或可被描述為一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數之透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於約4:1至約1:4之間。 在關於非高斯通帶之變動中,可用足夠寬以本質上消除不規則及/或急轉過渡之一高斯核心來使此等通帶變平滑,在此情況中,通帶可被描述為具有對應平滑通帶之一頻帶中心及半峰寬度。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約35度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得用於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,日光之白點含於在CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度圖上具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約40度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得用於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,日光之白點含於在CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度圖上具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器給偏離於表面法向向量之約0度至約45度之間之入射角提供穩定色彩外觀,使得用於全部或幾乎全部之該等入射角,日光之白點含於在CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度圖上具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器提供穩定色彩外觀,使得白點自其0度入射角位置所位移之入射角相依距離在約20度入射角至約45度入射角之間之一角度處具有一局部最小值,其中該局部最小值處之白點位移小於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之0.02個單位。 在一些變動中,通帶經定位及/或經塑形使得濾光器提供穩定色彩外觀,使得白點自其0度入射角位置所位移之入射角相依距離在約20度入射角至約45度入射角之間之一角度處具有一局部最小值,其中該局部最小值處之白點位移小於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度(u',v')標度之0.01個單位。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器被製造為一干涉濾光器。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器經製造以包括一干涉濾光器及一或多個中性密度吸收濾光器,且該干涉濾光器提供通帶及阻帶。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器經製造以包括一干涉濾光器及一或多個寬頻帶吸收濾光器,且該干涉濾光器提供通帶及阻帶。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器經製造以包括一干涉濾光器及一或多個窄頻帶吸收濾光器,其中該干涉濾光器及吸收濾光器經共同組態以提供通帶及阻帶。 在上述變動之任何者中,多頻帶濾光器f可包括一吸收濾光器p及一干涉濾光器q,其中p之以入射角為函數之透射率之變化係根據Beer-Lambert定律,及q之以入射角為函數之透射率之變化係根據Snell定律,使得f在偏離於表面法向向量之θ弧度之一入射角處之透射率可表示為且由如下表達式近似表示:; 其中干涉濾光器q之有效折射率為具有約1.85之一值之n,法向入射處之p之光譜透射率為,法向入射處之f之光譜透射率為,法向入射處之q之光譜透射率為,及約0度至約30度之間之θ之近似值係足夠的。 在一些此等變動中,可使q之光譜透射率朝向較長波長位移,如由如下表達式所計算:,及; 其中為判定位移量之一係數,且經選擇以最大化濾光器在一入射角範圍內之一效能準則。 在一些變動中,濾光器包括一干涉濾光器,其中該干涉濾光器之光譜透射率明顯變平滑,其中平滑核心之寬度經選擇以不過度損及濾光器之效能,同時亦使濾光器能夠被製造為一低階堆疊之介電材料。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之濾光器併入至眼鏡中。此眼鏡可包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡、隱形眼鏡或任何其他適合眼用透鏡。 在另一態樣中,一種用於判定一濾光器在一表面上之實體厚度之分佈之電腦實施方法包括:使用一電腦;定義該濾光器之光譜透射率;定義該濾光器在一入射角範圍內之光譜透射率;定義該表面之一幾何模型;定義一人眼之一幾何模型;組態該等幾何模型以接近一眼鏡框之幾何形狀,其中該表面為安裝於該框架中且位於眼睛前面之一透鏡;針對該表面上之各位置而計算穿過該位置以成像於眼睛之視網膜上之光之入射角;及指定各位置之一實體厚度,其中該實體厚度經組態使得光譜透射率在相對於經計算入射角之該表面上之全部位置或幾乎全部位置處不變或實質上不變。 在另一態樣中,一種用於判定一濾光器在一表面上之實體厚度之分佈之電腦實施方法包括:使用一電腦;定義一濾光器之一光譜透射率;定義該濾光器在一入射角範圍內之光譜透射率;定義該表面之一幾何模型;定義沈積至該表面上之該濾光器之相對實體厚度之一幾何模型(例如,作為由一特定製程達成之實體厚度分佈之預測及量測之結果);定義一人眼之一幾何模型;組態該等幾何模型以接近一眼鏡框之幾何形狀,其中該表面為安裝於該框架中且位於眼睛前面之一透鏡;計算對應於視場中心之表面上之位置;計算穿過中心位置之光之入射角;定義相對於中心位置之各位置之一重要性分佈;指定中心位置處之一實體厚度,其中該實體厚度經選擇使得穿過中心位置且成像至視網膜上之光根據經定義之光譜透射率而過濾;計算對透鏡之表面上之色覺之重要性加權平均效應,其與指定中心實體厚度之+/- 10%內之一實體厚度變化範圍相關聯;及接著選擇該範圍內之一偏置中心實體厚度,使得對色覺之重要性加權平均效應被最大化。 在另一態樣中,一種併入一多頻帶濾光器之眼鏡之透鏡包括一光學基板、一或多個反射干涉濾光器及定位於該等反射濾光器之一側或兩側上之一或多個吸收濾光器,其中該等吸收濾光器經組態以減小該透鏡之一側或兩側上之反射光之發光度。 在一些變動中,干涉濾光器包括具有約12個至約50個介電材料層之一低階堆疊,或介於約1微米至約3微米厚,或包括具有約12個至約50個介電材料層之一低階堆疊且介於1微米至3微米厚。 在一些變動中,干涉濾光器包括具有約50個至至少約200個介電材料層之一高階堆疊,或介於約6微米至至少約12微米厚,或包括具有約50個至至少約200個介電材料層之一高階堆疊且介於6微米至至少約12微米厚。 干涉濾光器所包括之介電材料層可包含例如二氧化鈦及二氧化矽之薄膜。可在例如一磁控濺鍍機中例如藉由物理氣相沈積而製造材料層。替代地或另外,可例如藉由旋塗沈積而製造介電材料層。 在一些變動中,由一金屬衰減塗層提供一中性密度吸收濾光器。可例如藉由物理氣相沈積而製造金屬材料層。在此等變動中,金屬層可與干涉濾光器之介電層交錯或部分交錯。 在一些變動中,藉由將光致變色材料併入至一玻璃或聚合物基板中而提供一光活化中性密度吸收濾光器。在此等變動中,干涉濾光器可沈積於透鏡之凸面上。 在一些變動中,藉由將一偏振濾光器併入至一層壓復合透鏡中或藉由塗覆至透鏡之表面上而提供一線性偏振中性密度吸收濾光器。在此等變動中,偏振器可位於干涉濾光器與面向眼睛之透鏡之側之間。 在一些變動中,由一聚合物基板中之有機染料提供一吸收濾光器。可藉由任何適合方法(舉例而言,諸如藉由併入至光學基板介質中、在兩個光學基板之間層壓一膜或旋塗或浸染一光學基板之表面)而將聚合物材料併入至透鏡中。 在一些變動中,藉由將無機材料併入至一玻璃或聚合物基板中而提供一吸收濾光器。在此等變動之若干者中,該等無機材料可包含鐠、鈥、釹或以上各者之任何混合物之稀土離子。 在一些變動中,一或多個吸收濾光器經組態以影響由透鏡之外表面(最遠離眼睛之表面)反射之日光之色彩外觀,其中為了悅目而組態色彩外觀。 在一些變動中,吸收濾光器包括:一第一圓形偏振器,其定位於干涉濾光器之一側上且經組態以吸收由干涉濾光器反射之光;及一第二圓形偏振器,其定位於與該第一圓形偏振器相對之干涉濾光器之側上且經組態以吸收由干涉濾光器反射之光,且該第一圓形偏振器及該第二圓形偏振器經組態以透射穿過干涉濾光器之光。 在一些變動中,由固定至干涉濾光器之一側且經組態以吸收由干涉濾光器反射之光之一第一圓形偏振器提供最接近於眼睛之透鏡之一側上之一吸收濾光器。 在併入一或多個圓形偏振器之變動中,一圓形偏振器包括一線性偏振器及一四分之一波長延遲器,該線性偏振器元件可經組態以提供例如約60%至約90%之間之部分偏振效率。 在含有一線性偏振器之變動中,該線性偏振器可經組態以使水平偏振光衰減以便根據Brewster角現象而減少來自由水平表面反射之太陽光之眩光。 在一些變動中,濾光器之全部功能層定位於光學基板之一側上,且基板之相對側具有使光學基板內之反射光之散射及共振減少之一抗反射塗層,且該抗反射塗層之發光度加權反射率小於約0.5%。 在一些變動中,濾光器之全部功能層夾於兩個光學基板之間,該等光學基板之外表面經抗反射塗覆以減少該等光學基板內之反射光之散射及共振。 在一些變動中,可用一折射率匹配之吸收聚合物塗層密封透鏡之邊緣,該邊緣塗層減少光學基板內之雜散光之透射及散射且亦保護濾光器之層免受污染(例如,避免水或溶劑滲透至介電或金屬材料層中)。 在一些變動中,濾光器之全部功能層為與藉由物理氣相沈積之製造相容之金屬或金屬氧化物塗層。 在一些變動中,光學基板為化學鋼化玻璃。在此等變動中,該玻璃可吸收例如約280奈米至約400奈米之間之紫外光。 在一些變動中,干涉濾光器沈積於一表面上,使得介電材料層之實體厚度經組態使得光學厚度在該表面上之兩個或兩個以上位置處不變或實質上不變,其中至濾光器之光在該兩個或兩個以上位置處之有效入射角相差至少20度,及其中光之有效入射角對應於穿過透鏡且成像至眼睛之視網膜上之一束光。 在一些變動中,光學基板係彎曲的,其中曲率半徑介於約50毫米至約200毫米之間。在此等變動中,干涉濾光器及/或衰減塗層可定位於表面之凹側上。 若適合,則可將上述變動之任何者之透鏡併入至包含例如目鏡(例如太陽鏡)、護目鏡或隱形眼鏡之眼鏡中。 在另一態樣中,一種光源包括一照明體、一第一光束成形元件、一多頻帶干涉濾光器及一第二光束成形元件。實質上由該第一光束成形元件準直自該照明體輻射之光。經準直之光束入射至該多頻帶濾光器,其中該光束被分成一透射部分及一反射部分。該光之該透射部分及該反射部分具有相對於經選擇照明體之相同或實質上相同之白點。該光之該透射部分提供使紅色及綠色之表觀純度增強之照明,且該光之該反射部分提供使藍色及黃色之表觀純度增強之照明。該第二光束成形元件將該光之該透射部分及該反射部分組合成一輸出光束,其中透射光及反射光在該輸出光束中至少部分地空間分離。 在一些變動中,輸出光束具有主要包括由多頻帶濾光器透射之光之一中心部分及主要包括由多頻帶濾光器反射之光之一外部部分。 在一些變動中,第一光束成形元件及第二光束成形元件之功能組合於一單一光束成形元件中。 在一些變動中,來自照明體之入射於多頻帶濾光器上之光之光束準直角為約20度。在此等變動中,用於經準直光束內之全部或幾乎全部之位置,濾光器相對於照明體之白點可例如含於依CIELUV 1931 2度標準觀察者色度標度之具有約0.01個單位之一半徑之一區域中。 在一些變動中,多頻帶濾光器包括由兩個阻帶分離之三個通帶,其中第一通帶具有約450奈米之一中心波長及約15奈米之一頻寬,第二通帶具有約535奈米之一中心波長及約20奈米之一頻寬,及第三通帶具有約625奈米之一中心波長及約30奈米之一頻寬。 在一些變動中,阻帶具有約10%之一最小透射率。在進一步變動中,阻帶具有約1%之一最小透射率。 在一些變動中,照明體包括一或多個基於磷光體之白色發光二極體及一或多個紅色發光二極體。由照明體發射之來自白色發光二極體及紅色發光二極體之光之一寬頻帶組合具有約5000 K至約7000 K之間之一等效色溫及約80至約90之間之一CRI。 在一些變動中,照明體包括一基於磷光體之白色發光二極體、一青色發光二極體及一紅色發光二極體。由組合二極體發射之光具有一寬頻帶光譜輻射通量,其具有約5000 K至約7000 K之間之一相關色溫及約90至約100之間之一CRI。在一些此等變動中,照明體之該光譜輻射通量組態為平均日光(D65)之一最佳近似。 在一些變動中,提供具有一多頻帶光譜透射率之眼用透鏡,該眼用透鏡包括一光學基板及一干涉濾光器,其中該干涉濾光器具有約30%至約80%之間之一光反射率及約8%至約70%之間之一光透射率。 用於設計、評估或否則評定光學濾光器、眼鏡、眼用透鏡、照明體及其他光學組件或器件之本文所揭示之全部方法及其變動可包含製造此一物件之步驟、製造此一物件之另一步驟或提供該物件之一製造規格至另一物件之步驟,無論此一步驟是否明確被陳述於特定方法、物件或其變動之描述中。 熟習技術者將在參考本發明之[實施方式]及首先簡要描述之附圖時進一步明白本發明之此等及其他態樣、實施例、變動、特徵及優點。Disclosed herein is a filter production method for designing optical filters that, for example, provide enhancement and/or modulation of color appearance relative to human color perception. Optical filter designs produced by this method may serve as the basis for fabrication specifications for fabricating such optical filters as, for example, interference filters by, for example, physical vapor deposition of multiple layers of dielectric materials onto an optical substrate. The interference filter may further include an absorptive metallic material layer. For example, these metal attenuating coatings can be produced by physical vapor deposition. The optical substrate may be transparent or may incorporate absorptive, photochromic or polarizing filtering materials by doping the substrate with these materials, laminating these materials between multiple substrates, or by Such materials are coated on one or both sides of the substrate to achieve the incorporation. The refractive index of the boundary surfaces both inside and outside the assembly can be matched to reduce transmission losses and generally improve the optical quality of the assembled filter, for example by incorporating appropriate anti-reflective filters. Such filters may, for example, be incorporated into eyewear, such as eyepieces, sunglasses, eyecups, monocles, safety glasses, contact lenses or any other suitable ophthalmic lens, or may be incorporated into a lighting body, such as a lamp assembly )middle. An eye lens is a lens for eyes. An ophthalmic lens may provide optical (focus) correction to the eye, or it may have zero diopter and provide no such correction. Eyepieces (such as sunglasses) and contact lenses are examples of ophthalmic lenses. In one aspect, a computer-implemented method for designing an optical filter that affects color vision in a desired manner includes using a computer to solve a linear equation given by: minimizing c T x , subject to the constraint of Ax ≤ b, and subject to the constraint of 1 ≥ x ≥ 0; where, in this method, the linear equation of the vector x is solved and the transmittance of the filter as a function of wavelength Calculated by the following expression: Assume , and assuming p, then ,and ; Among them, in this method, f is the designed optical filter, is the transmittance of f as a function of wavelength λ, E is a matrix of basic filters such that the behavior of matrix e i is the transmittance of light as a function of the wavelength of each basic filter, and the number of basic filters is N. definition The expression of is a weighted summation of one of the basic filters, where the weighting coefficient is the corresponding element xi. The weighted sum is equal to the matrix-vector product expression q=Ex between the basic filter matrix E and the linear program solution vector x. also, The combined series of two optical filters is represented by the multiplication of the first filter q and the second filter p as a function of wavelength, where is the transmittance of p as a function of wavelength λ, and p is generally referred to as a "pre-filter" in the present invention, but component filters can generally be composed in any order. The linear program constraint 1≥x≥0 is equivalent to the constraint 1≥x i≥0 , where i ranges from 1 to N. Furthermore, c in the above expression is a cost vector that guides the linear program solver toward a solution that provides a filter f that affects color vision in a desired manner. Calculate the total cost associated with the solution by c T x, which represents the vector inner product between the transpose of c and x. Providing a lower total cost solution is generally better relative to the filter's desired function (eg, color discrimination enhancement), but other measures of quality can also be used to determine the appropriateness of a particular solution. A in the above expression is a matrix and b in the above expression is a vector. Ax is the matrix product between matrix A and vector x. At least some of the elements of matrix A and at least some of the elements of vector b are related to: the minimum or maximum transmission level of filter f at one or more wavelengths of light; to one of the white points of the filter Constraints; or constraints on the color appearance of one or more reference lights (as viewed or illuminated through the filter); and/or constraints on the transmission of the filter f at one or more angles of incidence. The above expression as a function of wavelength λ can be tabulated by sampling uniformly on one wavelength scale (e.g., using steps of 1 nanometer) or another substantially equivalent scale (e.g., frequency or log wavenumber). Specifications of the transmittance of the filter ( ei , p, f). Sampling can also be defined at any scale with uneven spacing between sample points. The optical filter f designed by the method (which can essentially be described as a multi-band filter) has a spectral transmittance, where a multi-band filter is a plurality of passbands interleaved with the stopband. Specifically, a filter used to affect color vision has three or more passbands separated by two or more stopbands, each stopband and each passband having a center and a width, wherein the The center is located between about 400 nanometers and about 700 nanometers in the visible spectrum, and the width can range between about 10 nanometers and about 110 nanometers. A lower band boundary is defined as the center minus half the width, and a band upper boundary is defined as the center plus half the width. The average transmittance of a frequency band is the average spectral transmittance of light within the boundaries of those frequency bands. The staggered stopbands share upper and lower boundaries and the complementary boundaries of adjacent passbands. A multiband filter is characterized by a minimum contrast ratio relative to the average transmission of the stopband and its adjacent passbands. For example, a multiband filter may comply with a lower limit on the contrast ratio such that each staggered stopband has an average transmission less than or equal to, for example, half the average transmission of an adjacent passband. A further feature of a multi-band filter is compliance with an upper limit on the contrast ratio such that some embodiments of the multi-band filter may be expected to be used with color vision. Filters incorporated into devices such as ophthalmic lenses are further characterized by a light transmittance defined as the average spectral transmittance of light transmitted through the filter weighted by the CIE 1924 photoluminescence function. Filters used in ophthalmic lenses, such as sunglasses, typically have a light transmission of at least 8%. In addition, the filter white point is defined as the chromaticity coordinate of average daylight (i.e., illuminant D65) in a suitable color space, where a (u', v') chromaticity coordinate means one in the CIELUV color space Position and an (x,y) chromaticity coordinate refer to a position in the CIE xyY color space. The white point of a filter subjectively corresponds to the apparent tint that the filter exerts on the field of view, with a white point described as neutral applying a small amount of this tint. In some variations, the filter passband is essentially rectangular, that is, the change in transmittance as a function of wavelength within the band boundaries is instantaneous or nearly instantaneous. The width of a rectangular passband is characterized by the distance between the short wavelength boundary and the long wavelength boundary. Rectangular bandwidth can be measured equivalently on a frequency scale. In some variations, the filter passband is Gaussian in nature, that is, the transmission as a function of wavelength changes gradually or essentially smoothly within the band boundaries. The width of a Gaussian band is characterized by the distance between the half-peak transmittance at the short-wavelength boundary and the half-peak transmittance at the long-wavelength boundary (also known as the full width at half maximum (FWHM)). The half-peak bandwidth can be measured equivalently on a frequency scale. In some variations, one or more of the passbands may have an irregular shape (ie, non-rectangular and non-Gaussian). For example, the passband may have a bimodal distribution, or may have a shoulder on one or more sides of the passband, or may be described as a skewed distribution, where in transmittance as a function of wavelength, The slope ratio between the two sides of the passband is between about 4:1 and about 1:4. In a variation on non-Gaussian bands, such passbands can be smoothed using, for example, a Gaussian kernel of just enough width to essentially eliminate irregularities and/or sharp transitions, in which case the passbands can be described as Essentially, it has a band center and half-peak width corresponding to a smooth passband. The basic filter may be, for example, a single passband filter with a passband width of about 1 nanometer, and each basic filter has a different passband center wavelength. These filters may also be called monochromatic filters and are defined as having the following spectral transmittance: ; in is the Dirac-delta function and is the wavelength transmitted by the filter, which typically ranges from about 400 nanometers to about 700 nanometers for a complete set of basic filters, and the number of such basic filters in the set is about 300. Alternatively, the base filters may be single passband filters each having a width greater than about 1 nanometer, with each base filter having a different passband center wavelength. In some of these variations, the passband can be rectangular (also called a square pulse function) and the spectral transmittance of a basic filter is defined as follows: ; in is the central wavelength, is the rectangular bandwidth, and H is the Heaviside step function. In such variations, the passband may have a width of, for example, about 10 nanometers and the band position may vary, for example, in steps of about 5 nanometers, between about 400 nanometers and about 700 nanometers, such that these basic filters The number of vessels is, for example, approximately 60. In some variations, the passband may have a Gaussian or a spectral transmittance that is Gaussian in nature, such as having a spectral transmittance defined as follows: ; in is the center wavelength, and the half-peak bandwidth is: , in is an exponential function, is the square root function, and is the natural logarithm. In other variations, the basic filter can be a multi-band filter with two or more passbands, and each basic filter has the center position and/or bandwidth of two or more passbands. a different combination. Any suitable set of basic filters can be used in the filter design method. For example, the cost vector c may be selected to direct the linear program solver toward a filter that improves color discrimination. In some variations, the cost vector is selected to enhance discrimination between red and green by increasing their apparent color purity. These red-green enhancement filters can also increase the apparent purity of blue and thus can generally be described as enhancing color discrimination. Alternatively, the cost vector may be selected to enhance discrimination between blue and yellow by increasing their apparent color purity. These blue-yellow enhancing filters may also tend to reduce the apparent purity of red and green colors. Additionally or alternatively, the cost vector may be selected to reduce transmission of short wavelength blue light between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers. Additionally or alternatively, the cost vector may be selected to increase transmission of short wavelength cyan light between about 450 nanometers and about 500 nanometers. Any suitable cost vector can be used in the filter design method. In some variations, the elements of the cost vector c and/or A and b may be selected such that the discrimination of color provided by the filter is normal (i.e., the color appearance is substantially the same as that provided by a neutral density filter color appearance). In some variations, the filter design method includes solving a linear program to generate a test filter f and then evaluating the test filter according to performance criteria, manufacturing criteria, or both performance and manufacturing criteria. Some of these changes may also include adjusting matrix A, vector b, cost vector c, basic filter matrix E, pre-filter p, or any combination of the above and then solving the linear program expression again to provide another Experiment with filters. The cost vector c can be adjusted, for example, to further improve color discrimination (ie, color discrimination of a test filter compared to a current test filter). Evaluating the performance of a filter may include assessing the effect of the filter on color discrimination by determining a first contour by calculating the area enclosed by a first contour in a chromaticity plane in a color space. The area of a color gamut in which the first contour corresponds to the appearance of a set of reference colors viewed or illuminated by an observer through a test filter; by calculating the area bounded by a second contour in a chromaticity plane in a color space determine a second color gamut area by enclosing the area, wherein the second contour corresponds to the appearance of the set of reference colors viewed by or illuminated by the observer through a reference filter; and comparing the first color gamut area with the The second color gamut area. Alternatively or additionally, assessing the performance of a filter may include assessing the effect of the filter on color discrimination by determining one of the first distributions projected onto an axis in a chromaticity plane in a color space A first standard deviation, wherein the first distribution corresponds to the appearance of a set of reference colors viewed or illuminated by an observer through a test filter; determining one of the axes projected onto the chromaticity plane in the color space a second standard deviation of a second distribution, wherein the second distribution corresponds to the appearance of the set of reference colors to an observer as viewed through or illuminated by a reference filter; and comparing the first standard deviation to the second standard deviation. The axes useful for analysis include those defined by the protanopia confusion line, the deuteranopia confusion line, and the type III color blindness confusion line. In some variations, evaluating filter performance may include taking an average or a weighted average of the filter's performance over a range of angles of incidence away from normal incidence. The angular range may be, for example, between about 0 degrees and at least about 20 degrees or, for example, between about 0 degrees and at least about 30 degrees. In some variations, the color to be adjusted and/or enhanced by the filter is specified by the spectral reflectance of the color sample from the Munsell Color Encyclopedia. In some variations, as an alternative to or in addition to samples from the Munsell Color Encyclopedia, the spectral reflectance of color masks from Farnsworth D-15 is specified to be adjusted and/or enhanced by filters. color. In some variations, as an alternative to or in addition to samples from the Munsell Color Encyclopedia, the spectral reflectance of natural objects including, for example, leaves and flowers is specified to be adjusted and/or enhanced by filters. color. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above linear programming expression are related to: constraints on the appearance of a blue, red, green, or yellow traffic signal, as viewed through a light filter . These constraints may be based on, for example, industry or regulatory standards, and may, for example, require that traffic light colors fall within certain chromaticity and luminescence boundaries when viewed through a filter. Methods can provide a filter that satisfies these constraints and improves color discrimination or otherwise enhances color appearance. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above linear expression are related to constraints that provide stability of color appearance relative to changes in the angle of incidence of light on the filter. , as viewed through a filter or illuminated. The stability is provided by the configuration of the constraints such that the white point of the designed filter is constant or substantially constant at two or more angles of incidence. In addition, in these variations, the filter f may include a composition of an absorption pre-filter p and an interference filter q, where the change in transmittance of p as a function of the incident angle is According to Beer-Lambert's law and the change of transmittance of Ex as a function of incident angle is based on Snell's law, so that the transmittance of f at an incident angle of θ radians deviating from the surface normal vector can be expressed as And it is approximately represented by the following expression: ; where the effective reflectivity of ei has a value of n with a value of about 1.85, and for θ between about 0 degrees and about 45 degrees, this approximation is sufficient. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above linear expression are related to constraints on the filter's transmission of blue light between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers, such as Minimize this transmission. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions relate to constraints on a minimum transmission specified by the filter between about 450 nanometers and about 650 nanometers. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions relate to constraints on a minimum transmission specified by the filter between about 580 nanometers and about 620 nanometers. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions relate to: for an electronic visual display, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) with a light emitting diode (LED) backlight. ) constraint on the light transmission of emitted primary color light. In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions are related to normal colors over a range of incident angles on a filter combined with, for example, between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees. Distinguish and stabilize color appearance to protect the eye from radiation constraints from a visible laser, such as a frequency-double Nd:YAG laser (which has laser output power at 532 nanometers and 1064 nanometers). In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions relate to: stable colors over a range of incident angles on a filter combining, for example, between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees Appearance to protect the eye from radiation from a sodium illuminator (with concentrated power at approximately 589 nanometers). In some variations, at least some of the elements of matrix A and vector b in the above expressions relate to: constraints on providing a selected illuminant, the color of that illuminant as viewed after transmission through the filter The appearance matches the color appearance of the illuminant as viewed after reflection by the filter, and wherein the filtered illuminant transmitted by the filter provides enhanced discrimination of the selected reference color, and wherein the filtered illuminant is not transmitted by the filter Part of the light is reflected by the filter. In another aspect, the linear formula in the method summarized above is replaced by an equivalent numerical optimization procedure. In such variations, the equivalent procedure may include tabulating all combinations of band positions and bandwidths within a range of possible values; then evaluating each multi-band filter against constraint criteria and performance criteria; and then selecting through a filter subset of the constraint criteria; and then selecting the best performing filter in the subset as the test filter. Such changes may further include evaluating test filters against performance criteria, manufacturing criteria, or both performance and manufacturing criteria. Some of these changes may also include: adjusting the constraint criteria, the performance criteria, or any combination of the above; and then performing the numerical optimization procedure again to provide another test filter. The constraint criteria or performance criteria can be adjusted, for example, to further improve color discrimination (ie, color discrimination of a test filter compared to a current test filter). In another aspect, a computer-implemented method for evaluating the effect on color vision of a test filter includes using a computer; by computing a first profile in a chromaticity plane in a color space A first color gamut area is determined by enclosing an area corresponding to the appearance of a set of reference colors viewed or illuminated by an observer through the test filter; by calculating A second color gamut area is determined by the area enclosed by a second contour in a chromaticity plane, where the second contour corresponds to the appearance of the set of reference colors as viewed by or illuminated by the observer through a reference filter; and comparing the first color gamut area and the second color gamut area. In some variations, evaluating filter performance may include using an average or a weighted average of the color gamut area provided by the filter over a range of incidence angles away from normal incidence. The angular range may be, for example, from 0 degrees to at least about 20 degrees. In some of these variations, the importance weighting function is derived by estimating the likelihood that the filter is viewed at a specific angle based on a geometric model of the human eye and that the filter is located on the surface of a typical eyeglass frame. . In some variations, comparing the first color gamut area to the second color gamut area includes using a ratio of the first color gamut area to the second color gamut area. In some variations, at least some of the reference colors are selected from Munsell colors. Alternatively or additionally, at least some of the reference colors are selected from Farnsworth D-15. Alternatively or additionally, at least some of the reference colors are selected from colors present in the environment in which the test filter will be used to affect color vision. In the latter case, in some variations, at least some of the reference colors are selected from colors that naturally occur in an outdoor environment. In some variations, the reference color is selected to form a contour of medium saturation around the white point in the chromaticity plane. Additionally or alternatively, the reference color is selected to form a highly saturated contour around the white point in the chromaticity plane. For example, the reference filter may be selected to have a broadband transmission. In some variations, the reference filter is selected to have the same white point as the test filter relative to a selected illuminant (eg, relative to daylight). In some variations, the Munsell color, one of the best-fit test filters, is used to define the reference filter, where the measured spectral reflectance of the Munsell color sample is defined as the spectral transmittance of the reference filter. In another aspect, a computer-implemented method for evaluating the effect on color vision of a test filter includes using a computer; determining a first projection onto an axis of a chromaticity plane in a color space. a first standard deviation of a distribution corresponding to the appearance of a set of reference colors viewed by or illuminated by an observer through the test filter; determining the chromaticity plane along the chromaticity plane in the color space a second standard deviation of a second distribution of an axial projection, wherein the second distribution corresponds to the appearance of the set of reference colors to an observer viewing or illuminating through a reference filter; comparing the first standard deviation with the Second standard deviation. In some variations, the axes are defined as red blind confusion lines. In some variations, the axis is defined as the deuteranopia confusion line. In some variations, the axis is defined as the line of confusion for type 3 color blindness. In some variations, evaluating filter performance may include taking an average or a weighted average of the standard deviations of the distribution provided by the filter over a range of incidence angles away from normal incidence. The angular range may be, for example, from about 0 degrees to at least about 20 degrees. In some of these variations, the importance weighting function is derived by estimating the likelihood that the filter is viewed at a specific angle based on a geometric model of the human eye and that the filter is located on the surface of a typical eyeglass frame. . In some variations, comparing the first standard deviation to the second standard deviation includes taking a ratio of the first standard deviation to the second standard deviation. In some variations, at least some of the reference colors are selected from Munsell colors. Alternatively or additionally, at least some of the reference colors are selected from Farnsworth D-15. Alternatively or additionally, at least some of the reference colors are selected from colors present in the environment in which the test filter will be used to affect color vision. In the latter case, in some variations, at least some of the reference colors are selected from colors that naturally occur in an outdoor environment. In some variations, the reference color is selected to form a contour of medium saturation around the white point in the chromaticity plane. Additionally or alternatively, the reference color is selected to form a highly saturated contour around the white point in the chromaticity plane. For example, the reference filter may be selected to have a broadband transmission. In some variations, the reference filter is selected to have the same white point as the test filter relative to a selected illuminant (eg, daylight). In some variations, one of the Munsell colors that best fits the test filter is used to define the reference filter, where the measured spectral reflectance of the Munsell color sample is defined as the spectral transmittance of the reference filter. In another aspect, a multi-band filter for affecting color vision includes a first, second and third passband separated by two stopbands. The passbands and the stopbands are configured to enable enhanced color discrimination by a normal observer (e.g., evaluation of the filter's functional performance may consider the filter's color response to an observer relative to the CIE 1931 2-degree standard sleep effect). The first passband has a center between about 435 nanometers and about 465 nanometers, the second passband has a center between about 525 nanometers and about 555 nanometers, and the third passband Having a center located between about 610 nanometers and about 660 nanometers. The width of each of the passbands is between about 20 nanometers and about 80 nanometers, and the width of each of the stopbands is at least about 40 nanometers. In some variations, the passband is configured (e.g., appropriately positioned and/or shaped) such that the filter provides stable color for incident angles between about 0 degrees and at least about 30 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector Appearance such that, for all or nearly all such angles of incidence, the white point of average sunlight is contained in the CIELUV(u',v') color space and has a radius of approximately 0.02 units for an observer based on the CIE 1931 2-degree standard in one area. In some such variations, this area has a radius of approximately 0.01 units. In a further variation, the CIE 1964 10-degree standard observer may be used to calculate chromaticity coordinates in addition to or as an alternative to the CIE 1931 2-degree standard observer. In some variations, the passband is configured such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and at least about 30 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all such incidences angle, the white point of average sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.02 units on the CIELUV(u',v')1964 2-degree standard observer chromaticity scale. In some such variations, this area has a radius of approximately 0.01 units. In some variations, multi-band filters are configured to enhance blue-yellow discrimination. In such variations, the first passband has a center located between about 450 nanometers and about 475 nanometers, the second passband has a center located between about 545 nanometers and about 580 nanometers, and the The tee strip has a center located between about 650 nanometers and about 690 nanometers. In each of these variations, the passband width ranges from about 20 nanometers to about 60 nanometers. In some such variations, the filter is configured to provide a green traffic signal as defined by industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010 that is desaturated or nearly desaturated (as permitted by that standard). A chromaticity coordinate. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission of between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the filter is considered "non-extruding" according to industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010 color". In some variations, the multiband filter is configured so that the white point of the filter is neutral or nearly neutral, allowing the filter to provide the same performance as per industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010, Section 4.6.3.1. Any point on the boundary of the defined average daylight color restriction area is at least approximately 0.05 units apart from one (x, y) chromaticity coordinate. In a further variation, the filter is configured so that the white point is at or nearly located on the average daylight color limit area. In some variations, the stopband has a minimum transmission of about one-fifth of the optical transmission. The minimum transmittance is the lowest value of the spectral transmittance within the boundaries of the stop band. In some variations, the optical filter is configured to enhance color discrimination and suppress short wavelength light below at least about 440 nanometers. In such variations, the first passband has a center located between about 450 nanometers and about 470 nanometers and has a width between about 10 nanometers and about 40 nanometers, and the second passband has a center located between about 545 nanometers and about 545 nanometers. The third passband has a center between about 630 nanometers and about 675 nanometers and a width between about 30 nanometers and about 60 nanometers. One width between nanometers and about 90 nanometers. In some such variations, the filter has a light transmission between about 20% and about 35%. In some of these variations, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some such variations where the white point is neutral, the importance weighted percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color may be at least 20%. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is at or nearly located as defined in accordance with industry standard ANSI Z80.3 -2010 is considered to be at the limit of a filter that does not produce strong colors. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. In some variations, the spectral transmittance of the interference filter is significantly smoothed and the interference filter includes less than about 50 layers of dielectric material and/or has a total thickness of less than about 3 microns. In a further variation, the filter is fabricated by incorporating a neodymium-containing substrate and the interference filter. The optical filter may further include a neutral density filter. In some variations, the neutral density absorbing filter includes a metallic attenuating coating that can be incorporated into a layer of the interference filter. Because neutral density filters have a generally flat spectral transmittance, a filter configured for use with a neutral density filter can be composed of a number of essentially equivalent options. For example, a circularly polarizing filter can be replaced with a metallic attenuating coating to achieve a filter with the same or nearly the same spectral transmittance. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter for affecting color vision includes a first, second and third passband separated by two stopbands. The passbands and the configurations are configured to provide normal color discrimination and suppress short wavelengths below approximately 450 nanometers. In some variations, the filter has three passbands, a first passband having a center wavelength of about 465 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers, and a first stopband having a minimum transmittance of about 14%, The second passband has a center wavelength of about 550 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 40 nanometers, the second stopband has a minimum transmittance of about 50% between about 580 nanometers and about 610 nanometers, and The third passband has a center wavelength of approximately 660 nanometers and a half-maximum width of approximately 80 nanometers. In some variations, the filter has four passbands, a first passband having a center wavelength of about 465 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers, and a first stopband having a minimum transmission of about 17% , the second passband has a center wavelength of about 550 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 35 nanometers, the second stopband is located at about 560 nanometers and has a minimum transmittance of about 40%, and the third passband is located at is at about 595 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 35 nanometers, and the fourth passband is located at about 660 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 80 nanometers. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 40 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all For these angles of incidence, the (u', v') chromaticity coordinates of average sunlight are contained in one of approximately 0.01 units of the observer's chromaticity (u', v') scale according to the CIELUV color space 1931 2-degree standard. within a radius area. In some variations, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the white point was neutral and the importance-weighted percentage relative to the gamut area increase of the Farnsworth D-15 ranged from about 0% to about 10%. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is at or nearly located as defined in accordance with industry standard ANSI Z80.3 -2010 is considered to be at the limit of a filter that does not produce strong colors. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. In some such variations, the neutral density absorbing filter is a linear polarizer. In a further variation, the filter was made without an absorbing element. In some variations, the filter is fabricated by depositing an interference filter onto a photochromic substrate. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter for affecting color vision includes a first, second and third passband separated by two stopbands. The passbands and the stopbands are configured to enhance red-green discrimination for an observer with red-green color vision deficiency. Accordingly, the evaluation of a filter's performance metric can take into account the physiological characteristics of the observer. The first passband has a center wavelength between about 440 nanometers and about 455 nanometers, the second passband has a center wavelength between about 530 nanometers and about 545 nanometers, and the third passband Having a center wavelength between about 610 nanometers and about 640 nanometers. The width of each of the passbands is between about 10 nanometers and about 60 nanometers, and the width of each of the stopbands is at least about 40 nanometers, which may vary depending on the desired light transmittance and whiteness of the filter. Click Hue to select the width of these bands. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all At these angles of incidence, the white point of sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.02 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 35 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all At these angles of incidence, the white point of sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.04 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance such that the white point is displaced from its position at an angle of incidence of 0 degrees by an incident angle dependent distance of between about 20 degrees at an incident angle to about 40 degrees. There is a local minimum at an angle between degrees of incidence, where the white point displacement at the local minimum is less than 0.02 units of the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance such that the white point is displaced from its 0 degree incident angle position by an incident angle dependence distance of between about 20 degrees and about 40 degrees. There is a local minimum at an angle between them, where the white point displacement at the local minimum is less than 0.01 units of the observer chromaticity (u', v') scale according to the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the filter is considered non-transmissive according to industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010. Powerful color. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is neutral or nearly neutral, such that the white point The (x, y) chromaticity coordinates fall within approximately 0.05 units of (0.31, 0.33) relative to the illuminant D65 and in accordance with the CIE xyY 1931 2-degree standard observer color space. In some variations, the stop band has a minimum transmission of about one-fifth of the light transmission between about 450 nanometers and about 650 nanometers. In some variations, the stop band has a minimum transmission of about one-fifth of the light transmission between about 580 nanometers and about 650 nanometers. In some variations, one or more of the passbands has a skewed distribution in which the slope ratio between two sides of the passband in transmittance as a function of wavelength is between 4:1 and 1:4 . In some variations, one or more of the passbands have an irregular distribution, where the passbands can be described as having essentially a shoulder on one or both sides of the passbands. In some variations, one or more of the passbands has a bimodal distribution, in which the center wavelengths of two modes are within +/- 10% and the distributions around the modes partially overlap. This configuration can also be described as dividing the passband into adjacent partially overlapping sub-bands. In some variations, the first passband has a bimodal distribution with a first mode at about 435 nanometers and a second mode at about 455 nanometers. In such variations, the peak transmittance of the first mode may be equal to or greater than the peak transmittance of the second mode. In some variations, the filter is configured relative to an angle of incidence in which the second passband center wavelength is between about 525 nanometers and about 535 nanometers, as defined by industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010 A yellow traffic signal that is reddish or almost reddish (as permitted by the standard) provides a chromaticity coordinate. In some variations, the optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for an observer with a greenish color. In a preferred variation, the third passband has a center wavelength between about 620 nanometers and about 640 nanometers. In some such variations, the first passband has a center at about 445 nanometers, the second passband has a center wavelength at about 535 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength at about 635 nanometers. . In some variations, the filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for an observer with mild green tint. In some of these variations, the white point is neutral and the importance-weighted percentage increase relative to the gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 30%. In further such changes, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for an observer with moderate green tint. In some of these variations, the white point is neutral and the importance-weighted percentage increase relative to the gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 35%. In further such changes, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for one observer with severe deuteranomaly. In such variations, the stop band may have a minimum transmission that is one-fifth of the light transmission between about 580 nanometers and about 650 nanometers and less than that between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers. The light transmittance is about one-fifth (for example, about one-tenth). In some of these variations, the white point is neutral and the importance-weighted percentage increase relative to the gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 40%. In further such changes, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for an observer with redness. In some such variations, the third passband has a center wavelength between about 605 nanometers and about 620 nanometers. In some such variations, the first passband has a center wavelength of about 440 nanometers, the second passband has a center wavelength of about 530 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength of about 615 nanometers. In some such variations, the white point is neutral and the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color provided by the filter at normal incidence is at least about 40%. In further such changes, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. In a further variation, the filter is fabricated by incorporating a neodymium-containing substrate along with the neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter includes three or more passbands separated by two or more stopbands. The passbands and the stopbands are configured to transmit the blue primary color light, the red primary color light and the green primary color light of an electronic visual display such that the lights appear to have approximately the same luminosity and the light transmittance of the primary color light The light transmittance is at least about 15% greater than that of sunlight. In some of these variations, the white point is neutral and the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some of these changes, the weighted percentage importance relative to the increase in gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 20%. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is neutral or nearly neutral, such that the white point The (x, y) chromaticity coordinates fall within approximately 0.05 units of (0.31, 0.33) relative to the illuminant D65 on the CIE xyY 1931 2-degree standard observer color space. In some variations, the filter has three passbands, and a first passband has a center wavelength of about 450 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, and a second passband has a center wavelength of about 535 nanometers and A width of approximately 25 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength of approximately 615 nanometers and a width of approximately 30 nanometers. In some variations, the filter has four passbands, a first passband having a center wavelength of about 455 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, a second passband having a center wavelength of about 540 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, the third passband having a center wavelength of about 615 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers, and the fourth passband having a center wavelength of about 680 nanometers and about 25 nanometers 1 half peak width. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 40 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all At these angles of incidence, the white point of average sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the computer monitor with the filter disposed thereon is a liquid crystal display (LCD) with a light emitting diode (LED) backlight. In some variations, the white point is neutral and the importance-weighted percentage increase relative to the gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color provided by the filter is at least about 20%. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter that provides enhanced eye safety is configured to: provide normal color appearance and also provide a blocking band, wherein the blocking band protects the eye from about 450 nanometers to about 650 nanometers Visible radiation at one or more wavelengths between 10 and 100 meters; and providing blocking over a range of angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector of the filter. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is neutral or nearly neutral, such that the white point The (x, y) chromaticity coordinates fall within approximately 0.05 units of (0.31, 0.33) relative to the illuminant D65 on the CIE xyY 1931 2-degree standard observer color space. In some variations, the protective blocking band has a short wavelength boundary at about 530 nanometers and a long wavelength boundary at about 560 nanometers from visible radiation at about 532 nanometers. In such variations, the filter may include four passbands separated by three stopbands, with the middle stopband being the guard band. The first passband has a center wavelength of about 440 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, the second passband has a center wavelength of about 515 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength of about 515 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers. A center wavelength of 570 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, and the fourth passband has a center wavelength of about 635 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers. In these changes, the importance-weighted percentage relative to the increase in gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color is approximately zero. In some variations, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is approximately zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the blocking band has a short wavelength boundary at about 585 nanometers and a long wavelength boundary at about 620 nanometers, and is therefore protected from visible radiation at about 589 nanometers. In such variations, the filter may include four passbands separated by two stopbands, with the long wavelength stopband providing protection. In some variations, the first passband has a center wavelength of about 455 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, the second passband has a center wavelength of about 540 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, and the The three-pass band has a center wavelength of approximately 570 nanometers and a width of approximately 20 nanometers, and the fourth pass-band has a center wavelength of approximately 635 nanometers and a width of approximately 30 nanometers. In some of these variations, the white point is neutral and the importance-weighted percentage increase relative to the gamut area of the Farnsworth D-15 color ranges from about 0% to about 15%. In some of these variations, the percentage increase in gamut area relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is greater than zero for angles between 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 35 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, such that for all or nearly all At these angles of incidence, the white point of average sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter for affecting color vision includes three or more passbands separated by two or more stopbands. The passbands and the stopbands are configured to maximize reception of blue light by retinal ganglion cells and maximize normal color discrimination. In some variations, the multiband filter has three passbands separated by two stopbands, where a first passband has a center located at approximately 485 nanometers and a half-maximum width of approximately 90 nanometers, and a second passband The passband has a center wavelength of about 580 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength of about 630 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers. In some variations, the multiband filter has four passbands separated by three stopbands, with a first passband having a center wavelength of about 430 nanometers and a half-peak width of about 30 nanometers, and a second passband having a center wavelength of about 430 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers. The band has a center wavelength of about 495 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 50 nanometers, the third passband has a center wavelength of about 565 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers, and the fourth passband has a center wavelength of about 565 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers. A center wavelength of 630 nanometers and a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, allowing for use in all or almost all applications. For all such angles of incidence, the white point of average sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the white point is neutral and the importance weighted percentage relative to the gamut area increase of the Farnsworth D-15 color ranges from about 0% to about -10%. In some variations, the multi-band filter has a light transmission between about 8% and about 40%, and the bands are configured such that the white point of the filter is at or nearly located as defined in accordance with industry standard ANSI Z80.3 -2010 is considered to be at the limit of a filter that does not produce strong colors. In some variations, the filter is made by incorporating a neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. In a further variation, the filter is fabricated by incorporating a neodymium-containing substrate along with the neutral density absorption filter and an interference filter. In some variations, the filter specifications are significantly smoothed such that fewer than about 50 layers of material can be used to fabricate the interference filter. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a multi-band filter includes three or more passbands and two or more stopbands configured to modulate and/or enhance light by human vision. Color appearance. Spectral transmittance of filter f as a function of wavelength λ It can be approximately expressed by the following expression: ; Among them, in the above expression, is the passband and is the weighting coefficient for adjusting the passband, and is the minimum transmittance of the filter. The above expression as a function of wavelength λ can be tabulated by sampling uniformly on one wavelength scale (e.g., using steps of 1 nanometer) or another substantially equivalent scale (e.g., frequency or log wavenumber). Specifications of filter transmittance (f, u). Sampling can also be defined at any scale with uneven spacing between sample points. In some variations, the filter includes three passbands and two stopbands (ie, in the above expression, N=3). In some variations, the filter includes four passbands and three stopbands (ie, in the above expression, N=4). In some variations, the filter passband is rectangular in nature, that is, the change in transmittance as a function of wavelength at the band boundaries is instantaneous or nearly instantaneous. The width of a rectangular passband is characterized by the distance between the short wavelength boundary and the long wavelength boundary. The rectangular bandwidth can be equivalently measured on a frequency scale. The spectral transmittance of a rectangular passband can be defined by the following expression: ; in is the central wavelength, is the rectangular bandwidth and H is the Heaviside step function. In some variations, the filter passband is Gaussian in nature, that is, the change in transmittance as a function of wavelength at the band boundaries is gradual or essentially smooth. The width of a Gaussian band is characterized by the distance between the half-peak transmittance on the short-wavelength side and the half-peak transmittance on the long-wavelength boundary (also known as the full width at half maximum (FWHM)). The half-peak bandwidth can be measured equivalently on a frequency scale. The spectral transmittance of a Gaussian band can be defined by the following expression: ; in is the center wavelength, and the half-peak bandwidth is: . In some variations, one or more of the passbands may have an irregular shape (ie, non-rectangular and non-Gaussian). For example, the passband may have a bimodal distribution, or may have a shoulder on one or more sides of the passband, or may be described as a skewed distribution, where in transmittance as a function of wavelength, the passband The slope ratio between the two sides of the belt is between about 4:1 and about 1:4. In a variation on non-Gaussian bands, such passbands may be smoothed with a Gaussian core that is wide enough to essentially eliminate irregularities and/or sharp transitions, in which case the passband may be described as having Corresponds to the band center and half-peak width of one of the smooth passbands. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 35 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, allowing for use in all or almost all applications. For all such angles of incidence, the white point of sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity diagram. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 40 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, allowing for use in all or almost all applications. For all such angles of incidence, the white point of sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity diagram. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance for angles of incidence between about 0 degrees and about 45 degrees that deviate from the surface normal vector, allowing for use in all or almost all applications. For all such angles of incidence, the white point of sunlight is contained in an area with a radius of approximately 0.01 units on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity diagram. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance such that the white point is displaced from its position at an angle of incidence of 0 degrees by an incident angle dependent distance between about 20 degrees at an incident angle to about 45 There is a local minimum at an angle between degrees of incidence, where the white point displacement at the local minimum is less than 0.02 units of the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the passband is positioned and/or shaped such that the filter provides a stable color appearance such that the white point is displaced from its position at an angle of incidence of 0 degrees by an incident angle dependent distance between about 20 degrees at an incident angle to about 45 There is a local minimum at an angle between degrees of incidence, where the white point displacement at the local minimum is less than 0.01 units of the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity (u', v') scale. In some variations, the multiband filter is fabricated as an interference filter. In some variations, multiband filters are fabricated to include an interference filter and one or more neutral density absorption filters, with the interference filter providing a passband and a stopband. In some variations, multi-band filters are fabricated to include an interference filter and one or more broadband absorption filters, with the interference filter providing a passband and a stopband. In some variations, multi-band filters are fabricated to include an interference filter and one or more narrowband absorption filters, wherein the interference filter and absorption filter are jointly configured to provide a passband and stop band. In any of the above variations, the multiband filter f may include an absorption filter p and an interference filter q, where the change in transmittance of p as a function of incident angle is according to the Beer-Lambert law, And the change of the transmittance of q as a function of the incident angle is based on Snell's law, so that the transmittance of f at an incident angle of θ radians deviating from the surface normal vector can be expressed as And it is approximately represented by the following expression: , ; Among them, the effective refractive index of the interference filter q has n with a value of approximately 1.85, and the spectral transmittance of p at normal incidence is , the spectral transmittance of f at normal incidence , the spectral transmittance of q at normal incidence , and approximate values of θ between about 0 degrees and about 30 degrees are sufficient. In some of these changes, the spectral transmittance of q can be shifted toward longer wavelengths, as calculated by the following expression: ,and ; in is one of the coefficients for determining the displacement, and A criterion chosen to maximize the filter's performance over a range of angles of incidence. In some variations, the filter includes an interference filter, wherein the spectral transmittance of the interference filter is significantly smoothed, and the width of the smoothing core is selected not to unduly compromise the performance of the filter while also allowing The optical filter can be fabricated as a low-order stack of dielectric materials. If appropriate, any of the above modified filters may be incorporated into the glasses. Such eyewear may include, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, contact lenses, or any other suitable ophthalmic lens. In another aspect, a computer-implemented method for determining the distribution of physical thickness of an optical filter on a surface includes: using a computer; defining the spectral transmittance of the optical filter; defining the optical filter in Spectral transmittance over a range of angles of incidence; defining a geometric model of the surface; defining a geometric model of a human eye; configuring the geometric models to approximate the geometry of an eyeglass frame in which the surface is mounted and a lens located in front of the eye; calculating, for each location on the surface, the angle of incidence of light passing through the location to be imaged on the retina of the eye; and specifying a solid thickness for each location, where the solid thickness is configured such that The spectral transmittance is constant or substantially constant at all or nearly all locations on the surface relative to the calculated angle of incidence. In another aspect, a computer-implemented method for determining the distribution of physical thickness of an optical filter on a surface includes: using a computer; defining a spectral transmittance of an optical filter; defining the optical filter Spectral transmittance over a range of angles of incidence; a geometric model that defines the surface; a geometric model that defines the relative physical thickness of the filter deposited onto the surface (e.g., as the physical thickness achieved by a specific process distribution predictions and measurement results); defining geometric models of a human eye; configuring these geometric models to approximate the geometry of an eyeglass frame, where the surface is a lens mounted in the frame and in front of the eye; calculating A position on the surface that corresponds to the center of the field of view; calculates the angle of incidence of light passing through the center position; defines an importance distribution for each position relative to the center position; specifies a solid thickness at the center position, where the solid thickness is Select so that light passing through the central location and imaged onto the retina is filtered according to a defined spectral transmittance; calculates the weighted average effect on color vision at the surface of the lens as +/- 10 of the specified central solid thickness associated with a solid thickness variation range within %; and then selecting an offset center solid thickness within the range so that the importance weighted average effect on color vision is maximized. In another aspect, a lens for eyeglasses incorporating a multi-band filter includes an optical substrate, one or more reflective interference filters and positioned on one or both sides of the reflective filters One or more absorption filters configured to reduce the luminosity of reflected light on one or both sides of the lens. In some variations, the interference filter includes a low-level stack having from about 12 to about 50 layers of dielectric material, or from about 1 micron to about 3 microns thick, or having from about 12 to about 50 One of the dielectric material layers is a low-level stack and is between 1 micron and 3 microns thick. In some variations, the interference filter includes a high-order stack having from about 50 to at least about 200 layers of dielectric material, or from about 6 microns to at least about 12 microns thick, or from about 50 to at least about One of 200 layers of dielectric material is stacked in a high order and is between 6 microns and at least about 12 microns thick. The dielectric material layer included in the interference filter may include thin films of titanium dioxide and silicon dioxide, for example. The material layer can be produced, for example, by physical vapor deposition in, for example, a magnetron sputtering machine. Alternatively or additionally, the layer of dielectric material may be produced, for example by spin-on deposition. In some variations, a neutral density absorbing filter is provided by a metallic attenuating coating. The layer of metallic material may be produced, for example, by physical vapor deposition. In such variations, the metal layer may be interleaved or partially interleaved with the dielectric layer of the interference filter. In some variations, a photoactivated neutral density absorbing filter is provided by incorporating the photochromic material into a glass or polymer substrate. In these variations, interference filters can be deposited on the convex surface of the lens. In some variations, a linearly polarizing neutral density absorbing filter is provided by incorporating a polarizing filter into a laminated composite lens or by coating onto the surface of the lens. In such variations, the polarizer may be located between the interference filter and the side of the lens facing the eye. In some variations, an absorbing filter is provided by organic dyes in a polymer substrate. The polymeric material may be combined by any suitable method, such as, for example, by incorporation into an optical substrate medium, laminating a film between two optical substrates, or spin coating or dip dyeing the surface of an optical substrate. into the lens. In some variations, an absorbing filter is provided by incorporating inorganic materials into a glass or polymer substrate. In several of these variations, the inorganic materials may include rare earth ions of indium, phosphorus, neodymium, or any mixture of the above. In some variations, one or more absorptive filters are configured to affect the color appearance of sunlight reflected from the outer surface of the lens (the surface furthest from the eye), where the color appearance is configured for eye pleasure. In some variations, the absorbing filter includes: a first circular polarizer positioned on one side of the interference filter and configured to absorb light reflected by the interference filter; and a second circular polarizer a circular polarizer positioned on the side of the interference filter opposite the first circular polarizer and configured to absorb light reflected by the interference filter, and the first circular polarizer and the third Two circular polarizers are configured to transmit light through the interference filter. In some variations, one on the side of the lens closest to the eye is provided by a first circular polarizer affixed to one side of the interference filter and configured to absorb light reflected by the interference filter. Absorption filter. In a variation incorporating one or more circular polarizers, a circular polarizer including a linear polarizer and a quarter-wavelength retarder, the linear polarizer element may be configured to provide, for example, about 60% to about 90% partial polarization efficiency. In variations that include a linear polarizer, the linear polarizer can be configured to attenuate horizontally polarized light to reduce glare from sunlight reflected from horizontal surfaces due to the Brewster's angle phenomenon. In some variations, all functional layers of the filter are positioned on one side of the optical substrate, and the opposite side of the substrate has an anti-reflective coating that reduces scattering and resonance of reflected light within the optical substrate, and the anti-reflective coating The coating has a luminosity-weighted reflectance of less than about 0.5%. In some variations, the entire functional layer of the filter is sandwiched between two optical substrates, and the outer surfaces of the optical substrates are anti-reflective coated to reduce scattering and resonance of reflected light within the optical substrates. In some variations, the edges of the lens can be sealed with an index-matched absorptive polymer coating that reduces the transmission and scattering of stray light within the optical substrate and also protects the filter layers from contamination (e.g., Avoid water or solvent penetration into dielectric or metallic material layers). In some variations, all functional layers of the filter are metal or metal oxide coatings compatible with fabrication by physical vapor deposition. In some variations, the optical substrate is chemically tempered glass. In such variations, the glass may absorb ultraviolet light between about 280 nanometers and about 400 nanometers, for example. In some variations, the interference filter is deposited on a surface such that the physical thickness of the dielectric material layer is configured such that the optical thickness is constant or substantially constant at two or more locations on the surface, The effective incident angles of the light to the filter at the two or more positions differ by at least 20 degrees, and the effective incident angle of the light corresponds to a beam of light that passes through the lens and is imaged on the retina of the eye. In some variations, the optical substrate is curved with a radius of curvature between about 50 millimeters and about 200 millimeters. In such variations, interference filters and/or attenuating coatings may be positioned on the concave side of the surface. If appropriate, lenses of any of the above variations may be incorporated into eyeglasses including, for example, eyepieces (eg, sunglasses), goggles, or contact lenses. In another aspect, a light source includes an illuminator, a first beam shaping element, a multi-band interference filter, and a second beam shaping element. The light radiated from the illuminator is substantially collimated by the first beam shaping element. A collimated light beam is incident on the multi-band filter, where the light beam is divided into a transmission part and a reflection part. The transmitted portion and the reflected portion of the light have the same or substantially the same white point relative to the selected illuminant. The transmitted portion of the light provides illumination that enhances the apparent purity of red and green, and the reflective portion of the light provides illumination that enhances the apparent purity of blue and yellow. The second beam shaping element combines the transmitted portion and the reflected portion of the light into an output beam, wherein the transmitted light and the reflected light are at least partially spatially separated in the output beam. In some variations, the output beam has a central portion consisting primarily of light transmitted by the multi-band filter and an outer portion consisting primarily of light reflected by the multi-band filter. In some variations, the functions of the first beam shaping element and the second beam shaping element are combined in a single beam shaping element. In some variations, the beam collimation angle of light from the illuminant incident on the multi-band filter is approximately 20 degrees. In these variations, for all or nearly all positions within the collimated beam, the white point of the filter relative to the illuminant may, for example, be contained on the CIELUV 1931 2-degree standard observer chromaticity scale with approximately Within a radius of 0.01 units. In some variations, the multiband filter includes three passbands separated by two stopbands, where a first passband has a center wavelength of approximately 450 nanometers and a bandwidth of approximately 15 nanometers, and a second passband The band has a center wavelength of approximately 535 nanometers and a bandwidth of approximately 20 nanometers, and the third passband has a center wavelength of approximately 625 nanometers and a bandwidth of approximately 30 nanometers. In some variations, the stopband has a minimum transmission of about 10%. In a further variation, the stopband has a minimum transmission of about 1%. In some variations, the illuminator includes one or more phosphor-based white light-emitting diodes and one or more red light-emitting diodes. A broadband combination of light from the white light-emitting diode and the red light-emitting diode emitted by the illuminant has an equivalent color temperature between about 5000 K and about 7000 K and a CRI between about 80 and about 90 . In some variations, the illuminator includes a phosphor-based white LED, a cyan LED, and a red LED. The light emitted by the combined diode has a broadband spectral radiant flux with a correlated color temperature between about 5000 K and about 7000 K and a CRI between about 90 and about 100. In some of these variations, the spectral radiant flux configuration of the illuminant is a best approximation of average daylight (D65). In some variations, an ophthalmic lens having a multi-band spectral transmittance is provided, the ophthalmic lens including an optical substrate and an interference filter, wherein the interference filter has a spectral transmittance between about 30% and about 80%. a light reflectivity and a light transmittance between about 8% and about 70%. All methods and variations disclosed herein for designing, evaluating, or otherwise qualifying optical filters, eyeglasses, ophthalmic lenses, illuminators, and other optical components or devices may include steps for making such articles, making such articles another step or a step that provides one of the manufacturing specifications of the article to another article, whether or not this step is explicitly stated in the description of a particular method, article, or variation thereof. These and other aspects, embodiments, variations, features and advantages of the present invention will be further apparent to those skilled in the art with reference to the [Embodiments] of the present invention and the accompanying drawings which are first briefly described.

相關申請案之交叉參考 本申請案係關於2011年3月3日申請且名稱為「MULTI-BAND OPTICAL FILTERS FOR GOOD COLOR APPEARANCE」之臨時美國專利申請案第61/449,049號,該案之全文以引用方式併入本文中。 應參考圖式而閱讀[實施方式],其中相同參考數字意指全部不同圖中之相同元件。未必按比例繪製之圖式描繪選擇實施例且不意欲限制本發明之範疇。[實施方式]以舉例方式(而非以限制方式)繪示本發明之原理。[實施方式]將使熟習技術者能夠清楚地製造及使用本發明,且描述本發明之若干實施例、調適、變動、替代及用法,其包含目前所認為之實施本發明之最佳模式。如本說明書及隨附申請專利範圍中所使用,若上下文無另外清楚指示,則單數形式「一」及「該」包含複數個涉及物。 可連同光學科學、人類色覺科學、比色法科學及相關主題之一般理解而有益地閱讀本發明之教示。對於此等主題之一般參考,例如參閱Günter Wyszecki及W.S. Stiles之「Color Science: Concepts and Methods, Quantitative Data and Formulae」(Wiley, 1982, ISBN #0471021067)。 為不失一般性,本發明可假定人類視覺系統之一習知組態:具體言之(若無另外說明),具有一2度視場之一正常人類觀察者之感光色覺之人類視覺系統。感光色覺出現在照明之位準足夠高使得桿狀感光細胞未激活時,例如出現在平均表面照明為約10勒克司(lux)或更大時。在本發明中,若無另外說明,則使用CIE 1976 L*u'v'(LUV)色彩空間(其使用具有一2度視場之CIE 1931標準觀察者)來計算色彩外觀模型。由CIE標準S014-5/E:2009給出此計算之細節。圖中使用CIE 1976等色差表色系(UCS)來展示色度圖,其中色度座標為(u',v')值,如由該標準所計算。對於一般技術者,此等教示藉由引入感光色素光譜吸收率之一變量及/或具有視場之角大小及用在分析中之色彩外觀之選擇之預受體眼組件(其包含眼介質及黃斑色素)而提供足以使教示適用於替代條件(其包含例如CIE 1964 10度標準觀察者之使用以及觀察者之眼睛及視網膜生理之變動)之規程(例如考量色覺缺陷、年齡及/或眼病理)。 在本發明中,照明體D65(D65)意指具有日光之典型光譜輻射通量及6500開耳芬(Kelvin)之一相關色溫之光,且由聯合ISO/CIE標準ISO 10526:1999/CIE S005/E-1998定義。在本發明中,「日光」、「太陽光」或「平均日光」之涉及物意指照明體D65。照明體E意指被定義為具有以波長為函數之相等功率之一理想燈。照明體A意指通常為白熾燈泡之一燈,其被定義為具有根據Planck定律之一理想黑體輻射體之光譜輻射通量及2848 K之一相關色溫。包括照明體FL1至FL12之燈系列(其表示典型類型之螢光燈之光譜輻射通量)由CIE 15號出版物:2004定義。Munsell色彩為由特定色素配製以建立在光譜域處所定義之一色彩標準之一組色彩樣品。Munsell色彩可以印刷形式用於Munsell色彩大全(Glossy Edition, ISBN #9994678620, 1980)。由Parkkinen J.P.S.、Hallikainen J.及Jaaskelainen T.之「Characteristic spectra of Munsell colors」(Journal of the Optical Society of America A,第6卷,第2期,1989年,第318頁至第322頁)出版Munsell色彩之光譜反射率之量測值。Farnsworth D-15為一標準化色彩辨別測試,其包括依Munsell標度形成具有2至4之間之色度之一輪廓之15個Munsell色彩樣本。由公開案「The Farnsworth dichotomous test for color blindness panel D15 manual」(News York:Psych公司;1947, Farnsworth D)描述Farnsworth D-15。 包含於本發明中之圖式可為程序流程圖,其視覺地描繪廣義物體及處理並產生該等物體之操作之流程。圖58描繪用於促進視覺語言理解之一程序流程圖之一實例。在此圖式中,圓角框(例如5801及5803)描繪可被理解為物理實體、虛擬實體(諸如數值資料)或含有組件物體之一異質集合體之複合物體之物體。由具有一雙線框之一圓角框(例如5808及5811處所展示)描繪含有物體之一異質集合體之一複合物體。用一虛線箭頭描繪自一複合物體擷取之一組件物體,例如連接實體5801及5803所展示。由一實線箭頭展示程序中之物體之流程,例如連接實體5801及5802所展示。一方形框(例如5802及5805)表示一操作。操作可產生物體、變換物體或分析物體。由自一操作之框指向遠處之箭頭展示該操作之輸出。一操作之輸出取決於可藉由跟隨引導至該操作之框中之全部箭頭而追蹤之該操作之輸入。操作可藉由囊封另一程序圖而形成為一複合操作,例如5806處所展示。此建構使程序流程圖能夠在多個頁面上擴展,藉此可在參考一圖式時調用定義於另一圖式中之一複合操作。操作可串聯或並聯地連接在一起,執行特定操作時所依之順序之細節未必由程序流程圖語法定義,而是必須由隨附描述推導出。一雙線箭頭(例如連接5808及5809所展示)表示複數個同質物體之流程之反覆。用一雙線方形框展示經反覆之操作,例如5809。一經反覆之操作相對於經反覆之各物體而變動其輸入,但可相對於未經反覆之物體而保持恆定輸入,例如沿連接5807及5809之流程箭頭所展示。提供用在本發明中之程序流程圖以在連同隨附詳細描述一起解譯時促進理解。 色感可一般被理解為產生於入射至視網膜之光之光譜輻射通量與視網膜光受體細胞之光譜吸收率之相互作用。圖1之程序流程圖中描繪感光色覺之程序及用於影響色感之一光學濾光器之應用。在本文中,一照明體101(諸如日光)輻射至一光學系統102中。由一照明體發射之光一般可被視為白光。在光學系統102內,自一參考色彩104之表面反射白光(103)。接著,反射光可被描述為一彩色光,假定該參考色彩不呈中性(即,非灰色調)。其後,波長選擇透射105可藉由穿過一光學濾光器106而變換該彩色光。由於必須遵守能量守恆定律,所以未被透射之光之部分必須在此接面處由該濾光器反射或吸收。光學系統102相對於其內部操作之重新排序而不變,即,可在照明該參考色彩之前或之後等效地應用該濾光器。 隨後,一觀察者可藉由視覺光轉導115之程序而感知過濾光。在感光條件下之視覺光轉導中,由包含短波長視錐細胞108、中波長視錐細胞110及長波長視錐細胞112之三種視網膜光受體細胞在107、109及111處吸收光。由各細胞吸收之總能量被轉換成經由視神經而透射至視皮質中以最終導致色感之神經激勵。為了色彩外觀模型化,充分假定:視錐細胞之輸入-輸出回應與所吸收之能量線性成比例。此線性回應可被稱為三色值,其可被視為具有非負分量之三維空間中之一向量。如所描述,三色值之空間有時被稱為SML色彩空間或視錐激勵空間。 三色空間中之點之間之距離未必與色刺激對之間之所感知差異完全對應,所以採用一色彩外觀模型118係有利的(如下文參考圖3所進一步討論),色彩外觀模型118將三維三色向量變換成發光度117(亦稱為亮度或強度)之一維分量及色度116之二維分量(其表示與發光度無關之刺激之表觀色彩)。色度可被視為二個維度中之一向量值,在該情況中,該向量值可被稱為一色度座標。色度可進一步被分成色相及飽和度(亦稱為純度,其本質上為色彩刺激與一白色刺激之間之所感知差異)。應注意,視網膜光受體細胞108、110及112(圖1)之光譜吸收率取決於觀察者且因人而異。此外,一色彩外觀模型118之形成亦可取決於觀察者113,然而,為不失一般性,可在隨後描述中使用標準模型。 圖2A中展示一正常人眼之視網膜視錐細胞(其包含短波長視錐細胞201、中波長視錐細胞202及長波長視錐細胞203)感光色素之光譜吸收率之曲線圖。然而,如先前所提及,視網膜光受體細胞之光譜吸收率可因人而異。此等差異為導致色覺缺陷之根本原因。例如,具有綠色弱之個體具有一中波長視錐細胞感光色素,其具有朝向更長波長位移之一光譜吸收率;及具有紅色弱之個體具有一長波長視錐細胞感光色素,其具有朝向更短波長位移之一光譜吸收率。具有綠色弱之個體在辨別紅色與綠色時比正常個體經歷更多困難。具有紅色弱之個體亦在辨別紅色與綠色時比正常個體經歷更多困難,且亦趨於將紅色視為更不明亮。可藉由依一log波數標度位移一感光色素模板(例如,藉由使用由Stockman, A.及Sharpe, L. T.之「Spectral sensitivities of the middle- and long-wavelength sensitive cones derived from measurements in observers of known genotype.」(Vision Research,第40期,2000年,第1711頁至第1737頁)公佈之模板)而近似表示異常視網膜感光色素之光譜吸收率。 圖2B中之表列舉人群中之已知基因型變體及最大感光色素吸收率之相關聯波長,其中表之最左行含有基因型204之一標示(關於細節,參閱Asenjo, A.B.、Rim, J.及Oprian, D.D.之「Molecular determinants of human red/green color discrimination」,Neuron,1994年,第12卷,第1131頁至第1138頁),下一行指示可為正常、綠色弱或紅色弱之分類205且其中異常類型根據可為輕度、中度或重度之嚴重程度而進一步分類,及剩餘行指示短波長視錐細胞感光色素之最大吸收率之波長(以奈米為單位)206、中波長視錐細胞感光色素之最大吸收率之波長(以奈米為單位)207及長波長視錐細胞感光色素208之最大吸收率之波長(以奈米為單位)。此表包含最常見類型之遺傳色覺缺陷:綠色弱具有約4%之一全球流行率(且約8%為男性及小於1%為女性);紅色弱具有約0.5%之一流行率(約1%為男性及小於0.1%為女性)。色覺缺陷在男性中之更高流行率歸因於遺傳異常基因之X隱性。短波長視錐細胞感光色素之異常被稱為第三型色弱。遺傳第三型色弱較罕見,然而,當視錐細胞(特定言之,短波長視錐細胞)例如因曝露於諸如汞之某些毒素而受破壞時,會出現後天第三型色弱色覺缺陷。具有第三型色弱之個體會在辨別藍色與黃色時比正常人經歷更多困難。 色覺之標準觀察者模型可經構想以最佳適配於正常人群,且未必提供任何特定個體或亞族群之色彩感知之一良好模型。然而,若可充分取得任何個體之生理特性,則可建構該任何個別之生理相關觀察者模型。 如圖3中所展示,可用圖形表示根據三色模型之一光之所感知色彩外觀,其中曲線圖之軸對應於短波長視錐細胞之神經激勵310、中波長視錐細胞之神經激勵306及長波長視錐細胞之神經激勵301,及三色值為對應於一特定光之色彩外觀之一點302(例如由一參考色彩所反射或由一照明體所發射)。三色值為三維點,其之維度對應於由各種視錐細胞吸收之光能之部分。光自身可被視為一本質上無限維之向量,且其光譜可使用一分光光度計來量測,然而,三色值僅為三維的。因此,諸多不同光可映射至三色空間中之相同點,且映射至三色空間中之相同點之一組光被稱為色變對。 自光之光譜域至色彩外觀之三色域之投影為一線性映射,因此,保留光之加法及純量乘法。此性質隱含三色值之幾何形狀。例如,若由一集合之光之非負添加混合物(即,一凸線性組合)形成一複合光,則該複合光之三色值必須含於凸多面體內,該凸面體之角為組成光之三色值。 再次參考圖3,軸之原點307對應於黑色之外觀(即,不存在光及零神經激勵)。光譜軌跡為一組三色值,其形成對應於該組單色光(即,僅具有一單一波長之能量之理想光)之色彩外觀之一輪廓309。由於任何光可被視為該組單色光之一凸線性組合,所以三色值總是含於廣義錐體內,該錐體之頂點為原點307及其邊界由光譜軌跡309定義。 為了光學濾光器之隨後分析,且如上文所簡要討論,三色表示可被有用地分成發光度之一維分量及色度之二維分量。此等變換亦為線性映射。發光度回應為與原點及照明體E之三色值一致之三色空間中之一線。可藉由將三色值投影至發光度回應線303上且接著量測投影305之向量範數而計算一光之所感知發光度。發光度線(其在此圖式中亦由光譜軌跡309勾畫)亦正交(垂直)於等效發光體三色值之一平面,且可藉由將三色值投影至此平面304上而計算一光之所感知色度。隨後,可藉由一仿射映射而進一步變換色度投影以產生一色度座標(其為一空間中之二維值),其中色度座標之間之距離與等效發光體光之間之所感知差異近似成比例,其被稱為例如如同CIE 1974等色差表色系(UCS)之一等色差表色系。 在一等色差表色系中,可觀察到:自白光(例如照明體E)至光譜軌跡之距離隨波長而變動。特定言之,黃色單色光(例如,具有一單一波長(標稱上為585奈米)處之一光譜輻射通量)及青色單色光(例如,具有約490奈米之特性波長之一單色光)似乎在主觀上比藍色單色光、綠色單色光或紅色單色光更類似於白光且對應地在UCS圖上更接近於白光。因此,實質上阻隔黃光及/或青光波長之濾光器可改良色彩之表觀純度,且此等濾光器之一般形式包括至少三個通帶及至少兩個阻帶。 以波長λ為函數之一多頻帶濾光器f之光譜透射率可實質上如下表達式近似表示:; 其中,在上述表達式中,為通帶及為調整通帶之加權係數,為濾光器之最小透射率,及n為等於或大於3之通帶之數目。 可藉由依一波長標度(例如使用1奈米之一步長)或實質上等效之另一標度(例如頻率或log波數)均勻取樣而用表格表示上述表達式中之以波長λ為函數之濾光器之透射率(f, d)之規格。亦可依樣本點之間具有不均勻間隔之一任意標度定義取樣。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶(d)本質上呈矩形,即,頻帶邊界處之以波長為函數之透射率之變化係瞬時的或幾乎為瞬時的。一矩形通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長邊界與長波長邊界之間之距離。可依一頻率標度等效地量測矩形頻寬。一矩形通帶之光譜透射率可由如下表達式定義:; 其中為中心波長,為矩形頻寬,及H為Heaviside階梯函數。 在一些變動中,濾光器通帶本質上為高斯的,即,頻帶邊界處之以波長為函數之透射率之變化係漸進的或本質上為平滑的。一高斯通帶之寬度之特徵為短波長側上之半峰透射率至長波長邊界上之半峰透射率之間之距離(亦稱為半高全寬(FWHM))。可依一頻率標度等效地量測半峰頻寬。一高斯通帶之光譜透射率可由如下表達式定義:; 其中為中心波長,及半峰頻寬為:。 在一些變動中,通帶之一或多者可具有一不規則形狀(即,非矩形且非高斯)。例如,通帶可具有一雙峰式分佈,或可在通帶之一或多側上具有一凸肩,或可被描述為一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於約4:1至約1:4之間。 在關於非高斯通帶之變動中,可用足夠寬以本質上消除不規則及/或急轉過渡之一高斯核心來使此等通帶變平滑,在此情況中,通帶可被描述為(本質上)具有對應平滑通帶之一頻帶中心及半峰寬度。 用於評估濾光器之效能之一般方法用於判定對於涉及色覺之一特定應用何者之可能濾光器組態係較佳的。可藉由量測兩個濾光器之間之相對於一組參考色彩之相對色域面積而進行此一分級方法。如本文所使用,一色域面積為由一色度圖中之一組參考色彩之座標定義之一輪廓內之面積。該色度圖中之該等參考色彩之位置係濾光器相依的,因此,該色域面積亦為濾光器相依的。圖4中呈現用於計算相對色域面積之一程序流程圖。 在圖4所描繪之方法中,相對於一試驗濾光器401、一參考濾光器405、一照明體402、一觀察者404及一組參考色彩403而定義相對色域面積。該試驗濾光器及該參考濾光器較佳地具有相同白點,即,對於兩個濾光器,經過濾照明體之三色值相同。此限制無需採用可使結果偏置之一色度調適模型(諸如von Kries模型)。方法可受益於該組參考色彩之一適合選擇,如本發明後文中參考圖6A及圖6B所描述。另外,該參考濾光器經較佳選擇以具有一寬頻帶光譜透射率,使得該參考濾光器提供最少或幾乎不提供色彩外觀之失真。對於任何給定試驗濾光器,可例如藉由依據Munsell色彩之光譜反射率組比較該試驗濾光器且接著採用最佳適配於該參考濾光器之Munsell色彩(例如,具有相對於經選擇照明體之最類似白點之色彩)而找到一適合參考濾光器,其中經選擇之Munsell色彩之反射率被定義為該參考濾光器之透射率。在操作406中計算該試驗濾光器之色域面積,且在操作407中計算該參考濾光器之色域面積。例如使用一比率410來比較所得色域面積408與409以獲得相對色域面積411。1.0之一相對色域面積隱含:該試驗濾光器不提供色彩外觀之失真,且該試驗濾光器據說可提供正常色彩辨別。大於1.0之一相對色域面積隱含:該試驗濾光器增大該等參考色彩之間之所感知差異。一般而言,此等差異增大在紅色與綠色之間更大,因此,該試驗濾光器據說可提供增強之紅綠色辨別。小於1.0之一相對色域面積隱含:該試驗濾光器減小該等參考色彩之間之所感知差異,一般而言,此作用與藍色與黃色之間之一差異增大相關聯,因此,該試驗濾光器據說可提供增強之藍黃色辨別。應瞭解,基於參考色彩之色度座標之分析之相對色域面積量測與該等參考色彩之所感知發光度無關,例如,色彩刺激之間之表觀差異之增大並不基於一色彩呈現為罕見暗色且另一色彩呈現為罕見亮色之事實。 替代地,此等增大或減小可用色域面積增加之百分比(PGAI)表示,其由如下表達式定義:,及,及; 其中為相對於試驗濾光器f、參考色彩S、照明體I及觀察者O之色域面積計算(如下文連同圖5所描述),及為相對於參考濾光器及類似條件之色域面積。為在本發明之下文中評估濾光器,使用用於計算色域面積增加之百分比之兩個方法之一者或另一者。在一方法中,照明體I被定義為照明體D65,觀察者O被定義為結合CIELUV (u',v')等色差表色系之CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者,及參考色彩S被指定為Farnsworth D-15面板之任一色彩,及色域面積增加之百分比由如下表達式給出:。 在另一方法中,參考色彩由經選擇之自然界樣本給出(如連同圖6B所描述),及色域面積增加之百分比由如下表達式給出:。 在上述兩個表達式中,相對於給定條件而計算色域面積。 可實施圖4之操作406及407中之色域面積之計算,例如圖5之程序流程圖中所詳述。就一特定照明體502、一濾光器503及一組參考色彩501而言,各參考色彩發生一光學相互作用505。如上文相對於圖1之操作102所解釋,該光學相互作用可例如為:該參考色彩反射來自該照明體之經過濾光;或該濾光器過濾已由該參考色彩反射之來自該照明體之光。該等光學相互作用導致由一觀察者507(即,觀察者模型)接收且藉由視覺光轉導506而轉換成一組三色值之一組彩色且經過濾之光,如上文例如相對於圖1之操作115所解釋。該組三色值藉由一色彩外觀模型508而進一步變換,且被還原成一組色度座標509。就此等座標(其為二維色度圖上之點)而言,可使用例如Delaunay三角量測演算法510來形成一網格。可藉由對該網格中之各三角形之面積求和而將所得網格轉換成一面積,且計算之最後結果為色域面積512。 色域面積之計算受益於參考色彩組之適合規格,該適合規格繼而至少部分地取決於濾光器之意欲用途。參考色彩應包含至少三個要素,其等之色度座標形成圍封白點之三角形(即,照明體之色度座標)。較佳地,參考色彩組包括足夠多之數目(例如至少5個)且包括足夠多樣性之光譜反射率,使得色域面積計算相對於濾光器之透射率之變化而穩定,其降低使一濾光器設計過於專門化之風險。在一些情況中,可較佳地使參考色彩之光譜透射率變平滑以達成所要穩定性。 例如,一組Munsell色彩可被選擇用於色域面積計算,使得其等之色度座標近似地形成圍繞白點之中等飽和之一圓。該等Munsell色彩之光譜反射率係寬頻帶的且以一受控方式相對於色相而變動。此在圖6A之曲線圖中顯而易見,其中展示包含601處之Munsell 5B 5/4、602處之Munsell 5G 5/4、603處之Munsell 5Y 5/4、604處之Munsell 5R 5/4及605處之Munsell 5P 5/4之Munsell色彩之一選集。在進一步變動中,可較佳地選擇具有高飽和度之一組Munsell色彩。 替代地或另外,參考色彩之部分或全部可取自Farnsworth D-15(其在本文中亦被稱為D-15)。D-15包括一組之15個Munsell參考色彩,其形成圍繞白點之中等飽和之一輪廓。提供相對於該等D-15色彩之色域面積增加之一濾光器亦將趨於在一觀察者執行測試且透過該濾光器觀看樣品時提供根據D-15上蓋配置測試之增加分數。 替代地或另外,參考色彩之部分或全部可直接取樣自其中將使用濾光器之環境。特定言之,隨後所展示之若干實施例可有用地併入於太陽鏡中,且因為太陽鏡一般在日光照射下之戶外佩戴,所以可藉由量測自然彩色物體(諸如葉子及花)之光譜反射率而較佳地找到參考色彩。圖6B之曲線圖展示此等自然物體之光譜反射率,其包含藍花之光譜反射率606、綠葉之光譜反射率607、黃花之光譜反射率608、紅花之光譜反射率609及紫花之光譜反射率610。此等自然色彩取自由Parkkinen, J.、Jaaskelainen, T.及Kuittinen, M.之「Spectral representation of color images」(IEEE 9th International Conference on Pattern Recognition,義大利羅馬,1988年11月14日至17日,第2卷,第933頁至第935頁)公佈之218個經量測樣品之一資料庫。 可易於自圖6A及圖6B之曲線圖觀察到,自然界之色彩具有比Munsell色彩更多樣之一分佈,且進一步含有某些顯著特徵:例如,自然界中之綠色607取決於由在約540奈米處具有一特性峰值之葉綠素之光譜反射率,而相對於Munsell色彩(其為人造色素),被描述為綠色之色彩通常在約525奈米處具有一峰值反射率。 如圖7A至圖7C及圖8A至圖8C之圖式中所展示,可便利地視覺化相對色域面積之計算(如上文所描述)及多頻帶濾光器對色彩外觀之色度態樣之效應。在圖7C中,711處展示一參考濾光器之光譜透射率,其亦為經選擇以與712處所展示之試驗濾光器之白點最匹配之一Munsell色彩。照明體被指定為照明體D65,且圖7B中用曲線圖表示其光譜輻射通量710。 在圖7A中,一色度圖用於繪製經選擇之Munsell色彩之色度座標,如給定照明體及不同濾光器條件下所觀看。在該色度圖中,圍封實線709為對應於單色光譜光之色度座標之光譜軌跡,且線段708被稱為紫光連接線。濾光器之白點實質上相同且展示於點706處。沿虛線輪廓701及705之空心圓處展示經選擇之Munsell色彩之色度座標(如透過參考濾光器711所觀看)。沿實線輪廓702及703之實心圓處展示經選擇之Munsell色彩之色度座標(如透過試驗濾光器712所觀看)。內輪廓與中等飽和之經選擇之Munsell色彩對應,及外輪廓與高度飽和之經選擇之Munsell色彩對應。藉由檢查該等輪廓,應瞭解,該等色彩之色度座標(如透過試驗濾光器所觀看)覆蓋該色度圖之一較大面積,且特定言之,該等色度座標展示沿紅色至綠色之軸之色度座標之分離之一明顯增加(綠色主要出現在軌跡之左上角之「前端」附近(大致在(0, 0.5)處)且紅色本質上出現在軌跡之右上角處(0.5, 0.5))。因此,試驗濾光器(相較於參考濾光器,其具有大於1.0之一相對色域面積)可被描述為增強紅綠色辨別。 在圖7A之實例中,起始於點704且順時針行進之內輪廓之參考色彩為:Munsell 10B 5/4、Munsell 10BG 5/4、Munsell 10G 5/4、Munsell 10GY 5/4、Munsell 10Y 5/4、Munsell 10YR 5/4、Munsell 10R 5/4、Munsell 10RP 5/4、Munsell 10P 5/4、Munsell 10P 5/4及Munsell 10PB 5/4。起始於點707且順時針行進之外輪廓之參考色彩為:Munsell 7.5B 5/10、Munsell 10BG 5/8、Munsell 2.5BG 6/10、Munsell 2.5G 6/10、Munsell 7.5GP 7/10、Munsell 7.5GY 7/10、Munsell 2.5GY 8/10、Munsell 5Y 8.5/12、Munsell 10YR 7/12、Munsell 5YR 6/12、Munsell 10R 6/12、Munsell 2.5R 4/10、Munsell 7.5RP 4/12、Munsell 2.5RP 4/10、Munsell 7.5P 4/10、Munsell 10PB 4/10及Munsell 5PB 4/10。 繼續色域面積之視覺化,圖8A至圖8C之圖式展示相同試驗濾光器及參考濾光器相對於自然界之色彩之效應。在圖8C中,810處呈現參考濾光器之光譜透射率,及811處呈現試驗濾光器之光譜透射率。圖8B中展示照明體之光譜輻射通量809。 在圖8A中,804處展示濾光器之白點。虛線輪廓807及808對應於經選擇之自然色彩之色度座標(如透過參考濾光器所觀看),及實線輪廓802及803對應於相同自然色彩之色度座標(如透過試驗濾光器所觀看)。內輪廓對應於五個自然色彩之外觀,該五個自然色彩之光譜反射率亦自點807起依逆時針順序分別呈現於圖6B之曲線圖中之606、607、608、609及610處。外輪廓對應於可用在先前所引用之資料庫中之自然色彩之最飽和實例之外觀。當自然色彩可為用於分析一濾光器在一室外背景中之效用(例如,用於併入於太陽鏡中)之一更佳選擇時,Munsell色彩提供一更容易解譯之視覺化,因此,本發明中之剩餘圖為此採用Munsell色彩。 迄今,例如圖7C及圖8C中之用於增強色彩外觀之多頻帶濾光器之實例具有含三個矩形通帶及兩個阻帶之結構。可藉由列舉給出6個自由度之各頻帶之起始波長及終止波長而唯一地指定此一濾光器。因而,一電腦可用於:完全列舉整組之可能濾光器;接著使用如上文所描述之相關色域面積度量來對每個此濾光器之效能進行分級;及接著針對一所要效應選擇最佳濾光器(諸如用於增強紅綠色辨別、或增強藍黃色辨別或維持正常色彩辨別)。以濾光器為特徵之自由度數目之增加可例如藉由容許透射率在頻帶內變動或增加可能頻帶之數目而將搜尋擴大至一更大組。 沿此等線,用於設計以一所要方式影響色覺之一光學濾光器之一電腦實施方法列舉如下。假定:所要濾光器包括光學總組成中之一預濾光器及一多頻帶干涉濾光器。首先,指定以下各者:該預濾光器在整個可見光譜內之透射率;該光學濾光器之一所要白點;該光學濾光器之一所要最小總光透射;一照明體;複數個參考色彩;及一初始試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器,其包括覆蓋可見光譜之複數個鄰接阻波長帶及通波長帶。接著,藉由變動該初始試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器之該等阻波長帶止及該等通波長帶之邊界、透射率或邊界及透射率而產生一或多個新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器。接著,針對該預濾光器與該等新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器之一者之各組合而判定該光學濾光器之白點及總光透射。接著,使用指定照明體及參考色彩來評估該預濾光器與該等新試驗多頻帶濾光器之一者之各組合之該光學濾光器對色覺之效應。接著,該等新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器之一者(對於該新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器,該光學濾光器滿足指定白點及指定最小總光透射且以所要方式影響色覺)經選擇以在該光學濾光器中作為該多頻帶干涉濾光器。 在此方法中,預濾光器可在整個可見光譜內具有約100%之一透射率。即,預濾光器係選用的。初始試驗干涉濾光器可共包括例如五個或五個以上阻帶及通帶。產生新試驗干涉濾光器可包括:例如,變動初始試驗干涉濾光器中之通帶數目、阻帶數目或通帶數目及阻帶數目。另外或替代地,產生新試驗干涉濾光器可包括:變動阻帶或通帶之一或多者之形狀。評估對色覺之效應可包括:本說明書中所揭示之評估方法之任何者。方法亦包括:指定約束一參考色彩之外觀之一色彩約束,如透過光學濾光器所觀看或照亮;評估預濾光器與新試驗多頻帶濾光器之一者之各組合對該參考色彩之色彩外觀之效應;及選擇新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器之一者(對於該新試驗多頻帶干涉濾光器,光學濾光器滿足指定色彩約束)用於在光學濾光器中作為多頻帶干涉濾光器。本說明書中所揭示之色彩約束之任何者可與此方法一起使用。 作為上述方法之一可能缺點,用於達成所要效應之最佳濾光器可在一些情況中不成為所研究之濾光器組之一成員。此外,上述策略會因待評估之可能濾光器之數目倍增及各額外自由變量而變得難以駕馭。 另一相關方法為使用一準牛頓適應方法來在一子集之可能濾光器中搜尋且沿一經評估之最佳方向朝向所要濾光器遞增移動。然而,在一些情況中,由此類型之方法找到之解決方案可僅為局部最佳。 包含直接列舉及局部搜尋之此等方法之一進一步難點在於:難以或無法對濾光器施加約束,舉例而言,諸如相對於一經選擇照明體之濾光器白點之規格。相反,通常必須評估各試驗濾光器以判定其是否滿足此等約束。 為約束白點,可將一濾光器表示為白點之色變對之一線性組合,例如表示為三色色變對組內之一加權組合(即,本質上包括光之三個不同波長),然而,此需要具有數千個自由度之一表示,此係因為此等色變對之數目較大,且當搜尋空間具有如此多之維度時,準牛頓搜尋方法一般會過度緩慢。此外,此一方法無法容易地實現超出濾光器白點之額外約束之規格。 計算上有效率且實現多個約束準則之規格(下文中詳細描述)之濾光器設計之一方法為採用線性程式化之方法。此方法可存在諸多不同優點:一線性程式解算器使用一序列之遞增步驟來快速定位最佳解決方案,然而,一線性程式之解決方案係唯一的且全域最佳(相對於輸入)。此外,可約束解決方案以滿足與色彩外觀之色度態樣及發光態樣相關之有用準則。市售線性程式解算器可迅速判定一組給定約束是否無解決方案(即,不可行),且此等解算器亦可快速判定具有數千個自由變量及數百個約束之線性程式之最佳解決方案。可在可表達為一線性系統之一問題遭受線性約束及一線性成本函數時採用線性程式化。接著,詳細闡述與如何構想影響色覺之一濾光器之設計準則及如何將該設計準則轉化成一線性程式相關之細節。 下文所揭示之濾光器產生方法併入一線性程式解算器(縮寫為LP),其一般可被描述為用於判定相對於一線性成本函數且遭受線性約束之一資源分配問題之最佳解決方案之一方法。當應用至設計色覺之濾光器之問題時,待分配之資源可被理解為濾光器之以波長為函數之透射率,線性約束源自於濾光器之使用要求,且線性成本函數本質上為可將線性程式解算器引導向可行解決方案之範疇內之一較佳解決方案所依據之一機制。可藉由使用一電腦來解算由如下表達式給出之一線性程式而實踐藉由線性程式化之濾光器產生方法: 最小化cT x, 遭受Ax≤b之約束,及 遭受1≥x≥0之約束; 其中,在此方法中,解算向量x之線性程式,及以波長為函數之濾光器之透射率由如下表達式計算: 若,及 若p,則,及; 其中,在此方法中,f為經設計之光學濾光器,為以波長λ為函數之f之透射率。E為基本濾光器之一矩陣,使得矩陣ei 之行為以各基本濾光器之波長為函數之光之透射率,及基本濾光器之數目為N。定義之表達式為基本濾光器之一加權求和,其中加權係數為對應元素xi 。加權和等於基本濾光器矩陣E與線性程式解向量q之間之矩陣向量乘積q=Ex。此外,藉由以波長為函數之第一濾光器q與第二濾光器p之乘法而表示兩個光學濾光器之組合系列,其中為以波長λ為函數之p之透射率,及p在本發明中一般亦被稱為一「預濾光器」,但可依任何順序組成該等濾光器。線性程式約束1≥x≥0等效於約束1≥xi ≥0,其中i介於1至N之間。此外,上述表達式中之c為一成本向量,其引導線性程式解算器朝向提供以所要方式影響色覺之一濾光器f之一解決方案。由cT x計算與該解決方案相關聯之總成本,cT x表示c之轉置與x之間之向量內積。提供一較低總成本之解決方案x一般相對於所要功能而更佳,但品質之其他量測亦可用於判定一特定解決方案之適當性。上述表達式中之A為一矩陣,及上述表達式中之b為一向量。Ax為矩陣A與向量x之間之矩陣積。矩陣A之元素之至少若干者及向量b之元素之至少若干者係相關於:濾光器f在光之一或多個波長處之最小或最大透射位準;對濾光器白點之一約束;或對一或多個參考光之色彩外觀之約束,如透過濾光器所觀看或照亮;及/或濾光器f在一或多個入射角處之此等透射約束。 可藉由依一波長標度(例如使用1奈米之一步長)或實質上等效之另一標度(例如頻率或log波數)均勻取樣而用表格表示上述表達式中以波長λ為函數之濾光器之透射率(ei ,p,f)之規格。亦可依樣本點之間具有不均勻間隔之一任意標度定義取樣。 基本濾光器可例如為具有約1奈米之一通帶寬度之單通帶濾光器,且各濾光器具有一不同通帶中心波長。此等濾光器亦可被稱為單色濾光器,且被定義為具有如下光譜透射率:; 其中為迪拉克Δ函數,及為由濾光器透射之波長,對於整組之基本濾光器組,該波長通常在400奈米至700奈米之間變動。在此情況中,基本濾光器矩陣E本質上為301×301之一單位矩陣。替代地,基本濾光器可為各具有大於約1奈米之寬度之單通帶濾光器,且各基本濾光器具有一不同通帶中心波長。在一些此等變動中,通帶可呈矩形(亦稱為一方脈衝函數)且一基本濾光器之光譜透射率被定義如下:; 其中為中心波長,為矩形頻寬,及H為Heaviside階梯函數。矩形頻寬之一典型選擇為約10奈米,在該情況中,基本濾光器之數目亦可減少,使得相鄰濾光器之間存在一5奈米間隔。在一些變動中,通帶可具有高斯或本質上為高斯之一光譜透射率,例如由如下表達式定義:; 其中為中心波長,及半峰頻寬為:。 在其他變動中,基本濾光器可為具有兩個或兩個以上通帶之多頻帶濾光器,且各基本濾光器具有該兩個或兩個以上通帶之中心波長及/或頻寬之一不同組合,在該情況中,基本濾光器之數目可較大(例如數千個組合)。可例如藉由相對於照明體904及參考濾光器912(圖9)將頻寬及/或頻帶透射率位準調整為色變對而組態多通帶基本濾光器。任何適合組之基本濾光器可用在濾光器設計方法中,其中一適合基本濾光器必須至少具有一物理可實現之透射率光譜(例如,具有0至1之間之透射率值),且必須進一步實現與濾光器相關聯之一成本之計算,後文連同圖12A及圖12B之討論而對其加以描述。較佳地,基本濾光器具有緊湊支撐(即,在一有限間隔外,透射率為0),使得可應用稀疏線性代數之數值計算方法,其包含用於解算一線性程式之內點法。 應觀察到,如上述表達式中所定義之f包括基本濾光器之一加權求和,其中基本濾光器一般為單通帶或多通帶濾光器(例如,包括如先前所描述之一或多個矩形或高斯通帶),可推斷,經設計之濾光器f可被理解為多頻帶濾光器,然而,通帶之數目本質上非常大(例如,至少60個)且組成通帶可部分重疊。因此,可由方法設計之可能濾光器f之範圍包含具有三個或四個頻帶之多頻帶濾光器以及具有更複雜透射率曲線之多頻帶濾光器。然而,實際上,圖中將展示:最有用濾光器設計通常具有本質上可被描述為頻帶之三個或四個特徵,但該等頻帶之本質形狀在一些例項中可不規則,即,非矩形且非高斯。例如,一或多個通帶可被描述為具有一雙峰式分佈,或可在通帶之一或多側上具有一凸肩,或可被描述為一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數之透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於約4:1至約1:4之間。 在關於非高斯通帶之變動中,可用例如僅足夠寬以本質上消除不規則及/或急轉過渡之一高斯核心來使此等通帶變平滑,在此情況中,通帶可被描述為本質上具有對應平滑通帶之一頻帶中心及半峰寬度。 圖9含有描述濾光器產生之一程序(依據設計準則之一規格)之一程序流程圖。框903中呈現下文更詳細描述之電腦實施之濾光器產生器操作。輸入至濾光器產生器操作中之設計準則(下文亦更詳細描述)可包含例如成本向量901(上文所提供之線性程式表達式中之向量c)、光譜透射率約束902、色彩外觀約束915、濾光器白點約束908、照明體904、參考濾光器912、觀察者918、基本濾光器913(上文所提供之表達式中之矩陣E)、選用預濾光器(上文所提供之表達式中之p,其可被設定待有效略過之整體)919、選用平滑核心920及選用偏置係數923。 仍參考圖9,基本濾光器及各種其他設計準則被輸入至三色約束計算操作910(下文相對於圖11進一步詳細描述),三色約束計算操作910產生約束投影界限906(線性程式表達式中之向量b)及約束投影範數909(線性程式表達式中之矩陣A)。接著,由約束投影界限906、約束投影範數909及成本向量901用公式表示一線性程式907(如由上文所提供之線性程式表達式所描述)。接著,由一線性程式解算器905解算該線性程式,線性程式解算器905提供該線性程式之解決方案作為一一解向量911。解向量911為上文所提供之線性程式表達式中之最佳向量x。解向量911之元素為係數xi ,其等給對應基本濾光器ei (其等為表示基本濾光器組913之矩陣E之行)提供加權因數。接著,操作914執行由解向量911之對應元素加權之基本濾光器之一求和以提供一第一濾光器,第一濾光器接著在916處(視情況)經平滑、接著在922處(視情況)經偏置且與一第二濾光器(預濾光器)919組合以產生經設計之濾光器規格921。 可例如藉由組合一吸收預濾光器與一干涉濾光器而製造經複合設計之濾光器921,其中該干涉濾光器組件由操作914及/或操作916之輸出指定。該預濾光器可本質上為透明的(即,係均一的或幾乎均一的),或可具中性密度(即,係恆定的或幾乎恆定的),或可具有一寬頻帶透射率(即,依據波長而平滑且緩慢地變動),或可具有窄頻帶或多頻帶透射率。方法考量之規格中之p之此等性質,使得所得濾光器f滿足輸入設計準則。連同圖24A、圖24B、圖28A及圖28B而詳細描述較佳預濾光器之選擇。特定言之,具有窄頻帶吸收率之預濾光器之使用可較佳地用於一些應用且連同圖20A及圖20B而對其詳細地加以論證及描述。 用於設計及製造干涉濾光器之同期方法(例如使用非四分之一波長光學監測)可製造幾乎具有任何光譜透射率曲線之一濾光器。然而,實施一特定濾光器規格所需之介電材料層之數目係變動的。對介電材料層之總數目之任何所需限制例如需要:光譜透射率曲線具有一有限複雜性。例如,以波長為函數之透射率之斜率必須連續且有界限。 為改良可製造性,可對由加權求和操作914提供之濾光器規格執行一平滑操作916。例如,可藉由916中之頻域迴旋而將一平滑核心920應用至操作914處所提供之最佳濾光器。該平滑核心可例如為具有一半峰寬度(其為中心波長之2%)之一高斯核心。在進一步實例中,該平滑核心可為具有一半峰寬度(其為中心波長之約10%)之一高斯核心,使得可用一低階介電堆疊(例如小於約50個材料層)實現濾光器規格。替代地或另外,可使基本濾光器變平滑(例如藉由作為高斯濾光器而非矩形濾光器之規格)。接著,自平滑操作916輸出之經平滑濾光器類型可用作為用於製造一(例如干涉)濾光器之一規格。一般而言,平滑之數量可經調節以改良遭受以下要求之可製造性:濾光器之所要功能(例如其對色覺之效應)未因由平滑而明顯降級。例如,該平滑核心之寬度可被選擇為最寬核心,使得濾光器之通帶內之峰值透射未明顯減少。儘管平滑係選用的,但本文所描述之全部濾光器實施例(如由上述線性程式方法所設計)採用具有約10奈米至約25奈米之間之一半峰寬度之一平滑核心。 特定言之,為改良濾光器效能,在穿過濾光器之光之入射角在某一範圍內變動之條件下,一偏置係數923可用於使濾光器規格朝向更長波長偏置(922)。連同圖29A至圖29B及圖30A至圖30B而進一步詳細描述偏置係數之選擇。 現返回至濾光器產生器操作903(圖9)之各種輸入,必須指定成本向量901(上述線性程式化表達式中之c),使得一成本可與各基本濾光器相關聯。例如,若基本濾光器各為單通帶濾光器,則可由一函數指定以波長為函數之一成本且每個基本濾光器之成本由如下表達式計算:。 替代地,若基本濾光器為三通帶濾光器(其中各基本濾光器具有三個或三個以上通帶),則成本函數901可例如為基本濾光器之相對色域面積之一函數,(例如)與一基本濾光器相關聯之成本可被定義如下:; 其中為由基本濾光器提供之色域面積,及為由一最佳適配參考濾光器提供之色域面積。成本向量901可在濾光器設計程序開始時被指定且在濾光器之設計期間不被進一步改變。替代地,可在反覆設計程序中之設計程序(諸如(例如)下文相對於圖12而更詳細描述之程序)期間變動成本向量901。 一成本向量之規格提供使濾光器產生方法可引導線性程式解算器朝向一較佳濾光器設計之一方法,此係因為線性程式解算器將避免具有一相對較高成本之基本濾光器之併入(即,正加權)(若無必須滿足一或多個約束)。較佳濾光器設計可根據濾光器之目標應用而變動,因此,成本函數之規格亦應適當變動。例如,圖12A展示以波長為函數之成本之兩個函數(例如,用於與如先前所描述之一組單通帶基本濾光器一起使用),其中該等成本函數經選擇以最大化濾光器設計之相對色域面積,由此導致方法設計使紅綠色辨別增強之一濾光器。為設計使藍黃色辨別增強之一濾光器,可例如藉由乘以負1而使此等成本函數反轉。成本函數1201經組態以最大化相對於經選擇之Munsell色彩之相對色域面積,如圖6A中之601、602、603、604及605處所展示。成本函數1202經組態以最大化相對於經選擇之自然界色彩之相對色域面積,如圖6B中之606、607、608、609及610處所展示。就其他相同設計準則而言,Munsell色彩之成本函數導致濾光器1204(圖12B)且自然色彩之成本函數導致濾光器1203(亦參閱圖12B)。應注意,自然界濾光器1203之中通帶相較於Munsell色彩之濾光器1204而紅移達約10奈米,且亦在短波長通帶中找到更長波長之一類似偏好。此等細節並非無關緊要,例如,自然界濾光器1203導致更少之綠色色相失真,綠色之光譜反射率主要取決於植物中之葉綠素之含量,且葉綠色具有比人造綠色色素明顯更長之一反射率峰值波長,其與如先前連同圖6A及圖6B所討論之兩個不同組之參考色彩之分析一致。 再次參考圖9,觀察者918一般為具有正常視覺之一標準觀察者。若濾光器設計意欲校正十分極端之一缺陷,則可選擇一特定缺陷觀察者。照明體904根據濾光器之意欲用途及環境而選擇,且可例如為本文所揭示之任何適合照明體。參考濾光器912經選擇以設定經設計濾光器之意欲白點,其中白點為如透過參考濾光器所觀看之經選擇照明體之色度座標,且經設計之濾光器將以相同白點為特徵。參考濾光器亦已可用在一相對色域面積計算(如上文所描述)中以比較經設計之濾光器與參考濾光器,例如下文相對於圖13所描述。 圖9中所展示之剩餘設計準則輸入為光譜透射率約束902、濾光器白點約束908及色彩外觀約束915。各色彩外觀約束包括:一參考光(由其光譜輻射通量定義);一發光度約束,其使得所得濾光器必須規定如透過濾光器所觀看之該參考光之發光度在一界限間隔內;及一選用色度約束,其使得所得濾光器必須規定如透過濾光器所觀看之該參考光之色度座標含於界限色度座標之凸包內。亦相對於觀察者918及預濾光器919而指定前文所提及之觀看條件。 此外,光譜透射率約束902及濾光器白點約束908為如由虛線流程箭頭所指示之一色彩外觀約束915之特殊情況。一光譜透射率約束可被表達為一色彩外觀約束,其中參考光為具有一特定波長之一單色光,且該單色光之發光度被界限於某一發光度間隔內(應注意,一單色光之色度無法由任何濾光器改變)。一些光譜透射率約束係必需的,例如,透射率必須被界限於各可見波長處之0.0%至100.0%之間以產生一被動光學濾光器。該濾光器之白點約束包括一參考光(其為經選擇之照明體),且進一步提供一發光等式約束及一色度邊界。一般而言,該色度邊界可具有本質上無限小之大小,使得白點被精確設定。替代地,該色度邊界可具有一較寬邊界,其例如包含以參考濾光器之白點為中心之一近似圓形區域。對於色覺需要,濾光器白點經一般設定或否則被約束於對應於被視為非呈強勁色彩之色彩之色度圖之一中心區域內。對於待用在太陽鏡中之濾光器之設計,照明體較佳地代表日光(例如照明體D65),且基於照明體所界限之發光度介於約8%至約40%之間。 如上文所提及,一色彩外觀約束被指定為基於色度座標之一邊界及基於一參考光之色彩外觀之發光度之一界限間隔。此等資料在幾何學上可被理解為三色模型中之一約束多面體,如圖10A及圖10B之圖式中所展示。更具體言之,提供滿足該約束之一色彩外觀之一濾光器經組態使得如透過該濾光器所觀看之該參考光之三色值含於本質上呈錐形之一凸多面體(1001、1002)中,其中該色度邊界形成壁狀表面(例如1005)之一封閉輪廓,且該發光度界限間隔定義包含下發光度界限1007及上發光度界限1006之兩個蓋狀表面。該等蓋狀表面平行於等亮平面1004且各含於自原點分別移位達對應上發光度界限及下發光度界限之平面中。該等壁狀表面各含於與原點相交之平面中。該色度邊界由一組色度座標之凸包指定,該組色度座標在被轉換成三色值時定義錐體1005之壁。若且唯若三色值至全部壁之向內指向之表面法向向量(圖中未展示)上之投影之向量範數係非負的,則實例性三色值1003滿足該色度邊界。此外,若且唯若三色值至上蓋及下蓋之向內指向之表面法向向量(圖中未展示)上之投影之向量範數分別大於/小於下發光度界限及上發光度界限,則實例性三色值1003滿足發光度界限。該等表面法向向量為三色空間中之向量,根據定義,其等垂直於含有一表面之平面。若發光度之下限為零,則錐體到達原點處之一頂點。若發光度無上限,則錐體沿與發光度回應線之相同之方向無限延伸。此廣義錐體之幾何結構容許一色彩外觀約束轉換成一系統之線性約束,如下文所額外詳細描述。 再次參考圖9,色彩外觀約束915經由910處之計算而轉換成一組線性約束,910處之操作相對於各色彩外觀約束915及各基本濾光器913而反覆操作以導致線性約束投影界限906之向量及約束投影範數909之矩陣。 由圖11之程序流程圖進一步詳述一色彩外觀約束至一系統之線性約束之轉換,其中三色約束計算1102對應於圖9中之操作910。在本文中,一色彩外觀約束1101可被指定為一參考光1105、一色度邊界1106及一發光度界限間隔1104。可將此等界限轉換成觀察者1103之三色空間中之一廣義多面錐體(操作1109),如連同圖10A及圖10B之描述所闡釋。自所得幾何形狀,操作1109提供:一矩陣1112,其包括正交(垂直)於該多面體之表面且自該多面體之表面向內指向之向量;及自含有一表面1113之各平面之原點偏移之一向量,其對於壁狀表面而言為零且對於如先前所描述之蓋狀表面而言等於上發光度界限及下發光度界限。 接著,色彩約束之界限幾何形狀與各基本濾光器1107之間之相互作用被判定為如下。計算穿過基本濾光器1107之參考光1105之透射率1108,接著計算穿過預濾光器1210之透射率1111,接著計算由觀察者1114接收之經過濾光之視網膜感光色素吸收率1115(即,視覺光轉導),從而導致對應於如透過基本濾光器及預濾光器所觀看之參考光之三色值1117。接著,使用一矩陣-向量積1116來將三色值1117投影至約束多面體之表面法向向量(矩陣1112中)上,從而導致約束多面體之每個表面之三色值之一組向量長度(範數)1119及將確保相對於色彩外觀約束之抑制之對應界限1118。此等約束投影範數為基本濾光器相對於約束之線性屬性。例如,若投影至一表面法向向量上之三色值具有長度零,則該基本濾光器有效地正交於約束且任何數量之濾光器可在不違反該特定邊界之情況下併入於解決方案中。若約束投影範數為非零,則範數之量值給出導致經設計之濾光器朝向或遠離約束邊界移動之以基本濾光器之線性加權為函數之比率。 再次參考圖9,將此等結果累積於約束投影範數矩陣(上述線性程式表達式中之A)909及約束投影界限向量(上述線性程式表達式中之b)906中,其中該等結果現呈在併入於線性程式907中時相容之一適合格式。 在一些實施例中,一色彩外觀約束1101(圖11)亦可包含參考光1105相對於基本濾光器1107之一入射角,在該情況中,可應用一適當變換以正確地計算1108及1111中之光之所得透射,使得如透過基本濾光器及預濾光器所觀看之參考光之三色值亦考量參考光之該入射角。例如,若濾光器將被製造為一干涉濾光器,則該入射角可用於根據Snell定律而位移基本濾光器(基於波長之百分比)。(例如,參閱圖16A中之曲線1601)。此外,若預濾光器為一吸收類型,則計算可根據Beer-Lambert定律而考量路徑長度差異。接著,可由組件q=Ex與p之總組成表達複合濾光器f,使得f在偏離於表面法向向量之θ弧度之一入射角處之透射率可被表示為且由如下表達式近似表示:; 其中ei 之有效折射率為具有約1.85之一值之n,及對於約0度至約45度之間之θ,該近似值係足夠的。在非零入射角處併入色彩外觀約束尤其有用於提供在非理想觀看條件下具有改良色彩穩定性之濾光器設計。為評估本發明中之濾光器,一濾光器f相對於入射角θ之白點位移由如下表達式定義:, 其中,在上述表達式中,(u0 ,v0 )及(u0 ,v0 )為法向入射及θ度偏離入射處之如透過濾光器所觀看之照明體D65之CIELUV (u',v')色度座標(相對於CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者)。替代地,相對於CIE 1964 10度標準觀察者而計算白點位移。 現參考圖13之程序流程圖,在一些實施例中,一濾光器設計程序係反覆的。此一反覆程序可開始於輸入至設計程序1302之濾光器產生器1303中之濾光器設計準則1301之一初始規格。設計準則1301可例如包含圖9中所展示之設計輸入之部分或全部。與製程相關之額外資訊1309亦可輸入至亦在設計程序1302中之選用製造分析程序1308(下文中進一步描述)。此製造資訊可例如包含:對製造設備使用之時間限制;製造成本或預算;及對濾光器結構之實體限制,舉例而言,諸如,對厚度、厚度均勻性、組合物或用於製造一濾光器之材料層之組合物之均勻性之限制。 濾光器產生器1303可例如相同或實質上相同於上文參考圖9所描述之濾光器產生器903。濾光器產生器1303產生試驗濾光器1305,其可例如為:一最佳濾光器類型,其相關於以波長或頻率為函數之透射(例如由圖9中之操作914所輸出);一平滑最佳濾光器類型,其相關於以波長或頻率為函數之透射(例如由圖9中之操作916所輸出);或一複合濾光器設計,其併入一選用預濾光器(例如由圖9中之操作917所輸出)。 可在操作1307處視情況分析試驗濾光器1305(圖13)之光學效能。此效能分析可例如包含計算相對於一參考濾光器1304、一照明體1306及一組參考色彩1301(其等之全部為至設計程序1302之選用額外輸入)之相對色域面積1314。可例如使用上文參考圖4所描述之程序來計算相對色域面積。若相對色域面積不合意(即,過高或過低),則可在操作1315處調整成本函數且據此在透過設計程序1302之另一反覆之前更新濾光器設計準則1301。 在其中如剛所描述般調整成本函數之實施例中,設計程序1302之首次反覆可利用例如呈(例如兩個)高斯函數(其等各以一中心波長、一寬度及一振幅為特徵)之總和形式之以波長為函數之一初始成本函數。該成本函數可進一步包含藉由與任何單調函數相加或相乘而併入之一單調偏置。例如,單調函數可為線性的。當反覆設計程序且在各反覆中計算相對色域面積時,可使用調整該成本函數以增大(或替代地,減小)色域面積之任何適合習知最大化方法來調整該成本函數。調整該成本函數可例如包含:改動以高斯為特徵之參數;改動以所存在之任何單調偏置為特徵之參數;或改動以高斯為特徵之參數及改動以一偏置為特徵之參數。亦可使用該成本函數或該成本函數之參數化之任何其他適合形式,或可使用用於調整該成本函數之任何其他適合方法。 作為使用相對色域面積來評定一試驗濾光器相對於色彩辨別之效能之一替代,在一些實施例中,色度空間中之參考色彩之分佈之特徵為計算分佈之一或多個標準偏差。可在沿色度空間之紅綠色軸及藍黃色軸或沿方向或軸之任何其他適合選擇投影分佈時計算該等標準偏差。至綠色盲混淆線上之投影可較佳用於評估待由綠色弱觀察者使用之濾光器。至紅色盲混淆線上之投影可較佳用於評估待由紅色弱觀察者使用之濾光器。至第三型色盲混淆線上之投影可較佳用於評估待由第三型色弱觀察者使用之濾光器,或可用於評估濾光器以確保:沿紅綠色辨別之一垂直或幾乎垂直軸之標準偏差之互補增加不會負面影響藍黃色辨別。相較於參考濾光器而增加一或多個此等標準偏差之試驗濾光器可被視為增強沿色度空間中之一或多個對應方向之色彩辨別。相較於參考濾光器減少一或多個此等標準偏差之試驗濾光器可被視為減弱沿色度空間中之一或多個對應方向之色彩辨別。類似於上文相對於相對色域面積所描述,在一些實施例中,用在設計程序1302中之成本函數可經反覆調整以最大化或最小化如透過試驗濾光器所觀看之色度空間中之參考色彩分佈之一或多個標準偏差。 現返回至設計程序1302中之效能分析操作1307(圖13),操作1307亦可視情況評定符合業界或政府規章標準(舉例而言,諸如美國國家標準協會(ANSI) Z80.3-2010(2010年6月7日核准)或ANSI Z87.1-2010(2010年4月13日核准),該兩個標準之全文以引用方式併入本文中)之試驗濾光器。可執行此分析以例如確保:試驗濾光器在意欲應用中(例如在操作一機動車輛時)供一人類觀察者安全使用。基於此標準順應分析之結果1313,操作1316可構想濾光器設計準則1301之額外或經修改之色彩外觀約束以指引濾光器設計程序1302符合標準。 除效能分析1307之外或作為效能分析1307之一替代,可在操作1308處分析試驗功能1305之可製造性。此操作可產生例如一經估算之製造成本1312及提供容限及/或加工規程之一製造規格1311。經估算之製造成本1312可被表達為例如一總製造時間、一總財務成本或以上兩者。基於經估算之製造成本1312,操作1317可視情況調整色彩約束、平滑(例如圖9中之操作916)或色彩約束及平滑以指引濾光器設計程序1302朝向具有一較低經估算製造成本之一濾光器。例如,可增加平滑核心920(圖9)之寬度,或可適當放鬆或收緊對某些區域中之光譜透射率之約束。 若操作1316或1317處添加或修改之約束產生不可行之設計準則(即,無法解決線性程式化問題之設計準則),則線性程式解算器(例如圖9中之905)可偵測此情形。接著,可放鬆或修訂約束,直至恢復可行性。 可重複整個濾光器設計及分析程序1302,直至達成一滿意(例如最佳)濾光器設計,此時,製造規格1311可被採用且用於製造光學濾光器。 如本文所描述之濾光器可基於例如光之吸收、反射或吸收及反射而過濾光。濾光器可例如包含干涉濾光器、吸收濾光器及偏振濾光器(偏振濾光器通常包含圍封一波長選擇偏振旋轉器之一對線性偏振器)之任何適合組合。干涉濾光器及複合濾光器之干涉濾光器部分(如本文所揭示)可例如被製造為使用約12個至200個層且每100個層具有約6微米之一總厚度及具有約1.8至約1.9之間之一典型有效折射率之介電塗層。此等多層干涉塗層可例如被施加於具有0至約10屈光度之間之一基弧之玻璃或光學聚合物基板上,其中屈光度被定義為由一透鏡量測計校準至1.523之一折射率之球面曲率之量測值。 本文所揭示且意欲用於眼鏡之干涉濾光器設計亦可被指定用於與一圓形偏振器組合使用,其之細節於圖24A及圖24B及隨附描述中給出。 本文所揭示且意欲用於眼鏡之干涉濾光器之進一步設計亦可被指定用於與一中性密度吸收體或一寬頻帶吸收體或一窄頻帶吸收體組合使用,其等之細節於圖28A及圖28B及隨附描述中給出且其等之特定實例連同圖20A及圖20B之討論而被揭示。 一般而言,在下文中,假定:製程(至少)包含將介電材料物理氣相沈積於具有不同厚度及折射率之一序列之塗層中以形成一干涉濾光器。工業機器及程序可容易地取得且實現此等濾光器(其包含具有部分透射率之區域及/或通帶之不規則組態之濾光器)之高產量高精確度製造。可代以使用任何其他適合製程,或任何其他適合製程亦可與此一物理氣相沈積程序組合使用。 若無另外約束,則經設計以增強紅綠色辨別之濾光器可趨於降低黃光之透射,其可導致一黃色交通信號顯得更暗且更類似於紅色(例如橙色或微紅色)。類似地,使藍黃色辨別增強之濾光器可趨於導致綠光顯得更類似於藍色或白色(例如不飽和)。為避免此及類似潛在問題,併入於通用眼鏡(諸如太陽鏡)中之濾光器例如可經組態使得所得眼鏡提供某些色彩(特定言之,平均日光及交通信號光之色彩)之一調節外觀。對於某一眼鏡,此需要例如滿足工業或政府規章標準。可使用上文所描述之方法(例如藉由將適合約束施加至濾光器設計)來設計符合要求組態。一發光度約束可確保:此等光(例如日光、交通信號光)在透過過濾眼鏡而被觀看時顯得適度更亮。被指定為色度座標中之凸邊界之一色度約束可確保:此等光落在約束邊界內且因此將被觀察者視為具有正確標準色名之一色相,即,確保:日光本質上呈白色;及交通信號被正確辨別為例如交通信號綠色指示燈、交通信號黃色指示燈及交通信號紅色指示燈。 圖14A展示通用眼鏡之此「一般用途」約束之實例。實例性色度邊界1401規定:黃色交通燈不呈橙色或紅色。點1402展示如透過一不受約束之紅綠色辨別增強濾光器所觀看之黃色交通燈之色度,及點1401展示一順應紅綠色辨別增強濾光器下之黃色交通燈之色度。實例性色度邊界1406規定:綠色交通燈不呈黃色、藍色或過度不飽和。點1404展示綠色交通燈之色度,其在兩個濾光器下本質上相同。實例性色度邊界1405規定:日光不呈強勁色彩。點1403展示在兩個濾光器下本質上相同之日光之色度。 圖14B展示日光之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖1408、綠色交通信號之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖1407及黃色交通信號之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖1409。圖14C展示不受約束濾光器之透射率1411及受約束濾光器之透射率1410。在濾光器1410中,約束之效應顯然在於:長通帶本質上已被分成兩個通帶以形成四通帶濾光器。如此實例中所展示,限制約束係針對黃色色度邊界之最紅側。然而,如連同圖15A及圖15B之進一步描述中所展示,可更佳地迫使分裂通帶成為具有一不規則形狀(諸如,在短波長側上具有用於替代分裂子頻帶之一凸肩)之一單通帶,或用足夠寬以將子頻帶本質上合併成一單通帶之一核心來使分裂通帶變平滑。 與將多頻帶濾光器併入至眼鏡中相關之一進一步關注在於:阻帶可明顯抑制一些窄頻帶光(諸如來自發光二極體、雷射及鈉蒸氣燈)之發光度。在一些實施例中,可較佳地設定一濾光器之最小透射率之一下限以確保全部單色光之一最小亮度。例如,在圖15A中,曲線圖1501展示在約450奈米至約650奈米之間透射率為約7%之一光譜透射率下限。併入約束之一濾光器由圖15B中之其光譜透射率曲線圖1504展示。 濾光器1504為四通帶濾光器,其中已添加第四通帶以滿足一黃色交通燈約束(如連同圖14A至圖14C所描述)。在一些實施例中,可較佳地將此額外通帶轉換成長波長通帶之短波長側上之一頻帶凸肩。此變化可為較佳的,此係因為所得濾光器可提供相對於入射角變化之黃光(特定言之,窄頻帶黃光)之一更穩定外觀,假定多頻帶濾光器併入 以除法向入射之外之一入射角處之光譜透射率之一藍移為特徵之一干涉濾光器,如下文進一步所描述。可例如藉由增加所要區域中之最小光譜透射率約束(例如由圖15A中之曲線圖1502所展示)而完成用凸肩取代第四通帶。在曲線圖1502中,最小透射率已被設定為約580奈米至約635奈米之間之約18%。由曲線圖1503(圖15B)展示所得之經修改濾光器透射率,曲線圖1503展示長波長通帶之短波長側上之所描述凸肩。 具有如剛所描述之一凸肩之通帶亦可用在三通帶濾光器內之其他位置處。例如,在一些實施例中,可具有添加一最小透射率約束以導致中波長通帶之長波長側上之一凸肩之一效用以在入射角誘發之藍移下減少窄頻帶螢光燈(諸如FL10至FL12)之色彩失真。在進一步實例中,一些實施例在短波長通帶之短波長側或長波長側上具有一凸肩,連同圖16A及圖16B而對其加以更詳細描述。在進一步實例中,通帶可具有一不規則形狀(即,非矩形且非高斯),其具有本質上呈一雙峰式分佈之一組態,其中兩個模式至少部分重疊;或通帶可在通帶之一或多側上具有一凸肩;或通帶可被描述一偏態分佈,其中在以波長為函數之透射率中,通帶之兩側之間之斜率比介於約4:1至約1:4之間。 適用於此等濾光器之一進一步約束係針對白點,即,一典型照明體(諸如日光)之色度座標。若白點在中性點(即,對應於未經過濾之日光之色度座標)之一適度半徑內,則濾光器可被視為非呈強勁色彩。因而,色度調適之視覺機制將使觀察者能夠在佩帶眼鏡達數分鐘之後調整至新色彩平衡。在一些實施例中,可較佳地例如藉由將白點組態為呈中性(即,使得日光之色度座標處於或幾乎處於區域1405(圖14)之中心處)而最小化此調整等待時間。在其中可期望白點呈中性之此等情況中,可針對日光之外觀而給出一約束區域,例如,照明體D65之(x,y)色度座標為約(0.31, 0.33),且最佳濾光器可提供該點之約0.05個單位內之一白點。在一些情況中,特定言之,例如當成本函數經組態以最大化或最小化藍光之透射時,可較佳地容許白點在一更大區域(例如,區域1405(圖14)內之任何位置)內變動。在進一步情形中,可因包含悅目之其他原因而指定白點之特定色調。 如上文所提及,一多頻帶干涉濾光器之透射光譜對入射光之入射角偏離敏感。具體言之,當一干涉濾光器之有效光學厚度(即,使相消干涉發生在濾光器內之折射率邊界處之波長)隨偏離於法向入射之入射光之角度增大而減小時,光譜透射率遭受朝向更短波長之一位移(一藍移)。由垂直於其上沈積該干涉濾光器之表面之一向量定義法向入射。在本文中,法向入射可被稱為零度角入射,即,角度意指偏離於該法向向量之偏角。此外,併入一吸收濾光器之一多頻帶濾光器可根據Beer-Lambert定律而改變透射率,其中當偏離於法向入射之入射光之角度增大時,吸收趨於歸因於透過吸收介質之更大有效路徑長度而增加。在上述變動之任何者中,多頻帶濾光器f可包括一吸收濾光器p及一干涉濾光器q,其中p之以角度為函數之透射率之變化係根據Beer-Lambert定律,及q之以角度為函數之透射率之變化係根據Snell定律,使得f在偏離於表面法向向量之θ弧度之一入射角處之透射率可被表示為且由如下表達式近似表示:; 其中,在上述表達式中,q之有效折射率為具有約1.85之一典型值之n,p在法向入射處之光譜透射率為,f在法向入射處之光譜透射率為,q在法向入射處之光譜透射率為,及對於約0度至約45度之間之θ,該近似值係足夠的。一濾光器之入射角敏感度具有與該濾光器併入至諸如眼鏡之裝置中相關之蘊涵,其中光之有效入射角在透鏡之表面上具有以位置為函數之明顯變動(連同圖29A至圖29B及圖30A至圖30B而對其加以詳細描述),且亦具有與將此等濾光器併入至諸如燈總成之裝置中相關之蘊涵,其中無法達成一照明體之完美光束準直。 以入射角為函數之一濾光器之光譜透射率之變化為該濾光器之一物理性質。然而,主要關注的是此等變化之感知蘊涵,其可藉由量測以入射角為函數之如透過該濾光器所觀看之一參考光之色度及發光度變化量而量化。特定言之,考量相對於照明體之色度座標(即,濾光器白點)之此等變化係有用的,此係因為以入射角為函數之白點之變化一般與如該照明體下所觀看之整組參考色彩之此等變化相關。此外,可藉由在如先前所描述之濾光器產生方法中採用額外色彩外觀約束而約束兩個或兩個以上入射角處(例如0度處及偏離於法向軸之25度處或0度、25度及35度處)之白點,使得照明體之色度座標在指定角度及中間角度處實質上不變。 在圖17C中,曲線圖1707(類似於圖8C之曲線圖811)展示提供增強紅綠色辨別之一實例性濾光器之光譜透射。曲線圖1707展示該濾光器在法向入射處之光譜透射,及曲線圖1706及1705展示該濾光器分別在約20度及30度之偏離法向(off-normal)入射處之(藍移)光譜透射。圖17A亦展示對如透過三個濾光器所觀看之Munsell色彩之經選擇之輪廓之外觀之效應。輪廓1703對應於正常濾光器(0度入射角),輪廓1702對應於第一位移濾光器(約20度入射角),及輪廓1701對應於第二位移濾光器(約30度入射角)。應自此等輪廓明白,該濾光器下之色彩外觀相對於入射角之此等變化而不穩定。再者,吾人觀察到,具有最大紅綠色辨別增強之濾光器趨於定位通帶,其中一或多個視網膜感光色素之以波長為函數之吸收率之變化最大。因此,用於使色彩辨別增強(特定言之,用於使紅綠色辨別增強)之最佳濾光器亦為用於提供穩定色彩外觀之最不佳濾光器。 在圖16B中,曲線圖1603(類似於圖15B之曲線圖1503)展示提供增強紅綠色辨別之一實例性濾光器之光譜透射。曲線圖1604展示提供增強色彩外觀且亦藉由約束白點以使其在法向入射及約30度之偏離法向入射處實質上相同而提供穩定色彩外觀之類似於1603之光譜透射之一實例性濾光器之光譜透射。提供穩定色彩外觀之多頻帶濾光器可例如因具有以下頻帶而獲得穩定性:該等頻帶經定位及/或塑形使得在觀看穩定之參考光時,三種視錐細胞之各者之刺激變化在角範圍內近似呈線性且三種細胞之間之變化本質上描述具有至多一個自由度之一系統,其中該自由度僅沿發光度之方向起作用。例如,在一些實施例中,該等頻帶可較佳地位於視網膜感光色素吸收率之一或多者之峰值敏感度之波長附近,或可具有以所要範圍內之入射角為函數之一雙峰式分佈或其他不規則形狀(其用來使刺激變化不變或幾乎不變)。在進一步實施例中,一通帶(例如長波長通帶)之形狀可經組態使得長波長視錐細胞之刺激變化與以入射角為函數之中波長視錐細胞之刺激變化成反比例,因此確保對自由度之所需限制以維持恆定色度。然而,吾人發現,此等頻帶位置及/或形狀一般為使色彩辨別增強之次最佳者,因此線性程式方法之一效用可基於以下事實:其提供滿足一色彩穩定性約束之一解決方案,該解決方案最大限度地實現色彩辨別增強。具體言之,濾光器頻帶位置之此等改動較佳地發生在最外頻帶上。例如,可藉由將短波長頻帶定位於約450奈米處使短波長視錐細胞之刺激變化率實質上恆定。替代地,在一些情況中,可較佳地在短波長視錐細胞吸收率之峰值附近使短波長通帶分裂(例如曲線圖1605中所展示),藉此通帶可被描述為具有一雙峰式分佈(其具有約435奈米處之一第一模式及約455奈米處之第二模式)。在一進一步實例中,長波長通帶以具有約620奈米處之第一模式及約650奈米處之第二模式之一雙峰式分佈為特徵,或可具有一偏態分佈、一凸肩(通常位於短波長側上)或其他不規則(即,非高斯)分佈。 圖18A至圖18C之圖式中展示具有相對於一入射角範圍之一穩定白點之一濾光器之行為。圖18C在曲線圖1807中展示該濾光器在法向入射處之透射率及在曲線圖1806中展示該濾光器在約20度入射處之透射率。可在此等曲線圖中觀察到,由參考數字1805辨別之短波長區域中之分裂子頻帶結構本質上充當經調諧以在進行波長位移時穩定之一梳狀濾光器。 色彩外觀已被穩定化之照明體為日光之照明體,如圖18B中之曲線圖1804中所展示。在圖18A之色度圖中,照明體之色度座標1803在兩個入射角下相同。圖18A亦展示對Munsell色彩之經選擇之輪廓之外觀之效應。輪廓1801對應於正常濾光器(0度入射角),及輪廓1802對應於經位移之濾光器(約30度入射角)。可自此等輪廓之位置瞭解,濾光器提供此等參考色彩之一適度穩定外觀,其中飽和度之大部分損失主要與最高飽和色彩(例如,如先前連同圖8A所描述之外Munsell輪廓)相關聯。由此濾光器論證之色度穩定性可明顯減小透鏡之中心中之一「熱點」之外觀(由入射角誘發之藍移所致)且一般促成視覺舒適度提高。 例如圖18C中所展示,提供色彩穩定性之濾光器可歸因於所施加約束之效應而提供較弱紅綠色辨別增強。在一些實施例中,可較佳地併入具有一窄頻帶吸收率之一預濾光器,其中(若干)吸收頻帶位於其中預期濾光器設計中之阻帶之位置附近。因此,包括窄頻帶吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器之一複合濾光器可達成所要色彩穩定性且不使所要色彩增強降級。圖20A及圖20B中展示此等濾光器之兩個實例。在圖20A中,2001處之實線曲線展示包括一玻璃基板中之釹之一吸收濾光器之光譜透射率。釹為一稀土材料,其之特徵為約590奈米處之一強吸收頻帶及約520奈米處之一次級吸收頻帶。在圖20B中,2002處之實線曲線展示一干涉濾光器之透射率,該干涉濾光器在與該釹吸收濾光器組合時提供增強紅綠色辨別及0度至30度入射角內之穩定色彩外觀。再次參考圖20A,2001處之虛線曲線展示包括一聚合物基板中之窄頻帶有機色素Exciton P491及Exciton ABS584之一吸收濾光器之光譜透射率。Exciton P491之特徵為約491奈米處之一強吸收頻帶,及Exciton ABS584之特徵為約584奈米處之一強吸收頻帶。在圖20B中,2002處之虛線曲線展示一干涉濾光器之透射率,該干涉濾光器在與該有機色素濾光器組合時提供增強紅綠色辨別及0度至30度入射角內之穩定色彩外觀。可藉由如先前所描述之線性程式化之方法、藉由併入該吸收濾光器作為預濾光器而設計此等實例。 為給一正常觀察者提供色彩穩定性,一般可期望約束色度座標使得白點位移小於相對於CIELUV (u',v')色度空間之約0.01個單位且約束相對於約0度至約35度之間之角度之CIE 1931 2度觀察者。在一些情況中,角範圍可增大至約0度至約45度。對於具有綠色弱之觀察者,位移容限可增大至約0.02個單位,及對於具有紅色弱之或重度綠色弱之觀察者,容限可進一步增大至約0.04個單位,此係因為此兩個觀察者對色移不敏感且其等之色彩感知未必完全以一標準觀察者模型為特徵。此外,對於此等異常觀察者(其等之色彩匹配函數明顯不同於CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之色彩匹配函數),可使用一觀察者特定色彩匹配函數來計算實現色彩穩定性之約束準則。在此等情況中,所得濾光器在根據CIE 1931 2度觀察者而分析白點位移穩定性時可具有如下性質:白點位移函數在約20度至約40度入射角之間之一角度處具有一局部最小值;及在該局部最小值處至正常白點之距離小於約0.02個單位。 為以法向入射及偏離法向入射處之濾光器效能在此等濾光器併入至一眼鏡中時之相對重要性為特徵,一透鏡及眼睛之一幾何模型(例如,其中該透鏡併入至眼鏡中且位於眼睛前面)可用於計算以透鏡位置為函數之有效入射角以及以有效入射角為函數之相對重要性。由此,有效入射角被定義為透鏡在一透鏡位置處之法向向量與穿過該透鏡位置以成像至眼睛之視網膜上之一束光之法向向量之間之角度。圖29A(俯視圖)及圖29B(透視圖)中繪示如先前所提及之幾何模型。此處,分別由半球2904及2905表示左眼及右眼之幾何形狀。人眼(通常為一成年人之眼睛)具有約12.5毫米之一曲率半徑及約60毫米之瞳孔間距離。色感主要源自於中心10度之視覺,然而,眼睛亦可在其眼窩中旋轉,因此色彩感知所需之角範圍大於10度。由球形區段2901及2902表示左透鏡及右透鏡之幾何形狀(具有眼鏡之一典型形狀)。虛線箭頭2906繪示穿過透鏡上之一中心位置之一束光,及虛線箭頭2909繪示穿過透鏡上之一遠端位置之一束光。該等光束亦一般成像至視網膜之中心位置及遠端位置上。2907及2908處展示透鏡在其中穿過該等光束之位置處之表面法向向量。眼鏡中之透鏡可具有約50毫米至約150毫米之間之一曲率半徑(在此實例中,該曲率半徑為87毫米)。由於此半徑顯著大於眼睛之半徑,所以在對應透鏡位置處入射光束與表面法向向量之間之角度趨於隨與中心之距離之增加而增加,如圖29A及圖29B中由2908與2909之間之角度增加(相較於2907與2906之間之角度)所繪示。 就任何框架式樣(例如,一透鏡之邊緣輪廓及相對於眼睛之透鏡定位)及任何透鏡曲率而言,可藉由以下操作而自剛描述之幾何模型計算(例如使用一電腦)以透鏡位置為函數之有效入射角:反覆位於透鏡上之點;建構表面法向向量及視網膜影像光束;及接著計算表面位置處之兩個向量之間之角度。圖30A之輪廓圖中展示此一計算之結果,其中邊界3004指示一透鏡之邊緣,及內部輪廓展示如先前所描述之有效入射角,例如,有效入射角在沿輪廓3001時為約10度,在輪廓3002處為約20度,及在輪廓3003處為約30度。 接著,計算以有效入射角為函數之相對重要性係有用的。現參考圖30B,以有效入射角為函數之相關重要性之一函數包括兩個部分之乘積:第一,以一特定角度觀看之透鏡表面面積之比例之一估算;及第二,沿一軸定向眼睛使得其以一特定角度看穿透鏡之可能性之一估算。在本文中,一高斯統計模型用於估算定向分佈,例如由具有約10度之一標準偏差之曲線3007所展示。因而,眼睛最可能沿法向入射角觀看。然而,應注意,在透鏡上僅有一單一點之入射角為法向的(例如圖30A中之點3005),而透鏡之表面面積介於例如10度至15度之間(例如,介於圖30A中之輪廓3001與3006之間)。在一典型透鏡之表面上,入射角為偏離於法線之至多約35度,且在此範圍內,以度數為函數之透鏡表面之面積比例近似線性地增加,如由圖30B中之曲線3009所表示。面積加權曲線與定向分佈曲線之乘積給出一重要性加權函數,例如曲線3008處所展示。因此,重要性加權PGAI可由如下表達式定義:,及, 其中為指數函數,θ為具有0度至30度範圍之有效入射角,為如以入射角θ所觀看或照亮之試驗濾光器f及參考濾光器之PGAI,為通常具有約10度之一值之眼睛定向分佈之標準偏差,及k為一權重歸一化因數。為評估本發明中之濾光器,給出色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比之兩個特定列方程式,其中眼睛定向角之標準偏差被設定為約=10度且參考色彩被指定為D15或自然界樣本。該等列方程式分別由如下表達式給出:,及 其中先前已在本發明中規定用於計算之條件。 特定言之,上文由表達式定義之效能度量可用於分類一濾光器f之性質,及若該濾光器之白點呈中性且白點在一適度入射角範圍內亦保持中性,則可在此等濾光器之一族群之間比較絕對效能之百分比增大或減小。在本文中,計算之使用受限於具有相對於此等角度變化而呈中性且穩定之一白點之濾光器。對於約-10%至約10%之間之之值,濾光器可被描述為提供本質上正常之色彩辨別。對於約10%至約40%之間之值,濾光器可被描述為增強紅綠色辨別,其中較大值對應於較佳效能。對於小於約-10%之值,濾光器可被描述為增強藍黃色辨別。前文所提及之值假定:濾光器提供本質上呈中性之一白點,即,對於0度至約30度之間之全部或幾乎全部入射角,照明體D65之(x,y)色度座標為約(0.31, 0.33)。如先前所提及,色域面積之評估可隨白點而變動,因此,無法用一重要性加權PGAI度量來有意義地評估未經白點位移穩定化之濾光器。此外,白點之一些色調(特定言之,綠色)可提供PGAI之較大值,然而,此等增大未必對應於增強色彩辨別。 在進一步實施例中,計算亦可考量由一製程所致之實體厚度之變化。例如,在至彎曲基板上之物理氣相沈積中,塗層厚度趨於隨與濺鍍源之距離及/或噴射顆粒與彎曲基板之表面法線之間之有效入射角而減小。在進一步實施例中,如剛所描述之有效入射角之計算可用作為一製造規格之基礎,使得濾光器被製造於一彎曲基板上,使得濾光器具有一實體厚度輪廓,該實體厚度輪廓例如藉由具有使厚度朝向透鏡之邊緣增加(例如,自中心處之法向實體厚度線性增加至透鏡之邊緣處之約+10%實體厚度)之一分佈而補償有效入射角。一干涉濾光器可經製造以達成相對於透鏡上之全部或幾乎全部位置處之有效入射角而不變或實質上不變之一光學厚度。 在一些實施例中,一濾光器之效能分析可包含使用相關重要性資料來判定一濾光器在併入於眼鏡中時之重要性加權平均效能。可藉由調整該濾光器之光譜透射率規格(特定言之,藉由使規格紅移)而改良重要性加權平均效能。例如,之光譜透射率可朝向更長波長位移,如由如下表達式所計算:,及; 其中為判定位移量之一係數,及經選擇以最大化沿色彩空間之一軸之重要性加權平均相對色域面積增加及/或減少及/或標準偏差。替代地,可經選擇以改良一些其他效能度量以例如減小重要性加權平均太陽藍光透射率。因為所需之典型偏置量通常為約1%至約4%(=1.01至1.04),所以可藉由用表格表示約1.0至約1.1之間之值而有效法向判定最佳偏置係數。例如,具有約530奈米處之一中波長通帶之一紅綠色增強濾光器可較佳紅移至約535奈米(=1.01)以改良重要性加權平均相對色域面積。 與將多頻帶濾光器併入至眼鏡中相關之另一態樣(特定言之,此等濾光器包括一干涉濾光器)為透鏡之一或兩側上之反射率之管理。具有透射率之一理想干涉濾光器之反射率為透射率之補數,由如下表達式定義:。 例如,併入於一太陽鏡中之一濾光器可具有約20%之一光透射率,因此,若該濾光器僅製造有一干涉濾光器,則該濾光器將具有約80%之一光反射率。此高反射率可導致明顯視覺不適,此係因為使用者可在物體後面看見物體之影像或在透鏡中反射之其自身眼睛之影像。對於一般用途,透鏡之內表面上之光反射率應為透鏡之光透射率之至多約五分之一,但在一些情況中,亦可接受高達光透射率之約一半之一光反射率。可藉由改良框架周圍之屏蔽(例如,利用眼鏡腿臂上之側屏蔽)而部分減輕高反射率。一吸收濾光器(例如先前所描述之組件)之併入可明顯改良透鏡之一或兩側上之反射率,例如,就位於透鏡之一側上之而言,該側上之反射率被明顯減小,此係因為反射光必須兩次穿過吸收濾光器,如由用於計算由干涉濾光器及吸收濾光器p組成之一濾光器f之反射率之以下表達式所展示:,及; 其中,在上述表達式中,為濾光器之光譜反射率。相對於用於增強色彩辨別之此等複合濾光器,複合濾光器f之峰值透射率與平均透射率之間之比率較佳地應儘可能高。在進一步實例中,可將分解成兩個組成吸收濾光器,接著,該兩個吸收濾光器位於透鏡之相對側上,例如,,及,及; 其中,在上述表達式中,給出透鏡之一側(例如外表面)上之光譜反射率,及給出透鏡之另一側(例如內表面)上之光譜反射率。 在一些實例中,可為一中性密度濾光器,諸如約40%透射率之一灰色玻璃。例如,此一組合可達成約20%之一光透射率、約40%之一峰值透射率及約8%之透鏡之一側上之一光反射率(即,具有約50%之一光透射率)。在進一步實例中,可為由兩者呈彩色之兩個吸收濾光器(例如,一棕色玻璃及一藍色玻璃,其等之組合產生約40%之一中性透射率)組成之一中性密度濾光器。此等色彩可經選擇以影響透鏡之外表面上之反射光之色彩(例如,為了悅目)。中性密度且彩色之吸收體亦可由有機染料形成且併入至一聚合物基板中,及/或作為一塗層(例如藉由旋塗或浸塗)而施加至透鏡之一或多個表面。 較佳地,可使用與之光譜透射率互補之窄頻帶選擇吸收體來形成,因此實現複合濾光器之峰值透射率與平均透射率之一較高比率(例如,高於利用中性密度吸收時之可能比率)。例如,分別在約491奈米及約584奈米處吸收之窄頻帶有機染料Exciton P491及Exciton ABS584可用於形成適合於與如本文所揭示之紅綠色辨別增強濾光器一起使用之此一互補吸收體。替代地,某些稀土元素(諸如釹、鐠及鈥)在可見光譜中具有窄頻帶吸收率,且可類似地被採用。例如,由Barberini GmbH製造之改良型含釹玻璃透鏡ACE可用作為用於沈積一干涉濾光器之一光學基板。另外,窄頻帶吸收體(及一干涉濾光器)之併入可改良併入對白點之一色彩穩定性約束之濾光器設計之品質,如先前連同圖20A及圖20B所描述,特定言之,窄頻帶吸收體改良由濾光器在偏離於法向軸之大於20度之入射角處提供之色彩辨別。 替代地或另外,可藉由併入一或多個圓形偏振器而吸收反射光。在一些實施例中,一圓形偏振器位於透鏡之內表面上以使否則將使使用者眼睛可見之反射衰減。一圓形偏振器亦可位於透鏡之外表面上以使前側反射衰減。併入一圓形偏振器之一透鏡可達成約40%之一峰值透射率、約20%之一光透射率及透鏡之一或兩側上之約2%之一光反射率。具有6屈光度或更大之一球面曲線之圓形偏振器可例如藉由熱成形而製造且藉由例如層壓而併入至一透鏡中。另外,可使用僅達成部分偏振(例如約70%之偏振效率)之線性偏振器來形成該等圓形偏振器,由此在損害透鏡之一或兩側上之一增加光反射率之情況下實現一更高峰值透射率。 圖24A及圖24B中描繪併入圓形偏振器之一透鏡之一實例性組態,其中該等層(自前至後)為垂直定向之線性偏振器2401、四分之一波長延遲器2402、光學透明基板2403、沈積於基板之表面上之多層干涉塗層2404、四分之一波長延遲器2405及(例如垂直定向之)偏振器2406。 在圖24B中,沿箭頭2413展示入射至複合透鏡之外側之光。該入射光穿過偏振濾光器,接著穿過四分之一波長延遲器(因此變成經圓形偏振),接著由干涉濾光器分成最終由眼睛2409接收且由視網膜2412吸收之一透射分量及朝向光源反向行進但在其可自複合透鏡射出之前被吸收之一反射分量2414。反射分量2414經圓形偏振,然而,干涉濾光器2404處之反射導致其偏手性例如自右至左翻轉,使得在其反向地行進穿過圓形偏振器2402時,其顯現為經水平偏振且由線性偏振器2401吸收。仍參考圖24B,反射-吸收之一類似程序可發生於進入透鏡之後側之雜散光(如沿光束2408所展示)以導致反射光2411在其到達眼睛之前被吸收。 在另一實施例中,可為由使用物理氣相沈積之一金屬衰減塗層製造之一中性密度濾光器。較佳地,可藉由物理氣相沈積而製造此等吸收濾光器及一干涉濾光器(即,在相同程序中),因此衰減層可圍封介電層及/或與介電層之若干者交錯或部分交錯。歸因於金屬層在併入至干涉濾光器中時之性質,此等衰減塗層可提供比等效大容量介質之中性密度吸收體更佳之反射衰減。例如,此等設計可達成約35%之一峰值透射率、約20%之一光透射率及透鏡之一側上之約2%之一光反射率。替代地,此等設計可達成約35%之一峰值透射率、約20%之一光透射率及透鏡之兩側上之約4%之一光反射率。替代地,此等設計可達成約50%之一峰值透射率、約20%之一光透射率及透鏡之一側上之約4%之一光反射率。替代地,此等設計可達成約60%之一峰值透射率、約20%之一光透射率及透鏡之一側上之約8%之一光反射率。此等設計之額外特徵為具有定位於一光學基板之一側上之濾光器之全部功能層(例如干涉塗層及(若干)衰減塗層)。在此等設計中,基板之相對側可經抗反射塗覆以減少光在光學基板內之散射及共振(例如多次內反射)。在此等設計中,抗反射塗層較佳地提供不大於0.5%之一光反射率,此係因為較低品質之抗反射塗層(例如,具有約1%或更大之一光反射率)可在一般用途之室外條件下(特定言之,在觀看由一典型室外景象中之金屬表面反射之異常亮點(諸如太陽光之反光)時)減小但未完全消除內反射假影之可見度。 圖28A及圖28B中描繪併入衰減塗層之一透鏡之一實例性組態,其中該等層(自前至後)為抗反射塗層2801、光學基板(例如玻璃)2802、第一衰減塗層2803、多層干涉塗層2804及第二衰減塗層2805。 在圖28B中,沿箭頭2811展示入射至透鏡之外側之光。該入射光穿過抗反射塗層及光學基板,接著穿過第一衰減塗層,且接著由干涉濾光器分成最終由眼睛2807接收且由視網膜2809吸收之一透鏡分量及朝向光源反向行進但在第二次穿過第一衰減塗層期間實質上被吸收之一反射分量2812。仍參考圖28B,反射-吸收之一類似程序可發生於進入透鏡之後側之雜散光(如沿光束2806所展示)以導致反射光2810在其到達眼睛之前被吸收。在一些實例中,衰減塗層與干涉塗層之介電層交錯或部分交錯。在一些實例中,衰減塗層僅位於背面上,即,不包含第一衰減塗層2815。 接著,連同圖31A至圖42E、圖45A至圖45E、圖48A至圖53E及圖55A至圖57E之詳細描述而揭示包括用於併入至眼鏡中之例示性多頻帶濾光器之若干實施例。此等圖全部符合易於由其等之共同佈局明白之一般格式。首先,使用例如圖31A至圖31E及圖59A至圖59B來大體上描述該格式之細節。接著,參考各特定圖及圖中之元件而在進一步討論中描述與各對應實施例之設計相關之細節。 在圖31A之曲線圖中,曲線展示透射率約束,其包含實線曲線3101處之以波長為函數之最小透射率及虛線曲線3102處之以波長為函數之最大透射率,及一進一步曲線展示相同曲線圖上之虛線曲線3103處之以波長為函數之一成本函數(其為一無單位綱量)。透射率約束以及額外色彩外觀約束(未由曲線圖展示)及成本函數形成至一線性程式解算器之輸入,其中如本發明中先前所描述般地處理該等輸入,其涉及將此等約束及成本函數變換成一標準型線性程式之方法。在圖31B之曲線圖中,曲線展示經設計以依一所要方式影響色覺之一濾光器f之組件之光譜透射率,其中根據如連同圖31A所描述之約束及引導成本函數而設計該濾光器。如上文所解釋,由 指定如由線性程式方法所產生之「理想」濾光器。實線曲線3104定義如由如先前所揭示之線性程式化方法所選擇之基本濾光器q之加權組合,及虛線曲線3106定義一經選擇之預濾光器p之透射率,其在此實例中為一中性密度濾光器。虛線曲線3105展示(視情況)經平滑且(視情況)經偏置之線性程式解q'。圖59B中之第5行至第8行(分別為q'、q、p及f)中列示濾光器組件之光譜透射率。圖59B中所列示之第2行、第3行及第4行給出用於產生濾光器物件(分別為)之一製造規格之以波長為函數之最小透射率、目標透射率及最大透射率。第9行、第10行及第11行(分別為及c)給出用在濾光器設計中之最小光譜透射率、最大光譜透射率及成本函數。對應於表之各列之波長以5奈米為步長列示於第1行中,其提供適當光譜解析度以重現本文所揭示之實施例之任何者。 圖31C之曲線圖包括三個曲線,其中實線曲線3107為製造濾光器設計目標(用視情況經偏置且視情況經平滑之線性程式解取代),虛線曲線3108為一最小透射率界限,及虛線曲線3109為一最大透射率界限。該最小透射率界限及該最大透射率界限將用在目標濾光器之製造容限之規格中。可由以下表達式計算目標透射率、最小透射率及最大透射率:,及; 其中,在上述表達式中,符號表示核心函數k與濾光器之間之頻域迴旋,及為如先前所描述之偏置係數。核心函數k之一般特徵為具有約10奈米至約25奈米之間之一半峰寬度,就本實施例而言,該寬度為約25奈米,但在進一步實施例中該寬度可在給定範圍內變動。此外,在定義時,比例係數(0.97及1.03)提供約+/- 3%之一相對透射率容限,加法係數(0.03)提供約+3%之一額外絕對容限,及表達式提供約+/- 2奈米之一波長位移容限(等效於400奈米之約+/- 0.5%)。憑經驗選擇此等容限以產生用於與一高精度物理氣相沈積程序一起使用之適度結果,然而,容限之特定選擇不意欲限制本發明之範疇。亦可使用適合於此等參數及所得容限之任何值。 在圖31D中,沿實線曲線3110及虛線曲線3111展示以入射角θ為函數之相較於一最佳適配寬頻帶參考濾光器之濾光器之相對色域面積增加之百分比(PGAI),其中實線曲線展示相對於Farnsworth D-15樣本所計算之,及虛線曲線展示相對於自然界樣本(NWS)所計算之。可藉由根據先前連同圖29A至圖30B所描述之眼睛模型計算加權平均PGAI且假定眼睛定向之標準偏差為10度而自此等資料之任一者計算相對色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比(例如)。圖31E給出以入射角為函數之濾光器之白點位移之一實線曲線圖3112,其中白點對應於相對於CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者之如透過濾光器所觀看之照明體D65之CIELUV (u',v')色度座標,及以入射角度數為函數之白點位移被定義為0度入射角(即,法向入射)處之白點色度座標與偏離法向入射角處之白點色度座標之間之距離。執行此計算,假定濾光器組件q'為具有約1.85之有效折射率之一干涉濾光器及組件p為一吸收濾光器。此外,圖59A之表列舉相對於濾光器所評估之各種額外效能準則,其中該等效能準則包含先前在本發明之詳細描述中所定義之準則以及由工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010定義之經選擇度量。特定言之,對於一些實施例,標記為「」之列可用於評估由濾光器提供之色彩增強之一般品質之一穩健估算。此數量之增加與基於Farnsworth D-15蓋配置測試之改良分數相關聯且一般亦與可被描述為色彩增強之一視覺體驗相關聯。 在下文中,參考圖31A至圖42E、圖45A至圖45E、圖48A至圖53E及圖55A至圖57E以及呈現於圖59A至圖80B中之對應表而描述由本文所描述之線性程式化之方法設計之濾光器之一些額外實施例。在此等圖中,由參考數字xx01至xx12(其中xx為圖編號,例如,圖31A至圖31E中之31)指示之元件之詳細描述對應於上文相對於圖31A至圖31E所給出之元件之詳細描述,且針對各個別情況而適當提供進一步詳述。 在一實施例中,圖31A至圖31E之曲線圖中展示及圖59A及圖59B中列示三通帶紅綠色辨別增強之多頻帶濾光器之設計準則、組件之光譜透射率、組件、製造規格及效能評估。展示於圖31C之曲線圖3107中所展示及圖59B中之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有約450奈米處之一第一通帶中心與約40奈米之一半峰頻寬、約530奈米處之一第二通帶中心與約35奈米之一半峰頻寬及約615奈米處之一第三通帶中心與約40奈米之一半峰頻寬。濾光器製造規格可用於產生濾光器。濾光器包括一干涉濾光器(q)及一中性密度吸收濾光器(p),其中該中性密度吸收濾光器具有約40%之一透射率。由如本文所揭示之線性程式化之方法達成濾光器設計,其中基本濾光器為一組之約60個矩形通帶濾光器,其等各具有10奈米之一單通帶寬度且具有以5奈米遞增之中心波長(下文所描述之全部實施例之情況亦如此)。為改良可製造性使得可用一低階堆疊之介電材料(例如,小於約50個材料層)製造干涉濾光器組件,已用具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度之一高斯核心(k)來使濾光器設計(q')變平滑。應進一步注意,所得濾光器(f)符合如圖31A中之3101處所展示之最小透射率界限。用於產生此實施例之濾光器設計準則已經組態使得日光之光透射率為約18%,其適合於使濾光器用在具有一中等色之一太陽鏡中。本文所揭示之進一步實施例可採用相同或幾乎相同之光透射率。然而,本文所揭示之方法適合於製造具有任何適度光透射率(例如,低至約8%(對應於太陽鏡之一深色)或高達40%(對應於太陽鏡之一淺色),或在一些情況中,大於40%)之濾光器。此外,濾光器提供將被視為實質上呈中性之一白點,如圖59A之表中所展示(D65色度座標)。具有白點之一中性組態之濾光器可較佳針對總體視覺舒適度及全部色彩之一平衡亮度,然而,可為白點之其他組態,但亦應避免呈強勁色度之白點,此係因為此等濾光器一般無法提供整個色域之一適當亮度。關於如在一入射角範圍內所觀看之本實施例之白點,如由圖31E中之以入射角度數為函數之白點位移圖3112所論證,白點移動相當多(例如,在35度處移動大於0.03個單位),因此,在此一濾光器併入至眼鏡中時(其中可透過一角範圍而觀看該濾光器),可觀察到朝向透鏡之周邊之明顯色移。另外,如圖31D中之曲線圖3110及3111中所展示,濾光器之色彩增強在約20度處低於零,因此,濾光器僅提供一相對較窄之視場,在該視場內,所要色彩增強函數係有效的,例如,自然界中之綠色(諸如葉子)可在入射角接近或超過20度時趨於呈一棕色外觀。 與先前圖31A至圖31E中所展示之實施例相關之圖32A至圖32E中之一進一步實施例之特徵為圖60A及圖60B中之對應表。此實施例揭示相對於如先前所描述之相同條件而設計之一濾光器,只是圖32A中之3203處所展示之成本函數已經修改以進一步改良色彩辨別。所得濾光器設計之特徵為提供一更佳效能之通帶位置之一替代選擇。當前,此組態被認為僅相對於PGAI度量而給出任何三通帶濾光器之最佳可能效能之通帶位置之選擇(然而,如進一步討論中所展示,此度量未必適合於例如眼鏡中之此等濾光器之實際應用)。圖32C之曲線圖3207中所展示及圖60B中之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:約440奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約30奈米之一半峰頻寬;約535奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約35奈米之一半峰頻寬;及約650奈米處之一第三通帶,其具有約80奈米之一半峰頻寬。本實施例之改良色彩增強效應部分起因於該第一頻帶與該第三頻帶之較寬間隔。如先前所提及,色彩辨別受益於具有最寬可能光譜孔徑之一多頻帶濾光器,因此,具有一第一頻帶(其具有短於約450奈米之一波長)之濾光器可為較佳的,以及具有一第三通帶(其具有長於610奈米之一中心波長)之濾光器係較佳的。然而,440奈米及650奈米約為具有此所要效應之濾光器中之頻帶位置之最大外限,此係因為超過該等限制之頻帶位置可趨於將藍色及紅色呈現為不可接受之暗色。此外,本實施例藉由定位長於530奈米之一波長處之中通帶而受益。小於530奈米之一波長處之中通帶之組態可提供導致綠色呈現不可接受之暗色之一濾光器。精確530奈米處之中通帶之組態趨於最大化相對於Farnsworth D-15樣本以及Munsell色彩之PGAI效能度量,然而,此等色彩基於人造色素且此一濾光器可趨於導致自然界之綠色呈現非自然之綠色。葉綠素之自然顯色(如先前所描述)被更準確地視為一黃綠色。約540奈米處之中通帶之組態趨於最大化相對於自然界樣本之PGAI效能。約545奈米或更長波長處之中通帶之組態趨於提供給出藍黃色辨別之一增強及對應地給出紅綠色辨別之減弱增強之一濾光器,且若仍選擇較長波長,則平衡朝向藍黃色傾斜(在一進一步實施例中對其更詳細地加以討論)。因此,具有約535奈米之一中心波長之中通帶之組態可達成人造色彩樣本與自然色彩樣本兩者之間之一最佳效能平衡,且具有約545奈米之一中心波長之一中頻帶之選擇可達成相對於色彩空間之紅綠色軸及藍黃色軸之一最佳效能平衡。下文所揭示之用於使紅綠色辨別增強之濾光器之進一步實施例與約535奈米至約545奈米之間之中心之選擇一致(若無另外規定),然而,所展示之實例不意欲限制本發明之範疇,此係因為中頻帶位置之選擇可在改良色彩辨別之此等濾光器之約530奈米至約545奈米之間有用地變動。 返回至圖32A至圖32E之討論,相對於基於Farnsworth D-15樣本及自然界樣本之PGAI度量之濾光器之效能(分別如圖32D中之3210及3211處所展示)展示相較於先前實施例之一明顯改良。特定言之,對於高達約30度之入射角,PGAI大於零,因此,濾光器可在併入至眼鏡中時提供給出所要色彩增強之一更寬視場。此外,法向入射處之PGAI明顯大於先前實施例。然而,相比而言,本實施例展現相對於多個入射角內之白點之穩定性之明顯更差效能,如圖32E中之3212處所展示,35度處之白點位移為約0.05個單位。歸因於長波長頻帶之寬頻寬,白點趨於朝向一紅色調而迅速位移。使用可用製造方法,可藉由沈積干涉濾光器使得該等層具有在透鏡之區域(其中預期視角係偏離法向的)內有意變動之一實體厚度而部分減輕非所要白點位移,然而,此等方法成本太高。例如,相對於藉由物理氣相沈積之製造方法,達成所需厚度梯度需要會阻礙批量生產之高度精密加工配置。此外,即使一透鏡上具有干涉塗層之適當實體分佈,但對入射角如此敏感之一濾光器亦難以在一眼鏡之框架中可靠地對準使得該眼鏡效能相對於框架式樣、頭型尺寸及類似幾何因數之變動而穩健。 與圖31A至圖31E中先前所展示之實施例及圖32A至圖32E之實施例相關之圖33A至圖33E中之一進一步實施例之特徵為具有圖61A及圖61B中之對應表。此實施例揭示相對於如先前所描述之相同條件而設計之一濾光器。然而,設計準則進一步包含一色彩外觀約束,使得白點在一寬角範圍內呈現為實質上不變,且成本函數經額外調整以最大化該濾光器在儘可能最寬之角範圍內之效能。所得濾光器設計之特徵為通帶位置之一進一步替代選擇,其提供相對於PGAI度量之良好效能,但額外地確保色彩在整個視場內之一致外觀以由此在該濾光器併入至眼鏡中時實現穩健效能及改良視覺舒適度。特定言之,中通帶保持在約535奈米處,但上通帶及下通帶組態有處於圖31A至圖31E之實施例及圖32A至圖32E之實施例兩者之位置中間之位置。圖32C之曲線圖3207處所展示及圖60B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:約445奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約25奈米之一半峰頻寬;約535奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約30奈米之一半峰頻寬;及約630奈米處之一第三通帶,其具有約40奈米之一半峰頻寬。 相對於濾光器之效能,可在圖33D中觀察到,對於高達約25度之入射角,PGAI大於零。因此,濾光器可在併入至眼鏡中時提供給出所要色彩增強之一適度寬視場。相較於先前實施例,濾光器相對於多個入射角內之白點之穩定性之效能被明顯改良。如圖33E中之3312處所展示,0度至35度之間之白點位移小於約0.01個單位。在進一步實施例中,已論證:白點位移可延伸至高達45度之角度,同時保持相同界限。在下文所揭示之全部實施例中,採用呈某一形式(若無另外規定)之一白點穩定化約束,此係因為此等約束一般被視為有益於包括一干涉濾光器組件之任何此濾光器之製造。實際上,併入一白點穩定性約束之此等濾光器已經主觀性觀察以在周邊視覺不明顯色彩失真之情況下提供一舒適視場,無需顧及以下事實:透鏡可併入給出相對於入射角而明顯變動之一光譜透射率之一介電干涉濾光器。一般而言,可使用本文所揭示之方法來發現具有經組態以提供一穩定化白點之三個通帶之紅綠色增強多頻帶濾光器,其中該濾光器具有位於約440奈米至約450奈米之間之一第一通帶、位於約530奈米至約545奈米之間之一第二通帶及位於約610奈米至約635奈米之間之一第三通帶。紅綠色增強濾光器之較佳實施例為以下實施例:其具有最短波長通帶之最小可能中心位置、最長波長通帶之最大可能中心位置、最窄可能頻寬及相鄰通帶與阻帶之平均透射率之間之最大可能對比率。然而,可由適當約束調節全部此等組態以確保濾光器例如在併入至眼鏡中時之效用。本文所揭示之濾光器之實施例(例如包含圖36A至圖36E、圖37A至圖37E、圖38A至圖38E、圖39A至圖39E中所揭示之實施例及其相關實施例)提供與服從意欲應用之實際關注之此等限制之適當最大化相關之引導。 在與圖33A至圖33E之實施例相關之一進一步實施例中,一藍黃色增強濾光器之特徵為圖34A至圖34E及圖62A及圖62B中之對應表。此實施例揭示相對於與相關實施例之準則本質上相同之準則而設計之一濾光器,只是成本函數(如圖34A中之3403處所展示)經組態以最大化藍黃色辨別而非紅綠色辨別。此等濾光器可用於具有第三型色弱之個體,其為難以辨別藍色與黃色之色覺缺陷之一類人群。此等濾光器亦可較佳地用在適合於主要以綠色為背景之某些環境(例如高爾夫綠草地球場)之眼鏡中(其中期望在一定程度上抑制綠色外觀),或較佳地用在用於定位一叢林中之偽裝物體之一光學輔助設備中(其中綠色之間之變動抑制可顯露先前無法看見之特徵)。圖34C之曲線圖3407中所展示及圖62B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有位於約455奈米處之一第一通帶,該第一通帶具有約45奈米之一半峰寬度,第二通帶位於約560奈米處且具有約50奈米之一半峰寬度,及第三通帶位於約675奈米處且具有約60奈米之一半峰寬度。圖34D中展示濾光器相對於PAGI度量之效能分析,其中可觀察到,對於高達約20度之入射角,PGAI主要為負值。此外,白點位移(如圖34E中所展示)展現對於偏離於法向入射之高達45度之入射角具有小於約0.01個單位之一總位移之優異穩定性。另外,如圖62A之表中所提及,該濾光器符合如由ANSI Z80.3-2010定義之交通信號之色度之限制。特定言之,相對於此等藍黃色增強濾光器,沿紅綠色軸之色彩辨別抑制之數量受限於綠色交通信號之色度座標。相對於使藍黃色辨別最大程度增強且保持順應之本發明濾光器,綠色交通信號色度座標本質上位於或幾乎位於順應區域之邊界上,使得綠色交通信號呈現為如由該標準所容許之不飽和(即,白色)。 在亦與圖33A至圖33E及圖34A至圖34E之實施例相關之另一實施例中,一色彩增強濾光器之特徵為圖35A至圖35E及圖63A及圖63B中之對應表,該濾光器經進一步組態以實質上抑制短波長光(例如約380奈米至約450奈米之間之光)之透射。此等濾光器一般可提供沿紅綠色軸及藍黃色軸兩者之色彩辨別之一平衡改良。此外,短波長光之抑制可改良銳聚焦且減少由眼睛接收之光子之總能量,其能量相對於波長反向增加。此實施例難以使用一低階干涉濾光器來製造,此係因為設計較佳地以約450奈米處之反射與透射之間之一迅速開始點為特徵。因此,用具有約10奈米之一半峰寬度之一核心來使干涉濾光器組件(q')變平滑。為達成藍光阻隔功能,成本函數可組態有如圖35A中之3503處所展示之一漸增斜率。該濾光器之白點可朝向一黃色組態,遭受根據ANSI Z80.3-2010之使白點不被視為「呈強勁色彩」之約束。圖35C之曲線圖3507中展示及圖63B之行中列示濾光器製造目標,其假定濾光器併入具有約50%之一透射率之一中性密度吸收濾光器(p)。濾光器製造目標具有:位於約455奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約15奈米之一半峰寬度;位於約550奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約45奈米之一半峰寬度;及一第三通帶,其位於約645奈米處且具有約70奈米之一半峰寬度。該濾光器具有約35%之一光透射率(對應於一淺色太陽鏡),但可藉由增加吸收濾光器元件之強度而使色調更深。如圖35D中所展示,該濾光器提供PGAI在高達30度之入射角內之一適中正值。相對於色彩穩定性效能,白點位移受限於小於0度至35度入射角之間之0.01個單位,如圖35E中所論證。另外,如圖63A之表中所指示,太陽藍光透射率(約15%)小於該光透射率之一半,因此,該濾光器可被描述為提供一改良藍光阻隔功能,同時亦維持色彩外觀之一良好品質。 在下文所討論之進一步系列之三個實施例中,揭示紅綠色辨別增強之多頻帶濾光器,其中該等濾光器經組態以供具有綠色弱之觀察者使用,其為難以辨別綠色與紅色之色覺缺陷之一類人群。相較於本文之紅綠色增強濾光器之先前所揭示實施例,此等實施例提供沿紅綠色軸之色彩辨別之實質上更多增強。此等實施例所揭示之製造規格提供待生產為一中性密度濾光器與一干涉濾光器之一組合之濾光器,其中該中性密度濾光器具有約40%至約55%之間之一透射率。此外,干涉濾光器一般被指定為高階塗層堆疊,此係因為相鄰通帶與阻帶之間之陡峭過渡一般較佳用於最大化色彩辨別增強。具有陡峭頻帶過渡之此等濾光器可提供某些窄頻帶光源(諸如發光二極體及一些類型之氣體放電燈(其包含鈉蒸氣燈及一些螢光燈))之不穩定色彩外觀。為減輕此等不穩定性,此等濾光器併入相對於約450奈米至約650奈米之間之波長之一最小透射率約束,其通常被指定為等於該濾光器之光透射率之約五分之一之一下限。據此,此等實施例之阻帶受限於此最小透射率。此等濾光器亦較佳地符合與由該濾光器提供之交通信號之色度座標相關之ANSI Z80.3-2010,及特定言之,使紅綠色辨別增強最小化之此等濾光器之一些實施例可提供黃色交通信號在相對於其順應邊界之一限制位置處之一色度座標,其中該限制位置提供呈紅色或幾乎呈紅色(如所容許)之該光之一外觀。 與此等濾光器之設計相關之一額外難題在於:綠色弱觀察者之色彩匹配函數並非完全以CIE標準觀察者模型為特徵。因此,可相對於一經修改之觀察者模型而較佳地計算與白點穩定性相關之約束。計算之細節被很好地用文件記錄且可供一般技術者使用。然而,本文之白點位移之分析保持使用CIE 2度標準觀察者,因而,此等設計中之以入射角度數為函數之經計算白點位移之特徵為一更寬容限(例如0度至35度之間之約0.02個單位)。此等設計之白點位移函數通常展現約20度至約40之間之一角度處之一局部最小值,其中該局部最小值處所量測之白點位移量通常為至多約0.01個單位。 連同圖36A至圖36E及圖64A及圖64B之對應表而揭示一綠色弱觀察者之一濾光器之一第一實施例。圖36C之曲線圖3607中所展示及圖64B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:位於約450奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約25奈米之一半峰寬度;位於約535奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約35奈米之一半峰寬度;及一第三通帶,其位於約635奈米處且具有約35奈米之一半峰寬度。給出併入約45%透射率之一中性密度吸收體之該濾光器之製造規格。對於高達約27度之入射角,由該濾光器提供之PGAI大於零,如圖36D中所展示。如圖64A之表中所提及,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之重要性加權PGAI為至少約30%,其可較佳用於具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者。本質上呈中性色調之該濾光器之白點相對於一綠色弱觀察者模型而穩定化,且其特徵為約32度處之小於0.01個單位之白點位移曲線中之一局部最小值,如圖36E中之3612處所展示。 連同圖37A至圖37E及圖65A及圖65B之對應表而揭示一綠色弱觀察者之一濾光器之一第二實施例。圖37C之曲線圖3707中所展示及圖65B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:位於約445奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約25奈米之一半峰寬度;位於約535奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約35奈米之一半峰寬度;及一第三通帶,其位於約635奈米處且具有約40奈米之一半峰寬度。給出併入約50%透射率之一中性密度吸收體之該濾光器之製造規格。對於高達約25度之入射角,由該濾光器提供之PGAI大於零,如圖37D中所展示。如圖65A之表中所提及,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之重要性加權PGAI為至少約35%,其可較佳用於具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者。本質上呈中性色之該濾光器之白點相對於一綠色弱觀察者模型而穩定化,且其特徵為約40度處之小於0.01個單位之白點位移曲線中之一局部最小值,如圖37E中之3712處所展示。 連同圖38A至圖38E及圖66A及圖66B之對應表而揭示一綠色弱觀察者之一濾光器之一第三實施例。在此實施例中,濾光器設計準則經修改使得最小光譜透射率界限(等於光透射率之五分之一)僅在黃光波長至紅光波長(例如自約580奈米至約650奈米)內具強制性,如圖38A中之3801處所展示。因此,所得濾光器設計可被描述為具有一第三通帶,該第三通帶在該頻帶之短波長側上具有一「凸肩」。圖38C之曲線圖3807中所展示及圖65B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:位於約445奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度;位於約535奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約30奈米之一半峰寬度;及一第三通帶,其位於約635奈米處且具有約30奈米之一半峰寬度。給出併入約55%透射率之一中性密度吸收體之該濾光器之製造規格。對於高達約25度之入射角,由該濾光器提供之PGAI大於零,如圖38D中所展示。如圖66A之表中所提及,相對於Farnsworth D-15色彩之重要性加權PGAI為至少約40%,其可較佳用於具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者。本質上呈中性色之該濾光器之白點相對於一綠色弱觀察者模型而穩定化,且其特徵為約40度處之約0.01個單位之白點位移曲線中之一局部最小值,如圖38E中之3812處所展示。 連同圖39A至圖39E及圖67A及圖67B之對應表而揭示與圖36A至圖38E中所展示之系列相關之一進一步實施例。該實施例給一紅色弱觀察者提供紅綠色辨別增強之一濾光器。相較於紅綠色增強濾光器之先前實例,此等濾光器在經設計以用於紅色弱觀察者時一般偏好第二通帶與第三通帶之一更短波長組態。此係根據第三型色盲混淆線之定向,以及以下事實:紅色弱與長波長視錐細胞中之視網膜感光色素之光譜吸收率之一藍移相關聯。由於第二通帶與第三通帶之該更短波長組態,必須相對地減小此等濾光器之總光譜寬度,使得紅色呈現適度明亮。圖39C之曲線圖3907中所展示及圖67B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標具有:位於約440奈米處之一第一通帶,其具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度;位於約530奈米處之一第二通帶,其具有約25奈米之一半峰寬度;及一第三通帶,其位於約615奈米處且具有約25奈米之一半峰寬度。給出併入約55%透射率之一中性密度吸收體之該濾光器之製造規格。對於高達約20度之入射角,由該濾光器提供之PGAI大於零,如圖39D中所展示。可在設計中額外考量此等濾光器之白點穩定性,然而,根據一標準觀察者模型之白點穩定性之分析可本質上不適合於此濾光器之意欲用途(例如供一紅色弱觀察者使用)。 在另一實施例中,連同圖40A至圖40E及圖68A及圖68B之對應表而揭示給正常觀察者提供色彩增強且改良一電子視覺顯示器(諸如具有一發光二極體背光之一液晶顯示器之視覺顯示器)之原色光之光對比度之一濾光器。該濾光器意欲與通常使用以下三個原色光之電子顯示器一起使用:一紅原色,其具有約610奈米至約630奈米之間之一峰值波長且具有約20奈米至約50奈米之一半高全寬;一綠原色,其具有約530奈米至約535奈米之一峰值波長且具有約20奈米至約50奈米之一半高全寬;及一藍原色,其具有約450奈米至約460奈米之間之一峰值波長且具有約20奈米之一半高全寬。該濾光器提供對於紅原色、綠原色及藍原色而言大致相等之該等原色光之一光透射率(因此,保留顯示器之白點)。此外,該光透射率比由該濾光器提供之日光之光透射率大至少約15%。因此,該濾光器可提供此等顯示器在例如室外條件下被觀看時之一改良對比率。 圖40C之曲線圖4007中所展示及圖68B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標之特徵為提供高達45度入射角之一穩定化白點之四個通帶。濾光器達成提供小於約0度至約45度之間之0.01個單位之一白點位移之該白點之色彩穩定性,如由圖40E中之曲線4012所論證。此外,濾光器提供色彩辨別之一中度增強,如表68A中所提及,相對於Farnsworth D-15之色域面積之重要性加權百分比大於約20%。 亦可設計具有三個通帶之以類似方式執行之濾光器,其中穩定角之範圍延伸至約35度。圖21B中之2105及2106處展示三通帶濾光器之一變動及四通帶濾光器之另一變動,其等各達成此光對比度增益。濾光器2105具有三個通帶,其中約455奈米處之一第一通帶具有約15奈米之一半峰寬度,約535奈米處之一第二通帶具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度,及約620奈米處之一第三通帶具有約25奈米之一半峰寬度。圖21B中之濾光器2106具有四個通帶,其中約455奈米處之一第一通帶具有約15奈米之一半峰寬度,約540奈米處之一第二通帶具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度,約610奈米處之一第三通帶具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度,及約650奈米處之一第四通帶具有約20奈米之一半高全寬。相較於簡單三頻帶濾光器2105,濾光器2106提供相對於入射角之變化之改良色彩穩定性。圖21A展示日光之光譜輻射通量2103以及藍原色光之光譜輻射通量2101、綠原色光之光譜輻射通量2102及紅原色光之光譜輻射通量2104,如自一LED背光LCD顯示器所量測。基於有機LED之顯示器(OLED)之光譜通量十分類似,使得此實施例之濾光器亦將提供該等顯示器之光對比度增益。 在另一實施例中,用於正常觀察者之一多頻帶濾光器經設計以提供實質上正常之色彩辨別及約530奈米至約560奈米之間之一阻隔頻帶。該阻隔頻帶保護眼睛免受532奈米處之雷射輻射之侵害,例如由一倍頻Nd:YAG雷射所發射。此等雷射具有諸多應用,其包含用在各種醫療程序中。阻隔例如約532奈米處之可見雷射發射之習知設計濾光器通常在用在眼鏡中時亦導致不佳品質色彩辨別。例如,由吸收材料製成之濾光器無法達成足夠阻隔且亦不吸收一寬光譜頻帶。包括一單一阻帶之干涉濾光器(例如Rugate型濾光器)可給眼睛提供足夠保護,但導致色彩外觀之明顯變化且展現白點在偏離法向入射角處之明顯位移。相比而言,一多頻帶干涉濾光器可提供抵抗一可見雷射之足夠保護,且使用如先前所揭示之濾光器產生方法來設計之一多頻帶干涉濾光器亦可維持一正常色彩外觀,維持多個角度處之色彩穩定性,且保護眼睛免受一寬角度範圍內之可見雷射之侵害。 圖41A至圖41E及圖69A及圖69B之對應表中揭示一532奈米阻隔濾光器之一實施例。圖41C之曲線圖4107中所展示及圖69B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標之特徵為由三個阻帶分離之四個通帶,其中中間阻帶為防雷射阻隔頻帶。第一通帶位於約440奈米處且具有約30奈米之一半峰寬度,第二通帶位於約510奈米處且具有約30奈米之一半峰寬度,第三通帶位於約570奈米處且具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度,及第四通帶位於約630奈米處且具有約30奈米之一半峰寬度。一般而言,可發現在給定位置之+/- 10奈米內具有頻帶且具有各種頻帶寬度之類似濾光器,但全部此等濾光器以至少四個通帶為特徵。 對於工業或醫療應用,阻隔通帶(介於約530奈米至約560奈米之間)可提供額定OD6或更高之一保護位準(OD6指示6之一光學密度,其導致透射光衰減10-6 倍)。對於幹擾位準保護(例如,抵抗具有一532奈米輸出之綠雷射指示器),保護位準可更小,例如約OD2。此保護可在濾光器產生器設計規格中被指定為如圖22A中所展示之一最大透射率約束2201。另外,如圖41E中所展示,此四個通帶濾光器可提供高達35度入射角之小於0.01個單位之白點之良好穩定性。如圖41D中所展示,此等濾光器亦可提供在一寬角度範圍內本質上正常之一色彩外觀,如由以下事實所證明:對於高達約25度之入射角,PGAI幾乎為零。 此等濾光器可併入至用在工業或醫療中之安全眼鏡中。特定言之,在雷射於醫療程序之一些應用中,可有益地使使用者能夠準確感知手術中之生物組織之顯色及感知某些彩色光之正確色度外觀,使得實施手術者能夠正確解譯電腦顯示及/或設備上之指示燈。應有用注意,此等濾光器無法在具有窄頻帶光譜輸出之照明源(諸如一些螢光燈或RGB發光二極體陣列)下相容使用。 圖42A至圖42E及圖70A及圖70B之對應表中揭示與圖41A至圖41E中所展示之實施例相關之另一實施例。圖42C之曲線圖4207中所展示及圖70B之行中所列示之濾光器製造目標之特徵為由三個阻帶分離之四個通帶,其中長波長阻帶為提供抵抗一589奈米鈉發射線之保護之一阻隔頻帶。免受此波長之眼睛保護可在某些程序(諸如玻璃製造或與在該阻隔頻帶之短波長側處或該阻隔頻帶之短波長側附近具有輸出功率之雷射一起工作)中具有工業應用。濾光器設計規格併入該阻隔頻帶作為一光譜透射率約束,如由圖23A中之最大透射率約束2301所展示。此實施例可提供類似品質之色彩外觀及白點穩定性,如由先前相關實施例所論證。此實施例之變動可僅包括三個通帶,然而此等變動趨於提供相對於PGAI度量之一實質減少且因此在某種程度上不適合於用在其中期望正常色彩辨別之應用中。 圖45A至圖45E及圖71A及圖71B之對應表中揭示與圖35A至圖35E中所展示之實施例相關之另一實施例。此實施例亦提供一藍光阻隔功能及實質上正常之色彩外觀。亦意欲適合於用在暗照明體條件下且尤其是在夜晚,其中預期鈉蒸氣燈之照明(例如路燈中所常見)。濾光器設計準則併入確保589奈米光由濾光器透射之一最小透射率約束,如圖45A中之4501處所展示。接著,可例如製造此一濾光器及一光致變色元件,使得可在照明位準之一範圍下使用併入於眼鏡中之該濾光器。此實施例提供實質上正常之色彩外觀,如圖45D中所展示,其中在高達45度之入射角內,PGAI與零無明顯不同。 此外,如圖43A之曲線圖中所展示,濾光器符合實線曲線4302及虛線曲線4301處分別所展示之光譜最小透射率約束及光譜最大透射率約束。最大光譜透射率約束規定:經設計之濾光器不透射具有低於450奈米之波長之光。最小光譜透射率約束規定:經設計之濾光器使450奈米至650奈米之間之至少15%之透射穿過全部阻帶;此外,經設計之濾光器通過針對具有580奈米至610奈米之間之波長之光之最大可能部分穿過。圖43B之實線曲線4303(其與圖45A至圖45D中所展示之實線曲線相同)處所展示之經設計之濾光器符合圖43A之光譜透射率約束,及虛線曲線4304處所展示之平滑濾光器完全符合意欲應用之約束;具體言之,濾光器提供聚集約589奈米處之能量之基於鈉蒸氣激勵之一高發光度人造燈,諸如常用在路燈中之低壓鈉燈及高壓鈉燈。 短波長藍光(例如,具有約380奈米至約450奈米之間之近紫外線波長)與一般被稱為眩光之一系列視覺現象相關聯,其之促成因數可包含螢光性(特定言之,對UV光及近UV光起部分反應之眼睛中之有機材料之螢光性)、穿過眼介質之光之分散散射(特定言之,此係因為視網膜生理機能因年齡相關效應而降級)及目鏡之色差(特定言之,短波長光無法準確地聚焦至視網膜上)。因此,選擇性抑制短波長藍光之透射之一濾光器可具有用於減少眩光且改良視覺靈敏度之效用。可藉由將短波長吸收體併入至一透鏡中而產生一標準藍光阻隔濾光器(亦稱為一截止濾光器),例如由圖19B中之虛線曲線1904處之透射率曲線所展示。然而,多頻帶藍光阻隔濾光器可提供改良色彩辨別(例如由圖19B中之實線曲線1902(提供約35%之光透射率)、虛線曲線1903(提供約60%之光透射率)處之透射率曲線所展示)以及圖45A及圖43B中所展示之濾光器設計。圖44A至圖44C中進一步詳細地展示由此等濾光器提供之色彩辨別。圖44C之4405處展示一習知藍光阻隔截止濾光器之光譜透射率,及圖44C之4404處展示一藍光阻隔多頻帶濾光器之光譜透射率。圖44A之色度圖中展示由該等濾光器提供之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀,其包含虛線輪廓4401處之由該截止濾光器提供之色彩外觀及實線輪廓4402處之由該多頻帶濾光器提供之色彩外觀。由該截止濾光器提供之色彩外觀本質上具沿紅綠色軸之二色性,即,該等輪廓經塌陷使得表觀差異之藍黃色軸具有長度零。相較而言,由該多頻帶濾光器提供之色彩外觀具三色性(未經塌陷)。 圖46A及圖46B中描繪併入一衰減塗層及一吸收光學基板之一透鏡之一實例性組態,其中該等層(自前至後)為抗反射塗層4601、吸收光學基板(例如含釹之玻璃)4602、多層干涉塗層4604及衰減塗層4605。 在圖46B中,沿箭頭4611展示入射至透鏡之外側之光。該入射光穿過抗反射塗層及吸收光學基板,及接著由干涉濾光器分成最終由眼睛4607接收且由視網膜4609吸收之一透射分量及朝向光源反向行進但在第二次穿過第一衰減塗層期間被進一步吸收之一反射分量4612。仍參考圖46B,反射-吸收之一類似程序可發生於進入透鏡之後側之雜散光(如沿光束4606所展示),從而導致反射光4610在其到達眼睛之前被吸收。在一些實例中,衰減塗層與干涉塗層之介電層交錯或部分交錯。 已知含釹之玻璃透鏡提供一輕度增強之色彩辨別。例如,由圖47C中之實線曲線4705展示一1.5毫米厚之ACE改良型透鏡(由Barberini GmbH製造)之光譜透射率。可藉由與由圖47C中之光譜透射率曲線4704給出之一最佳適配參考濾光器Munsell 7.5B 8/4比較而分析濾光器之色彩辨別性質。沿圖47A之色度圖中之實線輪廓4702展示由該ACE改良型透鏡提供之經選擇之Munsell色彩之外觀,及沿虛線輪廓4701展示參考濾光器之經選擇之Munsell色彩之外觀。含釹濾光器產生由該等輪廓圍封之色域面積之一增加。然而,該增加主要聚集於未由綠色樣本之表觀純度之一增加平衡之紅色樣本周圍。更佳地,包括釹之一透鏡可用作為用於沈積一干涉濾光器及/或衰減塗層之光學基板,例如圖46A及圖46B中所描述。接著,所得複合濾光器可藉由組態待操作之干涉濾光器及窄頻帶吸收濾光器而提供通帶及阻帶。可藉由適當組態預濾光器p與待用在建構中之光學基板之光譜透射率而使用如本文所揭示之線性程式化之方法來設計此等複合濾光器。相較於具有僅由干涉過濾提供之通帶之多頻帶濾光器,此等複合濾光器可藉由PGAI或PGAIIW 量測而提供平均之更佳效能且一般對入射角之變化更不敏感。 下文連同圖48A至圖53E之詳細描述及另外在圖57A至圖57E中揭示併入一含釹吸收元件之濾光器設計之若干實施例。此等實施例之全部表示基於先前所揭示實施例之變動,且因此無需大量額外詳細討論。與此等變動相關之一般觀察在於:含釹之多頻帶濾光器可提供於其內提供色彩增強之視場之一略微改良角寬度。例如,對於僅包括中性密度類型之吸收濾光器之一實施例(其中在高達約25度時PGAI大於零),基於額外包括釹之此一濾光器之變動可在高達約30度時提供大於零之一PGAI。然而,此等變動趨於在其他區域中引起折衷,例如,在一些變動中,併入此一濾光器之眼用透鏡可在朝向眼睛之透鏡之側上具有一更大光反射率。 圖48A至圖48E及圖72A及圖72B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一第一實施例,其為基於圖33A至圖33E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給正常觀察者提供增強之紅綠色辨別。該變動提供使色彩增強於其內有效之更寬達約5度之一視場。然而,色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比在該變動與其相關實施例之間實質上相同。 圖49A至圖49E及圖73A及圖73B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一進一步實施例,其為基於圖34A至圖34E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給正常觀察者提供增強之藍黃色辨別。該變動提供使色彩增強於其內有效之更寬達約5度之一視場。然而,色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比在該變動與其相關實施例之間實質上相同。 圖50A至圖50E及圖74A及圖74B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一進一步實施例,其為基於圖36A至圖36E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給具有輕度綠色弱之觀察者提供增強之紅綠色辨別。該變動提供使色彩增強於其內有效之更寬達約5度之一視場。然而,色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比在該變動與其相關實施例之間實質上相同。 圖51A至圖51E及圖75A及圖75B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一進一步實施例,其為基於圖37A至圖37E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給具有中度綠色弱之觀察者提供增強之紅綠色辨別。該變動提供使色彩增強於其內有效之更寬達約5度之一視場。然而,色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比在該變動與其相關實施例之間實質上相同。 圖52A至圖52E及圖76A及圖76B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一進一步實施例,其為基於圖38A至圖38E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給具有重度綠色弱之觀察者提供增強之紅綠色辨別。該變動提供使色彩增強於其內有效之更寬達約5度之一視場。然而,色域面積增加之重要性加權百分比在該變動與其相關實施例之間實質上相同。 圖53A至圖53E及圖77A及圖77B之對應表中揭示併入一釹吸收元件之一濾光器之一進一步實施例,其為基於圖39A至圖39E中所展示之設計之一變動。該濾光器給具有紅色弱之觀察者提供增強之紅綠色辨別。該變動提供一實質上改良之色彩辨別功能,其係歸因於相對於位移穩定性約束而提供有利條件之主要吸收頻帶之最佳定位,藉此長波長通帶可有效地紅移達約10奈米,由此加寬光譜孔徑且不損及其他設計準則。 多頻帶濾光器之一進一步應用考量其等在增加由眼睛吸收之藍光及青光中之效用。特定言之,約450奈米至約490奈米之間之光之接收可刺激視網膜神經節細胞。此等細胞不涉及色覺,而是涉及褪黑激素之抑制及晝夜節律與日光相位之同步。此光之接收可例如在治療季節性情感障礙、睡眠障礙及其他健康問題時具有治療效果。圖54A中之5401處展示視網膜神經節細胞之一經估算之光譜吸收,其中藉由將一視網膜感光色素模板位移至約480奈米之一峰值波長而獲得吸收輪廓。為更佳地理解濾光器對神經節細胞之高能刺激之效應,圖54B之曲線圖中所展示之實例具指導性。首先,一中性密度濾光器(如5404處所展示)對神經節細胞吸收本質上無效應——對於一濾光器之此光透射率之一適度範圍(例如介於約20%至約100%之間),瞳孔之放大或縮小確保:到達視網膜之光量(即,每秒之光子數)大致恆定(例如,一放大瞳孔與一縮小瞳孔之間之面積比率為約5:1)。例如5403處所展示,一寬頻帶藍色濾光器具有約460奈米至約490奈米之間之一平均透射率,其大於該濾光器之光透射率。光(即,日光)之發光度影響瞳孔放大,而光敏感度在約555奈米處最大,且視網膜神經節細胞吸收率在約460奈米至約490奈米之間最大,因而斷定,相對於約555奈米處之透射率而實質上更多透射約480奈米處之光之一濾光器可導致瞳孔放大,使得由神經節細胞吸收之光子數增加。然而,寬頻帶濾光器(諸如圖中所展示之藍色實例)不提供一實質增益。此等藍色濾光器可改良神經節細胞刺激達約30%。然而,可藉由一多頻帶濾光器而實質上提高該增加,例如5402處所展示。此一濾光器可改良神經節細胞刺激高達約80%。 圖55A至圖55E及圖78A及圖78B之對應表中揭示用於改良神經節細胞刺激之一第一實施例。該實施例提供約80%之神經節細胞刺激之一增加,即,460奈米至490奈米之間之平均透射率與濾光器之光透射率之比率為約1.8。然而,該實施例不以一穩定白點為特徵。如由圖55E之曲線圖5512所展示,白點之外觀隨入射角之增大而朝向藍色迅速位移。 圖56A至圖56E及圖79A及圖79B之對應表中揭示用於改良神經節細胞刺激之一進一步實施例。該實施例提供約50%之神經節細胞刺激之一增加。該實施例亦以一穩定白點為特徵,如由圖56E之曲線圖5612所展示。對於高達約30度之入射角,白點位移小於約0.01個單位。另外,如圖56D中所展示,對於高達約30度之入射角,PGAI本質上為零,從而論證:濾光器提供本質上正常之色彩外觀。然而,具有四個通帶之濾光器設計相對較複雜且神經節細胞刺激之改良不顯著。 圖57A至圖57E及圖80A及圖80B之對應表中揭示用於改良神經節細胞刺激之一進一步實施例。該實施例提供約65%之神經節細胞刺激之一增加及一穩定白點。由併入一釹吸收元件之濾光器設計促進此等條件下之改良效能。如由圖57E之曲線圖5712所展示,對於高達約30度之入射角,白點位移小於約0.01個單位。另外,如圖57D中所展示,對於高達約30度之入射角,PGAI本質上為零,從而論證:濾光器提供本質上正常之色彩外觀。 在進一步實施例中,一濾光器可經設計以併入至一燈總成中,其中製造為例如一多層介電塗層之該濾光器提供一分束功能,藉由該分束功能,由該燈內之一光源發射之光之透射分量及反射分量經組態以具有相同之一白點。 反射白點與透射白點之匹配可實現兩個光束分量用於照明,因此不會因過濾而浪費能量。此外,光束之透射分量可經組態以提供一色彩增強效應,使得可建構一燈總成,其中例如光束之中心區域提供光之一增強品質(參閱下文相對於圖27B之額外討論)。可在反射光中觀察到對色彩外觀之一相反作用,其中可相較於如由透射照明體所呈現之相對色域面積之增加而在一相反作用中減小如由反射照明體所呈現之相對色域面積,即,經重新組合之光束之平均色域面積係一致的。 含有此一濾光器之一燈總成較佳地包含一寬頻帶照明體。在一實施例中,可較佳地使用發光二極體來照明。若包括LED驅動磷光體之白色LED無法給良好色彩外觀單獨提供足夠寬之頻帶發射,則通常可以例如約4:1之一比率組合白色LED與紅色LED以產生具有與日光近似相同之色溫及光譜寬度之一寬頻帶照明體。圖25A中展示此一複合照明體之光譜輻射通量2501以及一白色LED之光譜輻射通量2502及一紅色LED之光譜輻射通量2503。此等照明體可具有約5000 K至約7000 K之間之一色溫及約80至約90之間之一CRI。在一進一步實例中,包括LED刺激日光之一照明體可包含具有例如約4:1:2之一比率之白色LED、紅色LED及藍色(或青色)LED以產生具有約5000 K至約7000 K之間之一色溫及約90至約100之間之一CRI之一寬頻帶照明體。 具有光譜透射率2504之一濾光器(如圖25B中所展示)可執行所描述之光譜分束。此等濾光器亦被稱為二向色濾光器或二向色反射體。此濾光器之設計準則可例如包含:一成本向量,其經組態以最大化相對色域面積;如上文所描述之一LED混合物,其作為照明體;及一參考濾光器,其為中性濾光器,使得該濾光器下之照明體之白點相同於該中性濾光器下之照明體及反射濾光器之白點。另外,白點約束可較佳地指定高達約20度之偏離法向入射角處之白點。此適應在完美地準直入射光時之潛在困難。可用一小佔據面積之準直透鏡來達成一20度光束寬度。此外,可較佳地指定具有橫跨可見波長之約10%之一最小光譜透射率之濾光器,其可用來調節色域面積增加量以在分裂光束經空間地重新組合時減少色彩外觀在該等分裂光束之混合區域中之不均勻外觀。 圖26C中再次呈現照明體分束濾光器之光譜透射率2605及其反量(反射)之光譜透射率2606。圖26B中再次展示LED照明體之混合物之光譜輻射通量2604。圖26A之色度圖之點2603處展示濾光器及反向濾光器之白點之色度座標。2601為濾光器之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色度座標,及2602為反向濾光器之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色度座標。可在此等輪廓中容易地看見對色域面積之相反效應,藉此透過濾光器而透射之照明體使色域面積增加且透過濾光器而反射之照明體回應地使色域面積減小。 圖27A及圖27B中展示用於形成包含此一分束濾光器之一燈總成之組件之一可能配置。此處,該總成可配置為一堆疊,其包含一導熱基板2701(諸如一金屬電路板)、一發光二極體2702、一光束形成光學光導2703及一多層干涉塗層(其可沈積至一光學透明基板(諸如玻璃)之表面上)。 現特定參考圖27B,在一實例性配置中,由LED 2702發射之一束光藉由光學器件(例如光導)2703而準直至約20度之一光束寬度,及接著入射於干涉濾光器2704上。其後,光之透射分量顯現於輸出光束2708之中心部分中,且反射部分由光導(例如由沿2709所指示之邊界處之內反射)重新導引,及接著沿輸出光束2707之環形部分發射。如圖所展示,該配置使燈總成能夠併入一色彩增強濾光器且不損及發光效率,此係因為未由濾光器透射之光反向輻射至仍可用於一般照明之環境中,而一吸收濾光器將降低燈之效率,干涉濾光器具有一幾乎一致之效率。 可在室內有利地採用此等照明體以給綠色弱觀察者及紅色弱觀察者提供改良色彩辨別。在此等組態中,照明體亦可與併入於眼鏡中之濾光器(如先前所揭示)一起使用。 就本說明書中之上文所揭示之任何濾光器之以波長為函數之光譜透射率而言,用於計算通帶及阻帶之中心位置及寬度之一方法包括:將一高斯平滑核心應用至光譜透射率曲線(例如藉由該核心與透射資料序列之迴旋),其中該核心之寬度足夠寬以本質上消除曲線之任何無用變動(舉例而言,諸如不為所關注濾光器看重之暫態、漣波、雜訊或其他假影);接著歸一化曲線,使得最大透射率等於100%;及接著將各透射率值湊整至0%或100%,使得各鄰接光譜區域(其中湊整值為0%)對應於一阻帶之頻帶邊界,及各鄰接光譜區域(其中該湊整值為100%)對應於一通帶之頻帶邊界。 就根據此方法而計算之頻帶邊界而言,可相對於原曲線而計算各通帶及各阻帶內之平均透射率。一通帶或阻帶之寬度等於下頻帶邊界與上頻帶邊界之間之距離,且一通帶或阻帶之中心等於下頻帶邊界與上頻帶邊界之間之中點。 較佳地,對於通帶邊界及阻帶邊界之任何此計算集合,對於各交錯阻帶,該阻帶之平均透射率至多為一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之一半。若此條件不適用,則通帶及阻帶之間之變動可為本質上無用的,在該情況中,可增加平滑核心之寬度且反覆地實施計算,直至判定一適合平滑寬度。 對於本發明中所關注之大多數濾光器,具有約20奈米之一半峰寬度之一平滑核心適合於此計算之目的。 對於本發明中所描述之大多數濾光器,可給出以湊整至最接近5奈米之波長為單位之與頻帶邊界位置、頻帶中心位置及頻帶寬度有關之規定值。本文之教示足以指定具有較大光譜解析度之濾光器。然而,未必需要一較大光譜解析度來實踐本發明。 本說明書之上述部分揭示用於產生以一所要方式影響色覺之多頻帶光學濾光器之方法,其包含:設計滿足與濾光器之意欲用途相關之約束之一濾光器規格之方法;評估濾光器規格之效能且調整設計以相對於所要效應而進一步改良濾光器規格之效能以達到此一濾光器之一較佳實施例之規格之方法;製造濾光器及/或提供適合於具有由另一方法製造之濾光器之機器規格之方法;及將濾光器併入至一眼用透鏡或一燈總成中以產生提供對色覺之所要效應之一器件之一較佳實施例之方法。 由本發明實現之對色覺之效應之範圍包含:維持正常色彩辨別(其在本發明中亦被稱為提供「良好色彩辨別」);增強色彩辨別(在本發明中有時亦被稱為「增強」或「改良」色彩辨別),可無條件地假定紅色與綠色之間之色彩辨別改良等同於藍色與黃色之間之色彩辨別改良;增強紅綠色辨別,其中所要效應使紅色與綠色之間之辨別改良最大化;及增強藍黃色辨別,其中所要效應使藍色與黃色之間之辨別改良最大化。 一般可期望亦提供額外功能(諸如可見光譜中之一或多個區域內之指定最小及/或最大光譜透射率)之濾光器維持正常色彩辨別,其中藉由習知方法而達成等效光譜透射率限制將導致一濾光器提供品質不佳之色彩辨別。例如,充當一干涉濾光器之一習知陷波濾光器或截止濾光器可導致某些色彩之色度外觀之顯著變化,及/或可在該濾光器併入至眼鏡中時導致一些色彩之外觀以使得觀看者不適之一方式相對於可變視角而改變。在一進一步實例中,影響光譜透射率之吸收平均值可導致濾光器具有一低光透射率及/或一強勁顯色白點,此係因為達成光譜透射率限制所需之吸收材料之聚集可顯著影響可見光譜之一寬區域內之透射率。 本文所揭示之方法實現濾光器之設計、規格及製造,該等濾光器維持一寬視角範圍內之正常色彩辨別及提供相對於光譜透射率之有用限制。本文所揭示之此等濾光器及併入此等濾光器之產品之特定變動包含:阻隔約380奈米至約450奈米之間之藍光之濾光器;阻隔約380奈米至約450奈米之間之藍光且同時確保一寬視角範圍內之約589奈米處之光之高光譜透射率之濾光器;阻隔一寬視角範圍內之約532奈米處之綠光之濾光器;及提供相對於光之光透射率之約460奈米至約490奈米之間之光之一高平均透射率之濾光器。此實施例族群內之濾光器全部包括與兩個阻帶交錯之三個通帶。然而,諸多此等濾光器包括與三個阻帶交錯之四個通帶,其中該等阻帶之一或多者及/或該等通帶之一或多者提供所要光譜透射率限制。 基於本文所揭示方法之進一步變動實現使一寬視角範圍內之色彩辨別增強之濾光器之設計、規格及製造,該等濾光器包含:使紅綠色辨別增強之濾光器;使藍黃色辨別增強之濾光器;或以上兩者。該等濾光器可經組態以針對具有正常色覺之觀察者增強色彩辨別,或可經組態以針對具有色覺缺陷(其包含綠色弱色覺缺陷、紅色弱色覺缺陷及第三型色弱色覺缺陷)之觀察者增強色彩辨別。趨向於供一特定觀察者使用之一濾光器之組態可提供以一所要方式影響色覺之一濾光器之一較佳實施例。然而,此組態未必妨礙其他觀察者體驗所要效應之部分或全部。 使紅綠色辨別增強之濾光器之應用包含用作為綠色弱觀察者及紅色弱觀察者之光學輔助設備。此等色覺缺陷人群之特徵為對紅色與綠色之間之變動之一敏感度,其低於正常觀察者之敏感度。使紅綠色辨別增強之濾光器亦可用在包含以下各者之其他應用中:用於正常觀察者之通用眼鏡(例如太陽鏡);以及諸如在進行包含高爾夫之某些運動時使用之活動專用眼鏡。 使藍黃色辨別增強之濾光器可用於第三型色弱觀察者,且亦具有包含增強光對比度、刺激紅綠色覺缺陷及偵測偽裝物體之其他應用。 提供紅色與綠色之間及藍色與黃色之間之色彩辨別之一平衡增強之濾光器可較佳地供具有正常色覺之觀察者使用,其中此等濾光器在併入至眼鏡中時提供視覺品質之一般改良。 此等實施例族群內之濾光器全部包括與兩個阻帶交錯之三個通帶。然而,一些此等濾光器可包括與三個阻帶交錯之四個通帶。通常,第四通帶具有位於大於約660奈米處之一中心,且經組態使得濾光器維持極端入射角處之一實質上不變白點。 可根據第二通帶之中心位置而分類經組態以使色彩辨別增強之濾光器。對於約520奈米至約540奈米之間之中心位置,濾光器主要著重提供紅色與綠色之間之一辨別改良。對於約545奈米至約550奈米之間之中心位置,濾光器提供紅色與綠色之間及藍色與黃色之間之一大致相同之辨別改良。對於約555奈米至約580奈米之間之中心位置,濾光器著重提供藍色與黃色之間之一辨別改良。 對於經組態以使藍黃色辨別增強之一濾光器,第二通帶之較佳中心位置為約580奈米,其與被大多數觀察者僅視為黃色之單色波長對應。然而,具有580奈米處之一第二通帶中心位置之一濾光器可能不切實際,此係因為其可導致色彩之外觀呈二色性且將對應地損失紅色與綠色之間之全部辨別。因此,例如藉由確保一綠色交通信號之色度座標在給出其可接受限制之一定義邊界內而約束此等濾光器係有用的。因而,可發現具有小於或等於約560奈米之一第二通帶位置之最佳濾光器,其在損害紅色與綠色之間之色彩辨別之情況下最大化藍色與黃色之間之辨別。 對於經組態以使紅色與綠色之間之辨別增強之一濾光器,第二通帶之最佳中心位置根據所關注之色彩組而變動。相對於Munsell色彩樣本及/或Farnsworth D-15色彩,中心位置之最佳選擇為約530奈米。然而,相對於自然界之樣本,更佳位置為約540奈米。因此,535奈米之選擇可給予用在一混合環境中之此一濾光器最佳平均情況選擇。 相對於經組態以使一綠色弱觀察者增強紅綠色辨別之一濾光器,較佳實施例可取決於此類型之觀察者中之子類。對於輕度綠色弱觀察者,通帶平均透射率與阻帶平均透射率之間之一適中對比率可適合為例如約4:1。對於一中度綠色弱觀察者,至少約6:1之一比率可為較佳的。對於一重度綠色弱觀察者,至少8:1之一比率可為較佳的。 對於具有大於約6:1之一通帶與阻帶對比率之濾光器,可較佳地限制濾光器規格以提供約580奈米至約620奈米之間及/或約560奈米至約580奈米之間之光透射率之至少約五分之一之一最小光譜透射率。此可確保:濾光器適合於一般用途,例如同時操作其中需要某些窄頻帶黃燈(其包含發光二極體及低壓鈉燈)之適合可見度之一機動車輛。在此等變動中,可較佳地限制濾光器以約束一黃色交通信號在一特定區域內之色度座標,使得此等燈不會被誤認為例如橙色或紅色。 相對於經組態以使一紅色弱觀察者增強紅綠色辨別之一濾光器,基於上述範圍之一變動適用於第二通帶中心位置。歸因於與異常相關聯之視網膜生理機能,較佳波長全部經藍移達約5奈米,例如,535奈米之選擇被修改至約530奈米。此外,應注意,相對於供紅色弱觀察者使用之濾光器之組態,第三通帶之中心位置較佳地至多介於約610奈米至約625奈米之間,此係因為較長波長之使用可導致此等觀察者之紅色可見度減小。 用於增強色彩辨別之上述實施例族群內之濾光器全部包括與兩個阻帶交錯之三個通帶。 關於用於色覺之濾光器之組態,此等濾光器一般較佳地提供某一適度範圍內之一光透射率(例如至少約8%),且亦較佳地提供未強勁顯色之一白點(即,如透過濾光器所觀看之平均日光之色度座標)。 可較佳地選擇一約束白點區域來提供一本質上呈中性之色調,此係因為具有經適度或強勁著色之一白點之濾光器無法提供一些色彩之適合亮度。此外,可較佳地施加一限制使得該白點保持在一視角範圍內之一相對較小區域內,此係因為此等濾光器在併入至眼鏡中時提供最舒適觀看體驗且在併入至燈總成中時實現未對準及光束散度之容限。 可較佳地將CIELUV(u',v')色度座標用於此等計算,此係因為:根據此標度,對於所關注白點之範圍,定義色彩之間之最小可覺差之橢圓近似呈圓形。可相對於CIE 1931 2度標準觀察者或CIE 1964 10度標準觀察者而計算(u',v')座標,其中前者給出物體在一距離處之表觀色彩之較佳預測,及後者給出對向視場之一較大部分之物體之表觀色彩之較佳預測。 相對於經組態以供具有正常色覺之觀察者使用之濾光器,白點約束區域可在(u',v')色度圖上具有約0.02個單位之一半徑。更佳地,該區域可具有約0.01個單位之一半徑,及亦更佳地,使濾光器白點符合限制之入射角範圍可自0度擴大至至少約25度,及更佳地,自0度擴大至至少約35度。 相對於經組態以供具有色覺缺陷之觀察者使用之濾光器,可較佳地將約束區域定義為一橢圓區域,例如,其中該橢圓之長軸沿對應於該類型之色覺缺陷之混淆線定向。因而,當根據一圓形約束區域而分析此等濾光器之性質時,此等濾光器之性質之特徵為一白點,其離開中間角度之某一範圍內之約束區域且接著以一更陡峭角再次進入約束區域,其中該更陡峭角通常介於約20度至約40度之間。在一些實施例中,此可提供一濾光器,其似乎在該白點由意欲觀察者觀看時提供該白點之一良好穩定性,但具有正常色覺之一觀察者無法感知相同程度之穩定性。相對於輕度綠色弱觀察者及中度綠色弱觀察者,白點約束區域可較佳地受限於約0.01個單位之一半徑。相對於重度綠色弱觀察者,具有約0.02個單位之一半徑之一無約束區域可為較佳的。相對於紅色弱觀察者,可將其內考量約束之角範圍減小至例如約0度至約20度之間。 用於設計使色彩辨別增強之一濾光器之一第一方法包括:根據如上文中所描述之所要效應而選擇第二通帶之所要中心位置;選擇適合於該濾光器之所要光透射率之第二通帶之一最小所需寬度(應注意,此偏好亦隱含:第二通帶之平均透射率係儘可能高的);及接著選擇第一通帶及第三通帶之適當中心位置及寬度。第一通帶之中心較佳地位於最短可能波長處,及第三通帶之中心較佳地位於最長可能波長處,其中由與該濾光器之白點相關之限制約束中心位置及寬度之可能範圍,該限制包含白點在法向入射處之所要色度座標;及其內將含有相對於偏離法向入射角處之一觀看條件範圍之白點之色度座標之區域。接著,三個通帶內之平均透射率被較佳地選擇為最大可能值(若該濾光器被指定併入有例如一吸收濾光器,該值可小於100%),及可較佳地在值之一範圍內選擇交錯阻帶之平均透射率,該範圍對應於約2:1至約10:1或更大之間之通帶與阻帶之間之平均透射率之對比率。更高對比率可產生更強色彩辨別增強。此等高比率亦可與某些燈(諸如窄頻帶燈)之罕見及/或不穩定色彩外觀相關聯。 與通帶位置及通帶與阻帶對比率之較佳選擇以及設計本文所揭示濾光器之方法相關之以上描述提供適當教示以設計濾光器(其為上文所辨別族群之成員)。例如,為藉由一窮舉搜尋程序而達成此一濾光器,可例如根據與如上文所描述之對色覺之效應相關聯之召集範圍而確定第二通帶之中心位置及寬度以及通帶與阻帶對比率,接著列舉第一通帶及第三通帶之中心位置及寬度之全部可能組合,及接著使用一電腦來評估所列舉組內之各濾光器以選擇較佳成員。該較佳成員滿足遭受使相對於色彩辨別之一效能度量最大化之所要設計約束。所列舉之組可包括數千個成員,且所得計算可因考量中之頻帶數目及計算之光譜解析度而需要大量計算時間。 更佳地,可採用藉由解算一線性程式而設計此等濾光器之本文所揭示之方法,藉此將設計約束變換成一良式線性程式,該良式線性程式將可行濾光器設計之限制定義為被最佳描述為一廣義多維凸多面體之一幾何抽象。藉由引導(其使用如本發明之教示中所描述之一成本向量),一線性程式解算器可將濾光器構件迅速定位於可行組之邊界上以最大化沿由該成本向量指示之方向之給定約束。如本文所揭示,線性程式化之方法能夠幾乎瞬時地判定試驗濾光器規格,使得實踐本發明之最佳方法可相互作用地引導成本向量及/或設計約束,使得可由一操作者即時評估一特定試驗濾光器所涉及之效能權衡。該線性程式化方法亦實現例如包括一干涉濾光器及一窄頻帶吸收濾光器(諸如一含釹光學基板)之複合濾光器之設計,其中該線性程式解算器判定該干涉濾光器之透射率規格以與該吸收濾光器一起產生所要效應。由該線性程式解算器考量之可行濾光器組可本質上包括難以或無法藉由列舉頻帶或反覆局部搜尋程序而達成之任意光譜透射率曲線。由於該線性程式解算器未嚴格受限於設計一多頻帶濾光器(其為與阻帶交錯之一序列通帶),所以其可用於設計在與另一特定濾光器一起使用時達成一多頻帶光譜透射率之一濾光器,其包含考量相對於此等複合濾光器在一入射角範圍內之性質之約束準則。 就任何試驗濾光器規格(例如由剛描述之方法所產生)而言,本文所揭示之進一步方法實現試驗濾光器對色彩辨別之效應之預測。 例如,在一實施例中,一方法涉及:判定一最佳適配寬頻帶參考濾光器;接著計算如透過試驗濾光器及參考濾光器所觀看之一組參考色彩之色度座標;及比較由兩個條件下之座標圍封之面積之比率。 在另一實施例中,判定一最佳適配寬頻帶參考濾光器,接著計算如透過試驗濾光器及參考濾光器所觀看之一組參考色彩之色度座標,及接著將該等色度座標投影至色彩空間之一軸上,及比較沿該軸之該等座標組之相對標準偏差。較佳地,軸可包含第三型色盲混淆線、綠色盲混淆線及紅色盲混淆線之一或多者,使得所計算之比率對應於沿對應方向之色彩辨別之增強、減弱或維持,其中第三型色盲混淆線一般與藍色與黃色之間之辨別對應,及綠色盲混淆線及紅色盲混淆線一般與紅色與綠色之間之辨別對應。 更佳地,相對於如約0度至至少約25度之間之偏離法向入射角之一範圍內所觀看之試驗濾光器而實施此等效能分析計算。該等角度內之平均效能可用於估算產品例如在併入至一眼用透鏡中時之總體效力,使得必須在一寬視角範圍內考量濾光器效能。甚至更佳地,此分析可考量透鏡在一眼鏡框內之曲率及定向、及/或眼睛之幾何形狀及/或可在眼窩中旋轉之眼睛之定向之估算分佈。 較佳地,相對於參考色彩之此等效能評估可考量條件之色彩表示,在該等條件下,產品可與例如眼鏡一起使用,該等參考色彩應包含來自自然界以及人造色素之兩個樣本,而對於經組態以併入至室內燈總成中之濾光器,該等參考色彩可僅包括人造色素。 就一較佳試驗濾光器規格而言,濾光器可例如製造為藉由將一堆疊之介電材料物理氣相沈積至一光學基板上而製造之一干涉濾光器。可由最小透射率曲線及最大透射率曲線界限該試驗濾光器規格以例如提供適合於使濾光器能夠由熟習此等生產方法之一操作者製造之一加工容限規格。 本文所揭示之濾光器之一些實施例可製造為例如包括約100層之介電材料且具有約6微米之一總厚度之高階干涉濾光器。 相對於一些實施例(特定言之,其中僅期望通帶與阻帶之平均透射率之間之一適中對比率(例如,具有約2:1至約4:1之間之一比率)之實施例),可明顯減小層數及厚度以例如需要至多約50個層及/或具有約3微米之一總厚度,其中可藉由將一平滑核心應用至濾光器規格而達成此等限制,例如,此一核心較佳地具有一高斯形狀及至少約20奈米之一半峰值。接著,所得簡化設計可受益於更短加工時間、與更低精確度程序之相容性及更低總生產成本。 由本文所揭示之濾光器實施例表示之種類之若干者可受益於作為複合濾光器設計(例如包括一干涉濾光器及一吸收濾光器,其中該吸收濾光器包括釹)之建構。例如,相對於在一角範圍內具有一約束白點之紅綠色增強濾光器,此等複合設計係可行的,其中可在比考量相同約束準則且不具有釹吸收組分時之可行波長更長之一波長處選擇第三通帶之位置。而更長波長中心位置係較佳的,如先前所描述,此可導致複合濾光器設計進一步增強色彩辨別。此外,此等複合設計可提供色彩之改良穩定性,例如當分析一角範圍內之效能時,對於比不包括釹之一等效濾光器設計之角度大5度之一高角度,包括釹之一複合設計可保持大於1:1之一色域面積比。然而,可發現,改良角穩定性通常因由存在於含釹濾光器中之一非所要次級吸收頻帶所致之一略微更低之峰值效能而受損,此所得濾光器之第二通帶稍寬於最佳通帶。然而,包括釹之此等複合設計可較佳為併入至眼鏡中之濾光器(其中需考量總體視覺舒適度)。 替代地或另外,其他窄頻帶吸收體可用作為釹,其包含窄頻帶有機染料及其他稀土元素(諸如鐠或鈥),藉此窄頻帶吸收體之一些此等組合可提供包括一干涉濾光器之一複合濾光器設計以展現改良角穩定性及/或減小光反射率。可例如使用如本文所揭示之線性程式化之方法來設計此等組合。 當所揭示濾光器之任何者被製造為干涉濾光器時,必須考量此等濾光器之高反射率。當併入至眼鏡中時,透鏡之內表面上之光透射率與光反射率之比率較佳為至多約2:1。相對於其中干涉濾光器具有一高透射率(例如超過60%)之濾光器,干涉濾光器之反射率可足夠小以致可被忽略。較佳地,此等濾光器可與兩者呈吸收濾光器形式之一線性偏振器或一光致變色吸收濾光器組合,該等吸收濾光器在與一干涉濾光器一起被安置時不會明顯減小光反射率。相對於其中干涉濾光器具有小於約60%之一光透射率之濾光器,透鏡之內表面上之反射率之管理為一相當大的問題。一第一方法為將一中性密度吸收體施加至透鏡之後側以促使反射光必須穿過該吸收體兩次之事實,此可使對比率恢復至一可接受位準。然而,該中性密度吸收體亦減小透鏡之最大光譜透射率,其繼而隱含通帶與阻帶之間之平均透射對比率之一所需減小,其例如可減少所提供之有效色彩辨別改良。 在一實施例中,一圓形偏振器可施加至內表面,且經組態使得線性偏振元件吸收後側反射。此建構可達成一非常高之對比率。替代地,可將一金屬衰減塗層併入至干涉濾光器中,其中該干涉濾光器例如包括二氧化鈦及二氧化矽(TiO2 及SiO2 )之層,及該金屬層包括純鈦。歸因於此等金屬層在併入至干涉濾光器中時之性質,配置可相對於反射率之衰減而明顯優於一等效中性密度濾光器。此外,歸因於金屬與金屬氧化物之間之良好材料相容性,此一配置可提供生產亦較經濟且提供對色覺之所要效應之一穩健產品。 與干涉濾光器之反射率相關之一進一步關注係關於干涉濾光器在眼用透鏡總成中之放置,其中若此等濾光器安置於內表面上,則可存在由基板內之內反射導致之可見假影;此等較佳地藉由透鏡之相對表面上之一高品質抗反射塗層而減輕。 關於經組態以使色彩辨別增強之濾光器至燈總成中之併入(其中該濾光器亦可被稱為二向色反射體),該濾光器之最佳實施例可考量此等總成之效率以及由照明體之透射分量及反射分量兩者提供之色彩辨別之品質。在一些實施例中,照明體可為一寬頻帶源,例如,其中透射分量使紅色與綠色之間之辨別增強,及反射分量使藍色與黃色之間之辨別增強。更佳地,照明體可為一多頻帶源(諸如一陣列之紅色發光二極體、綠色發光二極體及藍色發光二極體),使得透射分量提供增強之色彩辨別及反射分量維持正常色彩辨別。存在燈總成之較佳配置,其中光之透射分量及反射分量兩者用於照明。 可例如在具有一2.3 GHz Intel Core i7處理器及8 GB之RAM之一電腦上使用購自Wolfram Research公司之市售計算軟體程式Mathematica®(包含其線性程式解算器)來實施本文所揭示之濾光器設計方法。然而,熟習技術者應瞭解,本文所揭示之方法不受限於上述實施方案且與電腦/系統架構無關。據此,該等方法可在其他計算平台上等效地實施,使用其他計算軟體(濾光器設計方法之市售或特定編碼計算軟體),且亦可硬接線至一電路或其他計算組件中。 本發明具繪示性而不具限制性。熟習技術者將鑒於本發明而明白進一步修改。例如,雖然上文所描述之方法及步驟指示依某一順序發生之某些事件,但一般技術者將認識到,某些步驟之順序可被修改且此等修改係根據本文所揭示之發明。另外,若可行,則可在一並行程序中同時執行該等步驟之若干者,以及如上文所描述般地依序執行該等步驟之若干者。本文中被稱為一方法或程序之操作之動作亦可被理解為該方法或程序中之「步驟」。因此,就此而言,存在本文所揭示之本發明之變動,其等係在本發明之精神內或等效於本文所揭示之本發明,本發明及其申請專利範圍亦意欲涵蓋該等變動。本發明中所引用之全部公開案及專利申請案之全文以引用方式併入本文中,宛如各個別公開案或專利申請案在本文中被特別及個別地提出。 Cross-references to related applications This application is related to Provisional U.S. Patent Application No. 61/449,049, titled "MULTI-BAND OPTICAL FILTERS FOR GOOD COLOR APPEARANCE", filed on March 3, 2011, the entire text of which is incorporated herein by reference. [Embodiments] should be read with reference to the drawings, where the same reference numerals refer to the same elements throughout the different drawings. The drawings, which are not necessarily to scale, depict selected embodiments and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. [Embodiment] illustrates the principles of the present invention by way of example rather than by way of limitation. [Embodiments] will enable those skilled in the art to clearly make and use the invention, and describe several embodiments, adaptations, variations, substitutions and uses of the invention, including what is currently considered the best mode of carrying out the invention. As used in this specification and the accompanying claims, the singular forms "a", "a" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The teachings of the present invention may be beneficially read in conjunction with a general understanding of the science of optics, the science of human color vision, the science of colorimetry, and related topics. For a general reference on these topics, see, for example, Günter Wyszecki and W.S. Stiles, "Color Science: Concepts and Methods, Quantitative Data and Formulae" (Wiley, 1982, ISBN #0471021067). Without loss of generality, the present invention may assume a conventional configuration of the human visual system: specifically (if not otherwise stated), a human visual system with a 2-degree field of view and the photochromatic perception of a normal human observer. . Photochromatic vision occurs when the level of illumination is high enough that rod photoreceptor cells are inactive, for example when the average surface illumination is about 10 lux or greater. In this disclosure, unless otherwise stated, the CIE 1976 L*u'v' (LUV) color space (which uses a CIE 1931 standard observer with a 2-degree field of view) is used to calculate the color appearance model. Details of this calculation are given by CIE standard S014-5/E:2009. The CIE 1976 Uniform Color Chart System (UCS) is used to illustrate the chromaticity diagram, where the chromaticity coordinates are the (u', v') values, as calculated from this standard. For those of ordinary skill, these teachings are accomplished by introducing a variable in the spectral absorbance of the photopigment and/or the selection of pre-receptor eye components (which include eye media and macular pigment) and provide procedures (e.g. taking into account color vision deficiency, age and/or ocular pathology). In the present invention, illuminant D65 (D65) means light with a typical spectral radiant flux of sunlight and a correlated color temperature of 6500 Kelvin, and is determined by the joint ISO/CIE standard ISO 10526:1999/CIE S005 /E-1998 definition. In the present invention, references to "sunlight", "sunlight" or "average daylight" mean the illuminant D65. Illuminating body E is meant to be an ideal lamp defined as having equal power as a function of wavelength. Illuminating body A means a lamp, usually an incandescent light bulb, which is defined as having the spectral radiant flux of an ideal blackbody radiator according to Planck's law and a correlated color temperature of 2848 K. The lamp series including illuminants FL1 to FL12, which represent the spectral radiant flux of typical types of fluorescent lamps, is defined by CIE Publication No. 15:2004. Munsell colors are a set of color samples formulated with specific pigments to establish a defined color standard in a spectral domain. Munsell colors are available in printed form in the Munsell Color Encyclopedia (Glossy Edition, ISBN #9994678620, 1980). Published by Parkkinen J.P.S., Hallikainen J. and Jaaskelainen T. "Characteristic spectra of Munsell colors" (Journal of the Optical Society of America A, Vol. 6, No. 2, 1989, pp. 318 to 322) Munsell A measurement of the spectral reflectance of a color. The Farnsworth D-15 is a standardized color discrimination test that includes 15 Munsell color samples forming a profile with a chromaticity between 2 and 4 on the Munsell scale. Farnsworth D-15 is described in the publication "The Farnsworth dichotomous test for color blindness panel D15 manual" (News York: Psych Company; 1947, Farnsworth D). Figures included in this disclosure may be program flow diagrams that visually depict generalized objects and the flow of operations that process and produce such objects. Figure 58 depicts an example of a program flow diagram for facilitating visual language understanding. In this diagram, rounded boxes (eg, 5801 and 5803) depict objects that may be understood as physical entities, virtual entities (such as numerical data), or composite objects containing a heterogeneous collection of component objects. A composite object containing a heterogeneous collection of objects is depicted by a rounded box with a double line frame (such as shown at 5808 and 5811). A dotted arrow depicts a component object extracted from a composite object, such as shown by connecting entities 5801 and 5803. The flow of objects in the program is shown by a solid arrow, for example, shown by connecting entities 5801 and 5802. A square box (such as 5802 and 5805) represents an operation. Operations can create objects, transform objects, or analyze objects. The output of an operation is shown by an arrow pointing away from its box. The output of an operation depends on the input of the operation which can be traced by following all the arrows in the box that lead to the operation. An operation can be formed into a composite operation by encapsulating another program graph, such as shown at 5806. This construct enables program flow diagrams to be expanded across multiple pages, whereby a composite operation defined in one diagram can be called when referencing another diagram. Operations may be connected together in series or parallel, and the details of the order in which particular operations are performed are not necessarily defined by the program flow diagram syntax but must be inferred from the accompanying description. A double-line arrow (such as shown connecting 5808 and 5809) represents the iteration of the process of multiple homogeneous objects. Use a double-line square box to show repeated operations, such as 5809. An iterated operation changes its input relative to each iterated object, but can maintain a constant input relative to the unrepeated object, such as shown along the flow arrow connecting 5807 and 5809. The program flow diagrams used in the present invention are provided to facilitate understanding when interpreted together with the accompanying detailed description. Color perception may generally be understood as arising from the interaction of the spectral radiant flux of light incident on the retina and the spectral absorbance of the retinal photoreceptor cells. The procedure for sensing color perception and the application of an optical filter for affecting color perception are depicted in the process flow chart of Figure 1 . Here, an illuminant 101 (such as sunlight) radiates into an optical system 102. Light emitted by an illuminant can generally be considered white light. Within optical system 102, white light is reflected from a surface of reference color 104 (103). Then, the reflected light can be described as a colored light, assuming that the reference color is not neutral (ie, not grayish). Thereafter, wavelength selective transmission 105 can transform the colored light by passing through an optical filter 106 . Since the law of conservation of energy must be observed, the portion of the light that is not transmitted must be reflected or absorbed by the filter at this interface. The optical system 102 is invariant with respect to the reordering of its internal operations, ie, the filter can be applied equivalently before or after illuminating the reference color. An observer can then perceive the filtered light through the process of visual phototransduction 115 . In visual phototransduction under light-sensitive conditions, light is absorbed at 107, 109 and 111 by three types of retinal photoreceptor cells including short-wavelength cone cells 108, medium-wavelength cone cells 110 and long-wavelength cone cells 112. The total energy absorbed by each cell is converted into neural stimulation that is transmitted via the optic nerve into the visual cortex, ultimately resulting in color perception. To model color appearance, it is sufficiently assumed that the input-output response of cones is linearly proportional to the energy absorbed. This linear response can be called a trichromatic value, which can be viewed as a vector in three-dimensional space with non-negative components. As described, the space of trichromatic values is sometimes referred to as SML color space or frustum excitation space. The distances between points in three-color space do not necessarily correspond exactly to the perceived differences between pairs of color stimuli, so it is advantageous to employ a color appearance model 118 (as discussed further below with reference to Figure 3) that would The three-dimensional tricolor vector is transformed into a one-dimensional component of luminosity 117 (also called brightness or intensity) and a two-dimensional component of chrominance 116 (which represents the apparent color of the stimulus independent of luminosity). Chroma can be viewed as a vector value in one of two dimensions, in which case the vector value can be called a chroma coordinate. Chroma can be further divided into hue and saturation (also called purity, which is essentially the perceived difference between a color stimulus and a white stimulus). It should be noted that the spectral absorbance of retinal photoreceptor cells 108, 110, and 112 (Fig. 1) is observer dependent and varies between individuals. Furthermore, the formation of a color appearance model 118 may also depend on the observer 113, however, without loss of generality, a standard model may be used in the subsequent description. Figure 2A shows a graph of the spectral absorbance rate of photopigments of retinal cones (including short-wavelength cones 201, medium-wavelength cones 202 and long-wavelength cones 203) of a normal human eye. However, as mentioned previously, the spectral absorbance of retinal photoreceptor cells can vary from person to person. These differences are the root cause of color vision deficiency. For example, individuals with protanism have a medium-wavelength cone photopigment that has a spectral absorbance shifted toward longer wavelengths; and individuals with protanism have a long-wavelength cone photopigment that has a spectral absorbance that is shifted toward longer wavelengths. One of the short wavelength shifts is spectral absorbance. Individuals with deuteranomaly experience more difficulty than normal individuals in distinguishing red from green. Individuals with protanopia also experience more difficulty than normal individuals in distinguishing red from green, and also tend to view red as less bright. This can be achieved by shifting a photopigment template on a log wavenumber scale (e.g., by using Spectral sensitivities of the middle- and long-wavelength sensitive cones derived from measurements in observers of known by Stockman, A. and Sharpe, L.T. genotype." (Vision Research, Issue 40, 2000, pp. 1711 to 1737) published template) and approximately represents the spectral absorbance of abnormal retinal photopigments. The table in Figure 2B lists known genotype variants in the population and the associated wavelengths of maximum photopigment absorbance, with the leftmost row of the table containing an indication of genotype 204 (for details, see Asenjo, A.B., Rim, "Molecular determinants of human red/green color discrimination" by J. and Oprian, D.D., Neuron, 1994, Volume 12, Pages 1131 to 1138), the next line indicates normal, green-weak or red-weak Classification 205 and in which the abnormality type is further classified according to the severity which can be mild, moderate or severe, and the remaining rows indicate the wavelength (in nanometers) of the maximum absorbance of the short wavelength cone photopigment 206, medium The wavelength is the wavelength (in nanometers) at which the maximum absorbance of cone photopigments is 207 and the wavelength (in nanometers) at which the long-wavelength cone photopigments are maximum absorbance 208. This table contains the most common types of inherited color vision deficiencies: deuteranomaly, which has a global prevalence of approximately 4% (and approximately 8% in males and less than 1% in females); protanism, which has a prevalence of approximately 0.5% (approximately 0.5% in females). 1% are male and less than 0.1% are female). The higher prevalence of color vision deficiency in males has been attributed to the genetic abnormality of the X-recessive gene. Abnormalities in the short-wavelength cone photoreceptor pigments are called type III achromatopsia. Inherited achromatopsia type III is rare, however, acquired achromatopsia type III color vision deficiency occurs when the cones (specifically, short-wavelength cones) are damaged, for example, by exposure to certain toxins such as mercury . Individuals with type III color deficiency will experience more difficulty than normal individuals in distinguishing blue from yellow. Standard observer models of color vision may be constructed to best fit the normal population and do not necessarily provide a good model of color perception for any particular individual or subpopulation. However, if the physiological properties of any individual are sufficiently obtained, then a physiologically relevant observer model of any individual can be constructed. As shown in Figure 3, the perceived color appearance of light according to one of the three-color models can be represented graphically, where the axes of the graph correspond to the neural excitation of short wavelength cones 310, the neural excitation of medium wavelength cones 306, and The neural excitation of long wavelength cones 301, and the trichromatic value is a point 302 that corresponds to the color appearance of a particular light (eg, reflected by a reference color or emitted by an illuminant). Trichromatic values are three-dimensional points whose dimensions correspond to the fraction of light energy absorbed by the various cones. Light itself can be viewed as an essentially infinite-dimensional vector, and its spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer. However, trichromatic values are only three-dimensional. Therefore, many different lights can be mapped to the same point in the three-color space, and a set of lights mapped to the same point in the three-color space is called a color-changing pair. The projection from the spectral domain of light to the three color domains of color appearance is a linear mapping, therefore, light addition and scalar multiplication are retained. This property implies the geometric shape of the trichromatic values. For example, if a composite light is formed from a non-negative additive mixture of a collection of lights (i.e., a convex linear combination), then the trichromatic values of the composite light must be contained within a convex polyhedron whose angles are the three components of the light. Color value. Referring again to Figure 3, the origin of the axis 307 corresponds to the appearance of black (ie, the absence of light and zero neural excitation). A spectral locus is a set of trichromatic values that form a profile 309 corresponding to the color appearance of the set of monochromatic light (ie, ideal light having energy of only a single wavelength). Since any light can be considered as a convex linear combination of the set of monochromatic lights, the trichromatic values are always contained within a generalized cone whose vertex is the origin 307 and whose boundaries are defined by the spectral locus 309. For subsequent analysis of optical filters, and as briefly discussed above, the three-color representation can be usefully divided into a one-dimensional component of luminosity and a two-dimensional component of chromaticity. These transformations are also linear mappings. The luminosity response is a line in the three-color space consistent with the origin and the three-color values of the illuminant E. The perceived luminosity of a light can be calculated by projecting the tristimulus values onto the luminosity response line 303 and then measuring the vector norm of the projection 305 . The luminosity line (which is also outlined by spectral locus 309 in this diagram) is also orthogonal (perpendicular) to one of the planes of equivalent illuminant tristimulus values, and can be calculated by projecting the tristimulus values onto this plane 304 One light perceives chromaticity. The chromaticity projection can then be further transformed by an affine mapping to produce a chromaticity coordinate (which is a two-dimensional value in a space), where the distance between the chromaticity coordinates is the distance between the equivalent illuminant lights. The perceived differences are approximately proportional, which is known as one of the Unicolor Color Systems (UCS), such as the CIE 1974 UCS. In the first-order colorimetric system, it can be observed that the distance from white light (such as illuminant E) to the spectral locus changes with wavelength. Specifically, yellow monochromatic light (e.g., having a spectral radiant flux at a single wavelength (nominally 585 nanometers)) and cyan monochromatic light (e.g., having a characteristic wavelength of about 490 nanometers) Monochromatic light) appears to be subjectively more similar to white light and correspondingly closer to white light on the UCS diagram than blue monochromatic light, green monochromatic light, or red monochromatic light. Therefore, filters that substantially block yellow and/or cyan wavelengths can improve the apparent purity of color, and a typical form of such filters includes at least three passbands and at least two stopbands. Spectral transmittance of multi-band filter f as a function of wavelength λIt can be approximately expressed by the following expression:; Among them, in the above expression,for the passband andTo adjust the weighting coefficient of the passband,is the minimum transmittance of the filter, and n is the number of passbands equal to or greater than 3. The above expression can be tabulated by sampling uniformly on a wavelength scale (e.g. using steps of 1 nanometer) or another substantially equivalent scale (e.g. frequency or log wavenumber) where the wavelength λ is Specification of transmittance (f, d) of the filter as a function. Sampling can also be defined at any scale with uneven spacing between sample points. In some variations, the filter passband (d) is essentially rectangular, that is, the change in transmittance as a function of wavelength at the band boundaries is instantaneous or nearly instantaneous. The width of a rectangular passband is characterized by the distance between the short wavelength boundary and the long wavelength boundary. Rectangular bandwidth can be measured equivalently on a frequency scale. The spectral transmittance of a rectangular passband can be defined by the following expression:; inis the central wavelength,is the rectangular bandwidth, and H is the Heaviside step function. In some variations, the filter passband is Gaussian in nature, that is, the change in transmittance as a function of wavelength at the band boundaries is gradual or essentially smooth. The width of a Gaussian band is characterized by the distance between the half-peak transmittance on the short-wavelength side and the half-peak transmittance on the long-wavelength boundary (also known as the full width at half maximum (FWHM)). The half-peak bandwidth can be measured equivalently on a frequency scale. The spectral transmittance of a Gaussian band can be defined by the following expression:; inis the center wavelength, and the half-peak bandwidth is:. In some variations, one or more of the passbands may have an irregular shape (ie, non-rectangular and non-Gaussian). For example, the passband may have a bimodal distribution, or may have a shoulder on one or more sides of the passband, or may be described as a skewed distribution, where in transmittance as a function of wavelength, the passband The slope ratio between the two sides is between about 4:1 and about 1:4. In a variation on non-Gaussian bands, these passbands can be smoothed with a Gaussian kernel that is wide enough to essentially eliminate irregularities and/or sharp transitions, in which case the passband can be described as ( Essentially) has a band center and half-peak width corresponding to a smooth passband. A general method for evaluating filter performance is to determine which of the possible filter configurations is better for a particular application involving color vision. This classification method can be performed by measuring the relative gamut area between two filters relative to a set of reference colors. As used herein, a gamut area is the area within a contour defined by the coordinates of a set of reference colors in a chromaticity diagram. The positions of the reference colors in the chromaticity diagram are filter dependent, and therefore the color gamut area is also filter dependent. A flow chart of a procedure for calculating the relative gamut area is presented in Figure 4. In the method depicted in Figure 4, relative gamut areas are defined relative to a test filter 401, a reference filter 405, an illuminant 402, an observer 404 and a set of reference colors 403. The test filter and the reference filter preferably have the same white point, ie the tristimulus values of the filtered illuminant are the same for both filters. This restriction does not require the adoption of a colorimetric adaptation model (such as the von Kries model) that can bias the results. The method may benefit from an appropriate selection of one of the set of reference colors, as described later in this disclosure with reference to Figures 6A and 6B. Additionally, the reference filter is preferably selected to have a broadband spectral transmittance such that the reference filter provides minimal or no distortion of color appearance. For any given test filter, the test filters can be compared, for example, by spectral reflectance sets in terms of Munsell colors and then the Munsell color that best fits the reference filter (e.g., has a Select the color of the illuminant that most closely resembles the white point) to find a suitable reference filter, where the reflectance of the selected Munsell color is defined as the transmittance of the reference filter. The color gamut area of the test filter is calculated in operation 406, and the color gamut area of the reference filter is calculated in operation 407. For example, a ratio 410 is used to compare the resulting gamut areas 408 and 409 to obtain a relative gamut area 411. A relative gamut area of 1.0 implies that the test filter provides no distortion of color appearance, and the test filter Said to provide normal color discrimination. A relative gamut area greater than 1.0 implies that the test filter increases the perceived difference between the reference colors. Generally speaking, these differences increase more between red and green, so the test filter is said to provide enhanced red-green discrimination. A relative gamut area less than 1.0 implies that the test filter reduces the perceived difference between the reference colors. Generally speaking, this effect is associated with an increase in the difference between blue and yellow. Therefore, the test filter is said to provide enhanced blue-yellow discrimination. It should be understood that relative gamut area measurements based on analysis of chromaticity coordinates of reference colors are independent of the perceived luminosity of those reference colors, e.g., an increase in apparent difference between color stimuli is not based on a color presentation The fact that one color is a rare dark color and another color appears as a rare bright color. Alternatively, such increases or decreases can be expressed as a percentage of gamut area increase (PGAI), which is defined by the following expression:,and,and; inis calculated relative to the gamut area of the test filter f, reference color S, illuminant I and observer O (as described below in conjunction with Figure 5), andis relative to the reference filterand color gamut area under similar conditions. To evaluate filters in the context of this invention, one or the other of two methods for calculating the percent increase in gamut area is used. In one method, the illuminant I is defined as the illuminant D65, the observer O is defined as the CIE 1931 2-degree standard observer combined with the CIELUV (u', v') color difference system, and the reference color S is specified For any color of the Farnsworth D-15 panel, the percentage increase in color gamut area is given by the following expression:. In another approach, the reference color is given by a selected natural sample (as described in conjunction with Figure 6B), and the percentage increase in gamut area is given by the following expression:. In the above two expressions, the gamut area is calculated relative to the given conditions. The calculation of the color gamut area in operations 406 and 407 of FIG. 4 may be performed, for example, as detailed in the program flow chart of FIG. 5 . With respect to a specific illuminant 502, a filter 503 and a set of reference colors 501, an optical interaction 505 occurs for each reference color. As explained above with respect to operation 102 of FIG. 1 , the optical interaction may be, for example, that the reference color reflects filtered light from the illuminant; or that the filter filters light from the illuminant that has been reflected by the reference color. Light. These optical interactions result in a set of colored and filtered light received by an observer 507 (i.e., observer model) and converted by visual light transduction 506 into a set of trichromatic values, as described above, for example with respect to FIG. 1 operation 115 explained. The set of tristimulus values is further transformed by a color appearance model 508 and restored to a set of chromaticity coordinates 509 . For these coordinates, which are points on a two-dimensional chromaticity diagram, a grid can be formed using, for example, Delaunay triangulation algorithm 510 . The resulting grid can be converted into an area by summing the areas of each triangle in the grid, and the final result of the calculation is the color gamut area 512. The calculation of the color gamut area benefits from the fit specification of the reference color set, which in turn depends at least in part on the intended use of the filter. The reference color should contain at least three elements whose chromaticity coordinates form a triangle surrounding the white point (i.e., the chromaticity coordinates of the illuminant). Preferably, the reference color sets include a sufficient number (e.g., at least 5) and include a sufficient diversity of spectral reflectances such that the color gamut area calculation is stable with respect to changes in the transmittance of the filter, which decreases to a Risk of over-specialization in filter design. In some cases, it may be preferable to smooth the spectral transmittance of the reference color to achieve the desired stability. For example, a set of Munsell colors can be selected for gamut area calculations such that their equal chromaticity coordinates approximately form a circle of medium saturation around the white point. The spectral reflectance of these Munsell colors is broadband and varies with respect to hue in a controlled manner. This is evident in the graph of Figure 6A, which shows Munsell 5B 5/4 at 601, Munsell 5G 5/4 at 602, Munsell 5Y 5/4 at 603, Munsell 5R 5/4 at 604, and 605 Munsell 5P 5/4 is a selection of Munsell colors. In a further variation, it may be preferable to select a set of Munsell colors with high saturation. Alternatively or additionally, some or all of the reference colors may be taken from Farnsworth D-15 (which is also referred to herein as D-15). D-15 includes a set of 15 Munsell reference colors that form a medium-saturated outline around a white point. A filter that provides an increase in gamut area relative to those D-15 colors will also tend to provide an increased score based on the D-15 cover configuration test when an observer performs the test and views the sample through the filter. Alternatively or additionally, some or all of the reference colors may be sampled directly from the environment in which the filter will be used. In particular, several of the embodiments shown subsequently can be usefully incorporated into sunglasses, and since sunglasses are typically worn outdoors in sunlight, by measuring the spectral reflectance of naturally colored objects such as leaves and flowers. Find reference colors quickly and optimally. The graph in Figure 6B shows the spectral reflectance of these natural objects, which includes the spectral reflectance of blue flowers 606, the spectral reflectance of green leaves 607, the spectral reflectance of yellow flowers 608, the spectral reflectance of red flowers 609 and the spectral reflectance of purple flowers. Rate 610. These natural colors were taken from "Spectral representation of color images" by Parkkinen, J., Jaaskelainen, T. and Kuittinen, M. (IEEE 9th International Conference on Pattern Recognition, Rome, Italy, November 14-17, 1988 , Volume 2, pages 933 to 935), one of the database of 218 measured samples published. It can be easily observed from the graphs of Figure 6A and Figure 6B that colors in nature have a more diverse distribution than Munsell colors, and further contain certain distinctive features: for example, the green color 607 in nature depends on the wavelength of about 540 nanometers. The spectral reflectance of chlorophyll has a characteristic peak at about 525 nanometers, whereas colors described as green, relative to Munsell colors (which are artificial pigments), generally have a peak reflectance at about 525 nanometers. As shown in the diagrams of Figures 7A-7C and 8A-8C, the calculation of relative gamut area (as described above) and the chromaticity profile of multi-band filters on color appearance can be conveniently visualized effect. In Figure 7C, the spectral transmittance of a reference filter is shown at 711, which is also a Munsell color selected to best match the white point of the test filter shown at 712. The illuminant is designated illuminant D65 and its spectral radiant flux 710 is graphed in Figure 7B. In Figure 7A, a chromaticity diagram is used to plot the chromaticity coordinates of selected Munsell colors as viewed with a given illuminant and different filters. In the chromaticity diagram, the enclosed solid line 709 is the spectral locus corresponding to the chromaticity coordinates of the monochromatic spectral light, and the line segment 708 is called the purple light connecting line. The white point of the filter is essentially the same and is shown at point 706. The chromaticity coordinates of selected Munsell colors (as viewed through reference filter 711) are shown along the open circles of dashed outlines 701 and 705. The solid circles along solid outlines 702 and 703 show the chromaticity coordinates of selected Munsell colors (as viewed through test filter 712). The inner contour corresponds to a medium saturated selected Munsell color, and the outer contour corresponds to a highly saturated selected Munsell color. By examining the contours, it will be understood that the chromaticity coordinates of the colors (as viewed through the test filter) cover a large area of the chromaticity diagram, and in particular, the chromaticity coordinates appear along There is a clear increase in the separation of the chromaticity coordinates on the red to green axis (green appears primarily near the "front" of the upper left corner of the trajectory (roughly at (0, 0.5)) and red appears essentially at the upper right corner of the trajectory (0.5, 0.5)). Therefore, a test filter (which has a relative gamut area greater than 1.0 compared to the reference filter) can be described as enhancing red-green discrimination. In the example of Figure 7A, the reference colors for the inner contour starting at point 704 and traveling clockwise are: Munsell 10B 5/4, Munsell 10BG 5/4, Munsell 10G 5/4, Munsell 10GY 5/4, Munsell 10Y 5/4, Munsell 10YR 5/4, Munsell 10R 5/4, Munsell 10RP 5/4, Munsell 10P 5/4, Munsell 10P 5/4 and Munsell 10PB 5/4. The reference colors for the outline starting at point 707 and traveling clockwise are: Munsell 7.5B 5/10, Munsell 10BG 5/8, Munsell 2.5BG 6/10, Munsell 2.5G 6/10, Munsell 7.5GP 7/10 , Munsell 7.5GY 7/10, Munsell 2.5GY 8/10, Munsell 5Y 8.5/12, Munsell 10YR 7/12, Munsell 5YR 6/12, Munsell 10R 6/12, Munsell 2.5R 4/10, Munsell 7.5RP 4 /12, Munsell 2.5RP 4/10, Munsell 7.5P 4/10, Munsell 10PB 4/10 and Munsell 5PB 4/10. Continuing with the visualization of color gamut area, the graphs in Figures 8A through 8C show the effects of the same test filter and reference filter relative to natural colors. In Figure 8C, the spectral transmittance of the reference filter is shown at 810, and the spectral transmittance of the test filter is shown at 811. The spectral radiant flux 809 of the illuminant is shown in Figure 8B. In Figure 8A, the white point of the filter is shown at 804. The dashed outlines 807 and 808 correspond to the chromaticity coordinates of the selected natural color (as viewed through the reference filter), and the solid outlines 802 and 803 correspond to the chromaticity coordinates of the same natural color (as viewed through the test filter). viewed). The inner contour corresponds to the appearance of five natural colors, and the spectral reflectances of the five natural colors are also presented in counterclockwise order starting from point 807 at 606, 607, 608, 609 and 610 in the graph of Figure 6B. The outer contour corresponds to the appearance of the most saturated example of natural color available in the previously referenced database. While natural color may be a better choice for analyzing the effectiveness of a filter in an outdoor context (for example, for incorporation into sunglasses), Munsell color provides a visualization that is easier to interpret, so , the remaining figures in this invention use Munsell color for this purpose. To date, examples of multi-band filters for enhancing color appearance, such as those in Figures 7C and 8C, have structures with three rectangular passbands and two stopbands. This filter can be uniquely specified by enumerating the start and end wavelengths of each band giving 6 degrees of freedom. Thus, a computer can be used to: fully enumerate the entire set of possible filters; then rank the performance of each such filter using the associated gamut area metric as described above; and then select the best filter for a desired effect. Optimal filters (such as for enhancing red-green discrimination, or enhancing blue-yellow discrimination, or maintaining normal color discrimination). Increasing the number of degrees of freedom that characterizes a filter can expand the search to a larger set, for example by allowing the transmittance to vary within a frequency band or increasing the number of possible frequency bands. Along these lines, a computer-implemented method for designing optical filters that affect color vision in a desired manner is listed below. Assume that the desired filter includes a pre-filter and a multi-band interference filter in the optical assembly. First, specify the following: the transmittance of the prefilter over the entire visible spectrum; the desired white point of one of the optical filters; the desired minimum total light transmission of one of the optical filters; an illuminant; plural a reference color; and an initial test multi-band interference filter including a plurality of contiguous stop wavelength bands and pass wavelength bands covering the visible spectrum. Then, one or more new experimental multi-band interference filters are generated by changing the stop wavelength band stops and the boundaries of the pass wavelength bands, the transmittance, or the boundaries and transmittance of the initial test multi-band interference filter. device. Next, the white point and total light transmission of the optical filter were determined for each combination of the prefilter and one of the new experimental multi-band interference filters. Next, the effect of the optical filter on color vision was evaluated for each combination of the pre-filter and one of the new experimental multi-band filters using specified illuminants and reference colors. Next, one of the new experimental multi-band interference filters (for the new experimental multi-band interference filter, the optical filter meets the specified white point and the specified minimum total light transmission and affects color vision in the desired manner) Selected to be the multi-band interference filter in the optical filter. In this approach, the prefilter can have a transmission of approximately 100% across the entire visible spectrum. That is, a pre-filter is selected. The initial test interference filter may include, for example, five or more stopbands and passbands in total. Generating a new test interference filter may include, for example, changing the number of passbands, the number of stopbands, or the number of passbands and the number of stopbands in the initial test interference filter. Additionally or alternatively, generating new experimental interference filters may include varying the shape of one or more of the stopband or passband. Assessing the effect on color vision may include any of the assessment methods disclosed in this specification. Methods also include: specifying a color constraint that constrains the appearance of a reference color, such as viewed or illuminated through an optical filter; and evaluating each combination of a pre-filter and one of the new experimental multi-band filters against that reference The effect of color appearance on color; and the selection of one of the new experimental multi-band interference filters for which the optical filter satisfies specified color constraints for use in optical filters as Multiband interference filters. Any of the color constraints disclosed in this specification can be used with this method. As one possible drawback of the above approach, the optimal filter for achieving the desired effect may in some cases not be a member of the filter set under investigation. Furthermore, the above strategy becomes unwieldy due to the doubling of the number of possible filters to be evaluated and the additional free variables. Another related approach is to use a quasi-Newton adaptation method to search among a subset of possible filters and move incrementally toward the desired filter in an evaluated optimal direction. However, in some cases the solution found by this type of method may only be a local optimum. One further difficulty with these methods involving direct enumeration and local search is that it is difficult or impossible to impose constraints on the filter, such as, for example, specifications of the filter white point relative to a selected illuminant. Instead, each test filter typically must be evaluated to determine whether it meets these constraints. To constrain the white point, a filter can be represented as a linear combination of color change pairs of the white point, for example as a weighted combination within a trichromatic color change pair set (i.e., essentially including three different wavelengths of light) , however, this requires a representation with one of thousands of degrees of freedom because the number of such color change pairs is large and quasi-Newton search methods are generally too slow when the search space has so many dimensions. Furthermore, this approach cannot easily implement specifications beyond the additional constraints of the filter's white point. One approach to computationally efficient filter design that implements the specifications of multiple constraint criteria (described in detail below) is to employ a linear programming approach. This approach can have various advantages: a linear program solver uses a sequence of incremental steps to quickly locate the optimal solution, whereas the solution of a linear program is unique and globally optimal (relative to the input). Additionally, the solution can be constrained to meet useful criteria related to the chromaticity and luminescence aspects of color appearance. Commercially available linear program solvers can quickly determine whether a given set of constraints has no solution (i.e., is infeasible), and these solvers can also quickly determine linear programs with thousands of free variables and hundreds of constraints. the best solution. Linear stylization can be used when a problem that can be expressed as a linear system is subject to linear constraints and a linear cost function. Next, details related to how to conceive the design criteria of a filter that affects color vision and how to convert the design criteria into a linear program are elaborated. The filter generation method disclosed below incorporates a linear program solver (abbreviated as LP), which can generally be described as being used to determine the optimal solution for a resource allocation problem subject to linear constraints with respect to a linear cost function. One of the solutions. When applied to the problem of designing filters for color vision, the resources to be allocated can be understood as the transmittance of the filter as a function of wavelength, the linear constraints are derived from the usage requirements of the filter, and the linear cost function Essentially a mechanism that guides a linear program solver toward one of the better solutions within a range of feasible solutions. The method of filter generation by linear programming can be practiced by using a computer to solve a linear program given by the following expression: Minimize cT x, is subject to the constraint Ax≤b, and Subject to the constraint of 1≥x≥0; Among them, in this method, the linear equation of the vector x is solved, and the transmittance of the filter as a function of wavelengthCalculated by the following expression: like,and If p, then,and; Among them, in this method, f is the designed optical filter,is the transmittance of f as a function of wavelength λ. E is one of the basic optical filter matrices, such that the matrix ei The behavior is the transmittance of light as a function of the wavelength of each basic filter, and the number of basic filters is N. definitionThe expression is a weighted summation of one of the basic filters, where the weighting coefficient is the corresponding element xi . The weighted sum is equal to the matrix-vector product q=Ex between the basic filter matrix E and the linear program solution vector q. also,The combined series of two optical filters is represented by the multiplication of the first filter q and the second filter p as a function of wavelength, whereis the transmittance of p as a function of wavelength λ, and p is generally referred to as a "pre-filter" in the present invention, but the filters can be composed in any order. The linear program constraint 1≥x≥0 is equivalent to the constraint 1≥xi ≥0, where i ranges from 1 to N. Furthermore, c in the above expression is a cost vector that guides the linear program solver towards a solution that provides a filter f that affects color vision in the desired manner. by cT x calculates the total cost associated with the solution, cT x represents the vector inner product between the transpose of c and x. A solution that provides a lower total cost x is generally better relative to the required functionality, but other measures of quality can also be used to determine the appropriateness of a particular solution. A in the above expression is a matrix, and b in the above expression is a vector. Ax is the matrix product between matrix A and vector x. At least some of the elements of matrix A and at least some of the elements of vector b are related to: the minimum or maximum transmission level of filter f at one or more wavelengths of light; to one of the white points of the filter Constraints; or constraints on the color appearance of one or more reference lights, as viewed or illuminated through a filter; and/or such transmission constraints of the filter f at one or more angles of incidence. The above expression as a function of wavelength λ can be tabulated by sampling uniformly on one wavelength scale (e.g., using steps of 1 nanometer) or another substantially equivalent scale (e.g., frequency or log wavenumber). The transmittance of the filter (ei , p, f) specifications. Sampling can also be defined at any scale with uneven spacing between sample points. The basic filter may be, for example, a single passband filter with a passband width of about 1 nanometer, and each filter has a different passband center wavelength. These filters may also be called monochromatic filters and are defined as having the following spectral transmittance:; inis the Dirac Δ function, andIs the wavelength transmitted by the filter, which typically varies between 400 nanometers and 700 nanometers for the entire basic filter set. In this case, the basic filter matrix E is essentially a 301×301 unit matrix. Alternatively, the base filters may be single passband filters each having a width greater than about 1 nanometer, with each base filter having a different passband center wavelength. In some of these variations, the passband can be rectangular (also called a square pulse function) and the spectral transmittance of a basic filter is defined as follows:; inis the central wavelength,is the rectangular bandwidth, and H is the Heaviside step function. A typical choice for a rectangular bandwidth is about 10 nm, in which case the number of basic filters can also be reduced so that there is a 5 nm spacing between adjacent filters. In some variations, the passband may have a Gaussian or one that is Gaussian in nature spectral transmittance, such as defined by:; inis the center wavelength, and the half-peak bandwidth is:. In other variations, the basic filter may be a multi-band filter having two or more passbands, and each basic filter has a center wavelength and/or frequency of the two or more passbands. A wide range of different combinations, in which case the number of basic filters can be larger (eg thousands of combinations). A multi-passband basic filter may be configured, for example, by adjusting the bandwidth and/or band transmittance levels into color-changing pairs relative to illuminant 904 and reference filter 912 (FIG. 9). Any suitable set of basic filters may be used in the filter design method, where a suitable basic filter must have at least one physically achievable transmittance spectrum (e.g., have a transmittance value between 0 and 1), A calculation of the costs associated with the filter must further be implemented, which is described below in connection with the discussion of Figures 12A and 12B. Preferably, the basic filter has compact support (i.e., transmittance is 0 outside a finite interval), so that numerical calculation methods of sparse linear algebra can be applied, including interior point methods for solving a linear equation . It should be observed that f as defined in the above expression includes a weighted summation of basic filters, where the basic filters are generally single passband or multi-passband filters (for example, including as previously described one or more rectangular or Gaussian bands), it can be inferred that the designed filter f can be understood as a multi-band filter, however, the number of passbands is very large in nature (e.g., at least 60) and constitutes The passbands can partially overlap. Therefore, the range of possible filters f that can be designed by the method includes multi-band filters with three or four frequency bands as well as multi-band filters with more complex transmittance curves. However, in practice, as will be shown in the figure, the most useful filter designs usually have three or four characteristics that can be essentially described as frequency bands, but the essential shape of these frequency bands can in some cases be irregular, i.e. Non-rectangular and non-Gaussian. For example, one or more passbands may be described as having a bimodal distribution, or may have a shoulder on one or more sides of the passband, or may be described as a skewed distribution, where the wavelength is In the transmittance function, the slope ratio between the two sides of the passband is between about 4:1 and about 1:4. In a variation on non-Gaussian bands, such passbands may be smoothed with, for example, a Gaussian kernel that is only wide enough to essentially eliminate irregularities and/or sharp transitions, in which case the passbands may be described It is essentially a frequency band center and half-peak width corresponding to a smooth passband. Figure 9 contains a process flow diagram describing a procedure for generating an optical filter (according to a specification of a design criterion). Computer-implemented filter generator operations described in greater detail below are presented in block 903. Design criteria input into the operation of the filter generator (also described in more detail below) may include, for example, cost vector 901 (vector c in the linear program expression provided above), spectral transmittance constraints 902, color appearance constraints 915. Filter white point constraint 908, illuminant 904, reference filter 912, observer 918, basic filter 913 (matrix E in the expression provided above), select pre-filter (above) p in the expression provided in the article, it can be set to be effectively skipped) 919 , the smoothing kernel 920 is selected, and the bias coefficient 923 is selected. Still referring to Figure 9, the basic filter and various other design criteria are input to a three-color constraint calculation operation 910 (described in further detail below with respect to Figure 11), which produces a constraint projection bound 906 (linear program expression The vector b) in and the constrained projection norm 909 (matrix A in the linear program expression). Next, a linear program 907 is formulated from the constrained projection bound 906, the constrained projection norm 909, and the cost vector 901 (as described by the linear program expression provided above). Next, the linear program is solved by a linear program solver 905 , which provides a solution to the linear program as a solution vector 911 . Solution vector 911 is the optimal vector x in the linear program expression provided above. The elements of solution vector 911 are coefficients xi , which gives the corresponding basic filter ei (These are the rows of matrix E representing the basic filter set 913) provide the weighting factors. Next, operation 914 performs a summation of the basic filters weighted by corresponding elements of solution vector 911 to provide a first filter, the first filterThen smoothed at 916 (optionally), then biased at 922 (optionally) and combined with a second filter (pre-filter)919 combination to produce designed filter specifications921. This can be achieved, for example, by combining an absorptive prefilterwith an interference filterAnd manufacturing composite designed filters921 , wherein the interference filter component is specified by the output of operation 914 and/or operation 916 . The pre-filter may be transparent in nature (i.e.,uniform or nearly uniform), or may have a neutral density (i.e.,is constant or nearly constant), or may have a broadband transmittance (i.e.,varies smoothly and slowly with wavelength), or may have narrow-band or multi-band transmittance. Methodological considerationsThese properties of p in the specification enable the resulting filter f to meet the input design criteria. Preferred pre-filters are described in detail in conjunction with Figures 24A, 24B, 28A and 28Bchoice. In particular, the use of pre-filters with narrow-band absorbance may be preferable for some applications and is demonstrated and described in detail in connection with Figures 20A and 20B. Simultaneous methods for designing and fabricating interference filters (such as using non-quarter-wavelength optical monitoring) can produce filters with virtually any spectral transmittance curve. However, the number of layers of dielectric material required to implement a particular filter specification varies. Any desired limit on the total number of layers of dielectric material requires, for example, that the spectral transmittance curve has a finite complexity. For example, the slope of transmittance as a function of wavelength must be continuous and bounded. To improve manufacturability, a smoothing operation 916 may be performed on the filter specifications provided by the weighted sum operation 914 . For example, a smoothing kernel 920 may be applied by frequency domain convolution in 916 to the optimal filter provided at operation 914 . The smoothing core may, for example, be a Gaussian core with half the peak width, which is 2% of the central wavelength. In a further example, the smooth core can be a Gaussian core with half the peak width, which is about 10% of the center wavelength, such that the filter can be implemented with a low order dielectric stack (eg, less than about 50 material layers) Specifications. Alternatively or additionally, the basic filter can be smoothed (eg by being sized as a Gaussian filter rather than a rectangular filter). The smoothed filter type output from smoothing operation 916 may then be used as a specification for fabricating a (eg, interference) filter. In general, the amount of smoothing can be adjusted to improve manufacturability subject to the requirement that the desired function of the filter (eg, its effect on color vision) is not significantly degraded by smoothing. For example, the width of the smoothing core can be chosen to be the widest core such that the peak transmission within the passband of the filter is not significantly reduced. Although smoothing is optional, all filter embodiments described herein (as designed by the linear programming approach described above) employ a smooth core having a half-maximum width between about 10 nanometers and about 25 nanometers. Specifically, to improve filter performance, a bias factor 923 can be used to bias the filter specifications toward longer wavelengths ( 922). The selection of bias coefficients is described in further detail in conjunction with FIGS. 29A-29B and 30A-30B. Returning now to the various inputs to filter generator operation 903 (Fig. 9), a cost vector 901 (c in the linear stylized expression above) must be specified so that a cost can be associated with each basic filter. For example, if the basic filters are each single-passband filters, then a functionSpecify a cost as a function of wavelength and the cost of each basic filter is calculated by the following expression:. Alternatively, if the basic filter is a three-passband filter (where each basic filter has three or more passbands), the cost function 901 may be, for example, one of the relative gamut areas of the basic filter. A function, such as the cost associated with a basic filter, can be defined as follows:; inis the color gamut area provided by the basic filter, andIs the color gamut area provided by a best-fit reference filter. The cost vector 901 may be specified at the beginning of the filter design process and not further changed during the design of the filter. Alternatively, the cost vector 901 may be varied during a design process in an iterative design process, such as, for example, the process described in greater detail below with respect to FIG. 12 . The specification of a cost vector provides a way for the filter generation method to guide the linear program solver toward a better filter design because the linear program solver will avoid basic filters that have a relatively high cost. Incorporation (i.e., positive weighting) of optical devices (if none must satisfy one or more constraints). The optimal filter design can vary depending on the intended application of the filter, and therefore, the specification of the cost function should also vary appropriately. For example, Figure 12A shows two functions of cost as a function of wavelength (eg, for use with a set of single-passband basic filters as previously described), where the cost functions are chosen to maximize filtering. The relative color gamut area of the optical device design leads to the method of designing a filter that enhances red and green discrimination. To design a filter that enhances blue-yellow discrimination, these cost functions can be inverted, for example, by multiplying by negative 1. Cost function 1201 is configured to maximize the relative gamut area relative to the selected Munsell color, as shown at 601, 602, 603, 604, and 605 in Figure 6A. Cost function 1202 is configured to maximize relative gamut area relative to selected natural colors, as shown at 606, 607, 608, 609, and 610 in Figure 6B. Other than the same design criteria, the cost function for Munsell colors leads to filter 1204 (Figure 12B) and the cost function for natural colors leads to filter 1203 (see also Figure 12B). It should be noted that the passband in the natural filter 1203 is red-shifted by about 10 nanometers compared to the Munsell color filter 1204, and a similar preference for longer wavelengths is also found in the short wavelength passband. These details are not insignificant. For example, natural filters 1203 result in less green hue distortion. The spectral reflectance of green mainly depends on the chlorophyll content in the plant, and leaf green has a significantly longer lifespan than artificial green pigments. The reflectance peak wavelength is consistent with the analysis of the two different sets of reference colors as previously discussed in connection with Figures 6A and 6B. Referring again to Figure 9, observer 918 is typically a standard observer with normal vision. If the filter design is intended to correct for one of the most extreme defects, a specific defect observer may be selected. Illumination 904 is selected based on the intended use of the filter and the environment, and may be, for example, any suitable illuminant disclosed herein. Reference filter 912 is selected to set the intended white point of the designed filter, where the white point is the chromaticity coordinate of the selected illuminant as viewed through the reference filter, and the designed filter will be Characterized by the same white spot. Reference filters have also been used in a relative gamut area calculation (as described above) to compare the designed filter to a reference filter, such as described below with respect to FIG. 13 . The remaining design criteria inputs shown in Figure 9 are spectral transmittance constraints 902, filter white point constraints 908, and color appearance constraints 915. Each color appearance constraint includes: a reference light (defined by its spectral radiant flux); a luminosity constraint that requires the resulting filter to specify the luminosity of the reference light as viewed through the filter at a bounded interval within; and a selection of chromaticity constraints such that the resulting filter must specify that the chromaticity coordinates of the reference light as viewed through the filter are contained within the convex hull of the bounding chromaticity coordinates. The previously mentioned viewing conditions are also specified with respect to the observer 918 and the pre-filter 919. Additionally, the spectral transmittance constraint 902 and the filter white point constraint 908 are special cases of the color appearance constraint 915 as indicated by the dashed flow arrow. A spectral transmittance constraint can be expressed as a color appearance constraint, where the reference light is a monochromatic light with a specific wavelength, and the luminosity of the monochromatic light is bounded within a certain luminosity interval (it should be noted that a The chromaticity of monochromatic light cannot be changed by any filter). Some spectral transmittance constraints are required; for example, the transmittance must be bounded between 0.0% and 100.0% at each visible wavelength to create a passive optical filter. The filter's white point constraint includes a reference light (which is the selected illuminant) and further provides a luminance equation constraint and a chromaticity boundary. In general, the chromaticity boundary can be of essentially infinitesimal size, allowing the white point to be precisely set. Alternatively, the chromaticity boundary may have a wider boundary, which for example contains an approximately circular area centered on the white point of the reference filter. For color vision needs, the filter white point is typically set or otherwise constrained to be within a central region of the chromaticity diagram corresponding to colors that are not considered to be strong colors. For the design of filters to be used in sunglasses, the illuminant preferably represents daylight (eg, illuminant D65) and has a luminosity bounded by the illuminant between about 8% and about 40%. As mentioned above, a color appearance constraint is specified as a boundary based on chromaticity coordinates and a bounding interval based on the luminosity of a reference light's color appearance. These data can be geometrically understood as a constrained polyhedron in a three-color model, as shown in the diagrams of Figures 10A and 10B. More specifically, a filter that provides a color appearance that satisfies the constraint is configured such that the tristimulus values of the reference light as viewed through the filter are contained in an essentially conical convex polyhedron ( 1001, 1002), wherein the chromaticity boundary forms a closed outline of a wall-like surface (eg, 1005), and the luminosity limit interval defines two cap-like surfaces including a lower luminosity limit 1007 and an upper luminosity limit 1006. The cap-like surfaces are parallel to the isoluminous plane 1004 and are each contained in a plane shifted from the origin by a corresponding upper luminosity limit and a lower luminosity limit, respectively. Each of these wall-like surfaces is contained in a plane intersecting the origin. The chromaticity boundary is specified by the convex hull of a set of chromaticity coordinates that define the walls of the cone 1005 when converted into trichromatic values. Example tristimulus 1003 satisfies this chromaticity boundary if and only if the vector norm of the projection of the trichromatic value onto the inwardly pointing surface normal vector (not shown) of all walls is non-negative. In addition, if and only if the vector norms of the projections of the trichromatic values onto the inward-pointing surface normal vectors (not shown in the figure) of the upper cover and the lower cover are respectively greater/less than the lower luminosity limit and the upper luminosity limit, Then the example tristimulus value 1003 satisfies the luminosity limit. These surface normal vectors are vectors in three-color space that, by definition, are perpendicular to the plane containing a surface. If the lower limit of luminosity is zero, then the cone reaches one of its vertices at the origin. If the luminosity has no upper limit, then the cone extends infinitely in the same direction as the luminosity response line. The geometry of this generalized cone allows a color appearance constraint to be transformed into a system of linear constraints, as described in additional detail below. Referring again to Figure 9, the color appearance constraint 915 is converted into a set of linear constraints through the calculation at 910. The operation at 910 is iterated with respect to each color appearance constraint 915 and each basic filter 913 to result in a linear constraint projection bound 906. Vector and matrix constraining projection norm 909. The process flow chart of FIG. 11 further details the conversion of a color appearance constraint into a linear constraint of a system, where the three-color constraint calculation 1102 corresponds to operation 910 in FIG. 9 . Herein, a color appearance constraint 1101 may be specified as a reference light 1105, a chromaticity boundary 1106, and a luminance bounding interval 1104. These bounds can be converted into a generalized polyhedral pyramid in the three-color space of the observer 1103 (operation 1109), as explained in conjunction with the description of Figures 10A and 10B. From the resulting geometry, operation 1109 provides: a matrix 1112 of vectors normal (perpendicular) to the surface of the polyhedron and pointing inward from the surface of the polyhedron; and offsets from the origin of planes containing a surface 1113 Shift a vector that is zero for wall surfaces and equal to the upper and lower luminosity limits for cap surfaces as described previously. Next, the interaction between the bounding geometry of the color constraint and each elementary filter 1107 is determined as follows. Calculate the transmittance 1108 of the reference light 1105 through the basic filter 1107, then calculate the transmittance 1111 through the pre-filter 1210, then calculate the retinal photopigment absorbance 1115 of the filtered light received by the observer 1114 ( that is, visual light transduction), resulting in trichromatic values 1117 corresponding to the reference light as viewed through the base filter and the pre-filter. Next, a matrix-vector product 1116 is used to project the trichromatic values 1117 onto the surface normal vectors (in matrix 1112) of the constrained polyhedron, resulting in a set of vector lengths (range) of trichromatic values for each surface of the constrained polyhedron. ) 1119 and corresponding bounds 1118 that will ensure suppression relative to color appearance constraints. These constrained projection norms are linear properties of the base filter with respect to the constraints. For example, if the trichromatic value projected onto a surface normal vector has length zero, then the base filter is effectively orthogonal to the constraint and any number of filters can be incorporated without violating this particular bound. in the solution. If the constraint projection norm is nonzero, then the magnitude of the norm gives the ratio that causes the designed filter to move toward or away from the constraint boundary as a function of the linear weighting of the basic filter. Referring again to Figure 9, these results are accumulated in the constrained projection norm matrix (A in the above linear program expression) 909 and the constrained projection bound vector (b in the above linear program expression) 906, where the results are now Presents a suitable format that is compatible when incorporated into linear program 907. In some embodiments, a color appearance constraint 1101 (FIG. 11) may also include the angle of incidence of the reference light 1105 relative to the base filter 1107, in which case an appropriate transformation may be applied to correctly calculate 1108 and 1111 The resulting transmission of light in such that the trichromatic values of the reference light as viewed through the basic filter and the pre-filter also take into account that angle of incidence of the reference light. For example, if the filter is to be fabricated as an interference filter, the angle of incidence can be used to displace the basic filter (based on a percentage of wavelength) according to Snell's law. (See, for example, curve 1601 in Figure 16A). Additionally, if the prefilter is of an absorbing type, the calculation can take into account path length differences according to Beer-Lambert's law. Then, the composite filter f can be expressed by the total composition of components q = Ex and p, such that the transmittance of f at an angle of incidence θ radians away from the surface normal vector can be expressed asAnd it is approximately represented by the following expression:; where ei The effective refractive index has a value of n of about 1.85, and for θ between about 0 degrees and about 45 degrees, this approximation is sufficient. Incorporating color appearance constraints at non-zero angles of incidence is particularly useful for providing filter designs with improved color stability under non-ideal viewing conditions. To evaluate the optical filter of the present invention, the white point displacement of an optical filter f relative to the incident angle θ is defined by the following expression:, Among them, in the above expression, (u0 ,v0 ) and (u0 ,v0 ) are the CIELUV (u', v') chromaticity coordinates (relative to the CIE 1931 2-degree standard observer) of an illuminant D65 viewed through a filter at normal incidence and θ degrees deviated from incidence. Instead, the white point displacement is calculated relative to the CIE 1964 10-degree standard observer. Referring now to the process flow diagram of Figure 13, in some embodiments, a filter design process is iterative. This iterative process may begin with an initial specification of filter design criteria 1301 input into the filter generator 1303 of the design program 1302 . Design criteria 1301 may include, for example, some or all of the design inputs shown in FIG. 9 . Additional process-related information 1309 may also be input into the selected manufacturing analysis program 1308 (described further below) also within the design program 1302. This manufacturing information may include, for example: time constraints on the use of manufacturing equipment; manufacturing costs or budgets; and physical constraints on filter structure, such as, for example, on thickness, thickness uniformity, composition, or use in manufacturing a Limitations on the uniformity of the composition of the material layers of the filter. Filter generator 1303 may, for example, be the same or substantially the same as filter generator 903 described above with reference to FIG. 9 . Filter generator 1303 generates a test filter 1305, which may be, for example: an optimal filter type related to transmission as a function of wavelength or frequency (e.g., output by operation 914 in Figure 9); A smooth optimal filter type that relates to transmission as a function of wavelength or frequency (such as output by operation 916 in Figure 9); or a composite filter design that incorporates an optional pre-filter (For example, output by operation 917 in Figure 9). The optical performance of test filter 1305 (FIG. 13) may optionally be analyzed at operation 1307. This performance analysis may include, for example, calculating the relative gamut area 1314 relative to a reference filter 1304, an illuminant 1306, and a set of reference colors 1301 (all of which are optional additional inputs to the design program 1302). The relative gamut area may be calculated, for example, using the procedure described above with reference to FIG. 4 . If the relative gamut area is undesirable (ie, too high or too low), the cost function may be adjusted at operation 1315 and the filter design criteria 1301 updated accordingly before another iteration through the design process 1302 . In embodiments in which the cost function is adjusted as just described, the first iteration of the design process 1302 may utilize, for example, two Gaussian functions, each characterized by a center wavelength, a width, and an amplitude. Sum form of an initial cost function as a function of wavelength. The cost function may further include a monotonic bias incorporated by adding or multiplying with any monotonic function. For example, a monotonic function can be linear. When the design program is iterated and the relative gamut area is calculated in each iteration, the cost function can be adjusted using any suitable conventional maximization method that adjusts the cost function to increase (or, alternatively, decrease) the gamut area. Adjusting the cost function may include, for example: changing parameters characterized by a Gaussian; changing parameters characterized by any monotonic bias present; or changing parameters characterized by a Gaussian and changing parameters characterized by a bias. Any other suitable form of the cost function or parameterization of the cost function may also be used, or any other suitable method for adjusting the cost function may be used. As an alternative to using relative gamut area to assess the performance of a test filter with respect to color discrimination, in some embodiments, the distribution of a reference color in chromaticity space is characterized by calculating one or more standard deviations of the distribution . These standard deviations may be calculated at projection distributions along the red-green and blue-yellow axes of the chromaticity space or along any other suitable choice of directions or axes. Projections onto the deuteranopia confusion line may be better used to evaluate filters to be used by deuteran-weak observers. Projections onto the protanopia confusion line may be better used to evaluate filters to be used by protanopic observers. Projection onto the confusion line for type III color blindness may be better used to evaluate filters to be used by observers with type III color blindness, or may be used to evaluate filters that ensure: along a vertical or nearly vertical axis of red-green discrimination Complementary increases in standard deviation do not negatively affect blue-yellow discrimination. A test filter that increases one or more of these standard deviations compared to a reference filter may be considered to enhance color discrimination along one or more corresponding directions in chromaticity space. A test filter that reduces one or more of these standard deviations compared to a reference filter may be considered to impair color discrimination along one or more corresponding directions in chromaticity space. Similar to what was described above with respect to relative gamut area, in some embodiments, the cost function used in the design process 1302 can be iteratively adjusted to maximize or minimize the chromaticity space as viewed through the test filter. One or more standard deviations from the reference color distribution. Now return to the performance analysis operation 1307 (Fig. 13) in the design process 1302. Operation 1307 may also assess compliance with industry or government regulatory standards (for example, such as the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z80.3-2010 (2010 (Approved on June 7) or ANSI Z87.1-2010 (Approved on April 13, 2010), the full texts of these two standards are incorporated herein by reference). This analysis can be performed, for example, to ensure that the test filter is safe for use by a human observer in the intended application (eg, when operating a motor vehicle). Based on the results of this standards compliance analysis 1313, operation 1316 may conceive of additional or modified color appearance constraints for the filter design criteria 1301 to guide the filter design process 1302 to comply with the standards. In addition to or as an alternative to performance analysis 1307 , test function 1305 may be analyzed for manufacturability at operation 1308 . This operation may produce, for example, an estimated manufacturing cost 1312 and a manufacturing specification 1311 that provides tolerances and/or processing procedures. The estimated manufacturing cost 1312 may be expressed, for example, as a total manufacturing time, a total financial cost, or both. Based on the estimated manufacturing cost 1312 , operation 1317 optionally adjusts color constraints, smoothing (eg, operation 916 in FIG. 9 ) or color constraints and smoothing to direct the filter design process 1302 toward one with a lower estimated manufacturing cost. filter. For example, the width of smooth core 920 (FIG. 9) may be increased, or the constraints on spectral transmittance in certain regions may be appropriately relaxed or tightened. If the constraints added or modified at operations 1316 or 1317 result in infeasible design criteria (i.e., design criteria that cannot solve the linearly formulated problem), a linear program solver (eg, 905 in Figure 9) can detect this situation . Constraints can then be relaxed or revised until feasibility is restored. The entire filter design and analysis process 1302 can be repeated until a satisfactory (eg, optimal) filter design is achieved, at which time the manufacturing specifications 1311 can be adopted and used to fabricate the optical filter. Filters as described herein may filter light based on, for example, absorption, reflection, or absorption and reflection of light. Filters may include, for example, any suitable combination of interference filters, absorption filters, and polarizing filters (polarizing filters typically include a pair of linear polarizers surrounding a wavelength-selective polarization rotator). Interference filters and interference filter portions of composite filters (as disclosed herein) may, for example, be fabricated using about 12 to 200 layers with a total thickness of about 6 microns per 100 layers and having about Dielectric coatings with a typical effective refractive index between 1.8 and about 1.9. Such multilayer interference coatings may be applied, for example, to glass or optical polymer substrates having a base curve between 0 and about 10 diopters, where diopter is defined as a refractive index calibrated to 1.523 by a lens meter. The measured value of the spherical curvature. The interference filter designs disclosed herein and intended for use in eyeglasses may also be specified for use in combination with a circular polarizer, details of which are given in Figures 24A and 24B and the accompanying description. Further designs of the interference filters disclosed herein and intended for use in eyeglasses may also be specified for use in combination with a neutral density absorber or a broadband absorber or a narrowband absorber, details of which are shown in Figure 28A and 28B and the accompanying description and are disclosed in conjunction with the discussion of FIGS. 20A and 20B. In general, in what follows, it is assumed that the process involves (at least) physical vapor deposition of dielectric material in a sequence of coatings having different thicknesses and refractive indexes to form an interference filter. Industrial machines and processes are readily available and enable high-throughput, high-precision fabrication of such filters, which include filters with irregular configurations of regions and/or passbands of partial transmission. Any other suitable process may be used instead or in combination with this physical vapor deposition process. If not otherwise constrained, filters designed to enhance red-green discrimination may tend to reduce the transmission of yellow light, which may cause a yellow traffic signal to appear darker and more like red (eg, orange or reddish). Similarly, a filter that enhances blue-yellow discrimination may tend to cause green light to appear more similar to blue or white (eg, unsaturated). To avoid this and similar potential problems, filters incorporated into general-purpose eyeglasses (such as sunglasses), for example, can be configured so that the resulting eyeglasses provide one of certain colors (specifically, the colors of average daylight and traffic light). Adjust appearance. For certain glasses, this may require, for example, meeting industry or government regulatory standards. Configurations that meet the requirements can be designed using the methods described above, such as by applying suitable constraints to the filter design. A luminosity constraint ensures that light (eg, daylight, traffic light) appears appropriately brighter when viewed through filtered glasses. A chromaticity constraint, which is specified as a convex boundary in chromaticity coordinates, ensures that such light falls within the constrained boundary and is therefore perceived by the observer as having a hue with the correct standard color name, that is, ensuring that daylight is essentially white; and traffic signals are correctly identified as, for example, traffic signal green lights, traffic signal yellow lights, and traffic signal red lights. Figure 14A shows an example of this "general use" constraint for general purpose glasses. Example chromaticity boundary 1401 states: Yellow traffic lights do not appear orange or red. Point 1402 shows the chromaticity of a yellow traffic light as viewed through an unconstrained red-green discrimination enhancement filter, and point 1401 shows the chroma of a yellow traffic light under a compliant red-green discrimination enhancement filter. Example chromaticity boundaries 1406 specify that green traffic lights do not appear yellow, blue, or overly desaturated. Point 1404 shows the chromaticity of the green traffic light, which is essentially the same under both filters. Example Chroma Boundary 1405 states: Daylight does not exhibit strong colors. Point 1403 shows essentially the same chromaticity of sunlight under the two filters. Figure 14B shows a graph 1408 of the spectral radiant flux of daylight, a graph 1407 of the spectral radiant flux of a green traffic signal, and a graph 1409 of the spectral radiant flux of a yellow traffic signal. Figure 14C shows the transmittance 1411 of the unconstrained filter and the transmittance 1410 of the constrained filter. In filter 1410, the effect of the constraint is evident in that the long passband has essentially been split into two passbands to form a four-passband filter. As shown in this example, the limiting constraint is on the reddest side of the yellow chroma boundary. However, as shown in the further description in conjunction with Figures 15A and 15B, it may be better to force the split passband to have an irregular shape (such as having a shoulder on the short wavelength side for the replacement split sub-band) a single passband, or smoothing a split passband with a core that is wide enough to essentially merge the subbands into a single passband. A further concern related to the incorporation of multi-band filters into eyeglasses is that the stopband can significantly suppress the luminosity of some narrowband light, such as from light-emitting diodes, lasers and sodium vapor lamps. In some embodiments, it may be preferable to set a lower limit of the minimum transmittance of a filter to ensure a minimum brightness of all monochromatic light. For example, in Figure 15A, graph 1501 shows a lower spectral transmittance limit of about 7% transmission between about 450 nanometers and about 650 nanometers. A filter incorporating constraints is illustrated by its spectral transmittance plot 1504 in Figure 15B. Filter 1504 is a four-passband filter to which a fourth passband has been added to satisfy a yellow traffic light constraint (as described in connection with Figures 14A-14C). In some embodiments, this additional passband may preferably be converted into a band shoulder on the short wavelength side of the long wavelength passband. This change may be preferable because the resulting filter may provide one of the more stable appearances of yellow light (specifically, narrow-band yellow light) with respect to changes in angle of incidence, assuming that a multi-band filter is incorporated with An interference filter is characterized by a blue shift in the spectral transmittance at an angle of incidence other than normal incidence, as described further below. Replacing the fourth passband with a shoulder may be accomplished, for example, by adding a minimum spectral transmittance constraint in the desired region (eg, as shown by graph 1502 in Figure 15A). In graph 1502, the minimum transmission has been set to about 18% between about 580 nanometers and about 635 nanometers. The resulting modified filter transmittance is shown by plot 1503 (Fig. 15B), which shows the depicted shoulder on the short wavelength side of the long wavelength passband. A passband with a shoulder as just described may also be used at other locations within the three-passband filter. For example, in some embodiments, it may have the effect of adding a minimum transmittance constraint to cause a shoulder on the long wavelength side of the mid-wavelength passband to reduce narrowband fluorescent lamps ( Color distortion such as FL10 to FL12). In a further example, some embodiments have a shoulder on either the short wavelength side or the long wavelength side of the short wavelength passband, which is described in more detail in connection with Figures 16A and 16B. In further examples, the passband may have an irregular shape (i.e., non-rectangular and non-Gaussian) with one configuration that is essentially a bimodal distribution, where the two modes at least partially overlap; or the passband may There is a shoulder on one or more sides of the passband; or the passband may be described as a skewed distribution in which the slope ratio between the two sides of the passband in transmittance as a function of wavelength is between about 4 :1 to approximately 1:4. One further constraint applicable to these filters is on the white point, ie, the chromaticity coordinate of a typical illuminant (such as daylight). If the white point is within a moderate radius of the neutral point (i.e., the chromaticity coordinate corresponding to unfiltered daylight), the filter can be considered non-color-promoting. Thus, the visual mechanism of chromaticity adaptation will enable the observer to adjust to a new color balance after wearing the glasses for several minutes. In some embodiments, it may be preferable to minimize this adjustment, such as by configuring the white point to be neutral (i.e., such that the chromaticity coordinate of daylight is at or nearly at the center of region 1405 (FIG. 14)) Waiting time. In those cases where a neutral white point is expected, a constrained region can be given for the appearance of daylight, for example, the (x,y) chromaticity coordinates of illuminant D65 are approximately (0.31, 0.33), and The best filters provide a white point within about 0.05 units of this point. In some cases, in particular, such as when the cost function is configured to maximize or minimize the transmission of blue light, it may be preferable to allow the white point to be within a larger area (eg, area 1405 (FIG. 14) any position). In further cases, a specific hue of the white point may be specified for other reasons including pleasing to the eye. As mentioned above, the transmission spectrum of a multi-band interference filter is sensitive to the angle of incidence deviation of the incident light. Specifically, the effective optical thickness of an interference filter (i.e., the wavelength at the refractive index boundary at which destructive interference occurs within the filter) decreases as the angle of incident light away from normal incidence increases. At small wavelengths, the spectral transmittance suffers a shift toward one of shorter wavelengths (a blue shift). Normal incidence is defined by a vector normal to the surface on which the interference filter is deposited. In this document, normal incidence may be referred to as zero degree angle incidence, ie, the angle means the deflection from the normal vector. Additionally, a multi-band filter incorporating an absorbing filter can change the transmittance according to the Beer-Lambert law, where absorption tends to be attributed to transmission as the angle of incident light away from normal incidence increases. The greater the effective path length of the absorbing medium increases. In any of the above variations, the multiband filter f may include an absorption filter p and an interference filter q, where the change in transmittance of p as a function of angle is according to the Beer-Lambert law, and The change of the transmittance of q as a function of angle is based on Snell's law, so that the transmittance of f at an incident angle of θ radians deviating from the surface normal vector can be expressed asAnd it is approximately represented by the following expression:,; Among them, in the above expression, the effective refractive index of q is n with a typical value of about 1.85, and the spectral transmittance of p at normal incidence is, the spectral transmittance of f at normal incidence, the spectral transmittance of q at normal incidence, and this approximation is sufficient for θ between about 0 degrees and about 45 degrees. The incidence angle sensitivity of a filter has implications related to the incorporation of the filter into a device such as eyeglasses, where the effective angle of incidence of light has significant variation as a function of position on the surface of the lens (along with Figure 29A 29B and 30A-30B), and also has implications associated with incorporating such filters into devices such as lamp assemblies, where a perfect beam of an illuminator cannot be achieved collimation. The change in the spectral transmittance of a filter as a function of incident angle is one of the physical properties of the filter. However, the main concern is the perceptual implications of these changes, which can be quantified by measuring the changes in chromaticity and luminosity of a reference light as viewed through the filter as a function of angle of incidence. In particular, it is useful to consider changes in the chromaticity coordinate (i.e., the filter white point) with respect to the illuminant because the change in the white point as a function of incidence angle is generally the same as that under the illuminant. These changes are related to the entire set of reference colors being viewed. Additionally, additional color appearance constraints can be constrained at two or more angles of incidence (e.g., 0 degrees and 25 degrees off the normal axis or 0 degrees) by employing additional color appearance constraints in the filter generation method as previously described. degree, 25 degrees and 35 degrees), so that the chromaticity coordinates of the illuminant remain essentially unchanged at the specified angle and intermediate angles. In Figure 17C, graph 1707 (similar to graph 811 of Figure 8C) shows the spectral transmission of an example filter that provides enhanced red-green discrimination. Graph 1707 shows the spectral transmission of the filter at normal incidence, and graphs 1706 and 1705 show the (blue) filter at approximately 20 and 30 degrees off-normal incidence, respectively. shift) spectral transmission. Figure 17A also shows the effect on the appearance of selected outlines of Munsell colors as viewed through three filters. Profile 1703 corresponds to the normal filter (0 degrees incident angle), profile 1702 corresponds to the first shifted filter (approximately 20 degrees incident angle), and profile 1701 corresponds to the second displaced filter (approximately 30 degrees incident angle) ). It should be understood from these profiles that the color appearance under this filter is not stable with respect to these changes in the angle of incidence. Furthermore, we observed that filters with the greatest red-green discrimination enhancement tend to locate the passband in which the change in absorbance as a function of wavelength of one or more retinal photopigments is greatest. Therefore, the best filter for enhancing color discrimination (specifically, for enhancing red-green discrimination) is also the worst filter for providing a stable color appearance. In Figure 16B, graph 1603 (similar to graph 1503 of Figure 15B) shows the spectral transmission of an example filter that provides enhanced red-green discrimination. Graph 1604 shows an example of a spectral transmission similar to 1603 that provides enhanced color appearance and also provides stable color appearance by constraining the white point to be substantially the same at normal incidence and approximately 30 degrees off normal incidence. Spectral transmission of the optical filter. Multi-band filters that provide stable color appearance may, for example, achieve stability by having frequency bands positioned and/or shaped such that the stimulation of each of the three cones changes when viewing a stable reference light Approximately linear in the angular range and the variation between the three cells essentially describes a system with at most one degree of freedom, where this degree of freedom only acts in the direction of the luminescence. For example, in some embodiments, these frequency bands may be preferably located near the wavelength of peak sensitivity of one or more of the retinal photopigment absorbances, or may have a double peak as a function of incidence angle within a desired range formula distribution or other irregular shapes (which are used to make stimulus changes constant or almost constant). In a further embodiment, the shape of a passband (eg, a long wavelength passband) can be configured such that the change in stimulation of long wavelength cones is inversely proportional to the change in stimulation of medium wavelength cones as a function of incident angle, thus ensuring The required restrictions on degrees of freedom to maintain constant chromaticity. However, we have found that these band positions and/or shapes are generally suboptimal for enhancing color discrimination, and therefore one utility of the linear programming approach may be based on the fact that it provides a solution that satisfies a color stability constraint, This solution maximizes color discrimination enhancement. Specifically, these changes in filter band position preferably occur in the outermost frequency bands. For example, the rate of change of stimulation of short-wavelength cones can be made substantially constant by positioning the short-wavelength band at approximately 450 nanometers. Alternatively, in some cases, it may be preferable to split the short wavelength passband near the peak of the short wavelength cone absorbance (such as shown in graph 1605), whereby the passband may be described as having a pair of Peaked distribution (having a first mode at about 435 nanometers and a second mode at about 455 nanometers). In a further example, the long wavelength passband is characterized by a bimodal distribution with a first mode at approximately 620 nanometers and a second mode at approximately 650 nanometers, or may have a skewed distribution, a convex shoulder (usually on the short wavelength side) or other irregular (i.e., non-Gaussian) distribution. The behavior of a filter with a stable white point relative to a range of incidence angles is shown in the graphs of Figures 18A-18C. Figure 18C shows the transmittance of the filter at normal incidence in graph 1807 and the transmittance of the filter at approximately 20 degrees of incidence in graph 1806. It can be observed in these plots that the split sub-band structure in the short wavelength region identified by reference numeral 1805 essentially acts as a comb filter tuned to be stable upon wavelength shift. The illuminant whose color appearance has been stabilized is a daylight illuminant, as shown in graph 1804 in Figure 18B. In the chromaticity diagram of Figure 18A, the chromaticity coordinates 1803 of the illuminant are the same at the two incident angles. Figure 18A also shows the effect on the appearance of selected profiles of Munsell colors. Profile 1801 corresponds to a normal filter (0 degrees incidence angle), and profile 1802 corresponds to a displaced filter (approximately 30 degrees incidence angle). As can be understood from the position of these contours, the filter provides a moderately stable appearance of these reference colors, with most of the loss of saturation occurring primarily with the highest saturated colors (e.g., as described previously in connection with the Munsell contours of Figure 8A) associated. The chromatic stability demonstrated by this filter can significantly reduce the appearance of a "hot spot" in the center of the lens (caused by incident angle-induced blue shift) and generally contribute to improved visual comfort. For example, as shown in Figure 18C, a filter that provides color stability may provide weaker red-green discrimination enhancement due to the effect of the constraints imposed. In some embodiments, it may be preferable to incorporate a pre-filter with a narrow band absorbance, where the absorption band(s) are located near where the stopband in the filter design is intended. Therefore, a composite filter including a narrow-band absorption filter and an interference filter can achieve the desired color stability without degrading the desired color enhancement. Two examples of such filters are shown in Figures 20A and 20B. In Figure 20A, the solid curve at 2001 shows the spectral transmittance of an absorbing filter including neodymium in a glass substrate. Neodymium is a rare earth material characterized by a strong absorption band at approximately 590 nanometers and a secondary absorption band at approximately 520 nanometers. In Figure 20B, the solid curve at 2002 shows the transmittance of an interference filter that when combined with the neodymium absorbing filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination and within 0 to 30 degrees of incidence angle for stable color appearance. Referring again to Figure 20A, the dashed curve at 2001 illustrates the spectral transmittance of an absorbing filter including narrow band organic pigments Exciton P491 and Exciton ABS584 in a polymer substrate. Exciton P491 is characterized by a strong absorption band at approximately 491 nanometers, and Exciton ABS584 is characterized by a strong absorption band at approximately 584 nanometers. In Figure 20B, the dashed curve at 2002 shows the transmittance of an interference filter that when combined with the organic pigment filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination and incident angles from 0 degrees to 30 degrees. Stable color appearance. These examples can be designed by incorporating the absorption filter as a pre-filter by linear programming methods as previously described. To provide color stability to a normal observer, it is generally desirable to constrain the chromaticity coordinates such that the white point shift is less than about 0.01 units relative to the CIELUV (u',v') chromaticity space and constrain it relative to about 0 degrees to about Angle between 35 degrees CIE 1931 2 degree observer. In some cases, the angular range may be increased to about 0 degrees to about 45 degrees. The displacement tolerance can be increased to approximately 0.02 units for observers with deuteranomaly, and can be further increased to approximately 0.04 units for observers with protanism or severe deuteranomania because of this Both observers are insensitive to color shift and their color perception is not necessarily fully characterized by a standard observer model. In addition, for such anomalous observers (whose color matching function is significantly different from that of the CIE 1931 2-degree standard observer), an observer-specific color matching function can be used to calculate the constraints to achieve color stability. In such cases, the resulting filter may have the following properties when analyzed for white point displacement stability according to the CIE 1931 2 degree observer: the white point displacement function is at an angle between about 20 degrees and about 40 degrees incident angle There is a local minimum at; and the distance from the local minimum to the normal white point is less than about 0.02 units. A geometric model of a lens and eye (e.g., where the lens incorporated into the glasses and located in front of the eye) can be used to calculate the effective angle of incidence as a function of lens position and the relative importance of the effective angle of incidence as a function of lens position. The effective angle of incidence is thus defined as the angle between the normal vector of a lens at a lens position and the normal vector of a beam of light passing through that lens position to be imaged onto the retina of the eye. The geometric model as mentioned previously is shown in Figure 29A (top view) and Figure 29B (perspective view). Here, the geometric shapes of the left eye and the right eye are represented by hemispheres 2904 and 2905 respectively. The human eye (usually the eye of an adult) has a radius of curvature of approximately 12.5 mm and an interpupillary distance of approximately 60 mm. Color perception is primarily derived from vision in the central 10 degrees. However, the eye can also rotate in its socket, so the angular range required for color perception is greater than 10 degrees. The geometric shapes of the left and right lenses (having a typical shape of eyeglasses) are represented by spherical segments 2901 and 2902. Dashed arrow 2906 illustrates a beam of light passing through a central location on the lens, and dashed arrow 2909 illustrates a beam of light passing through a distal location on the lens. These light beams also generally image the center and distal positions of the retina. Shown at 2907 and 2908 are the surface normal vectors of the lens at the location where it passes through these beams. The lenses in the glasses may have a radius of curvature between about 50 mm and about 150 mm (in this example, the radius of curvature is 87 mm). Since this radius is significantly larger than the radius of the eye, the angle between the incident beam and the surface normal vector at the corresponding lens position tends to increase with increasing distance from the center, as shown in Figure 29A and Figure 29B from 2908 to 2909 (compared to the angle between 2907 and 2906). For any frame pattern (e.g., the edge profile of a lens and the positioning of the lens relative to the eye) and any lens curvature, the lens position can be calculated (e.g., using a computer) from the geometric model just described by The effective angle of incidence of the function: iterates over points located on the lens; constructs the surface normal vector and the retinal image beam; and then calculates the angle between the two vectors at the surface location. The results of this calculation are shown in the profile diagram of Figure 30A, where the boundary 3004 indicates the edge of a lens, and the interior profile shows the effective angle of incidence as previously described. For example, the effective angle of incidence is about 10 degrees along profile 3001, At contour 3002 it is about 20 degrees, and at contour 3003 it is about 30 degrees. Next, it is useful to calculate the relative importance as a function of the effective angle of incidence. Referring now to Figure 30B, one of the functions of relative importance as a function of effective angle of incidence consists of the product of two components: first, an estimate of the proportion of the lens surface area viewed at a particular angle; and second, an estimate along an axis. An estimate of the likelihood that the eye will be able to see through the lens at a particular angle. In this article, a Gaussian statistical model is used to estimate the directional distribution, as illustrated by curve 3007 with a standard deviation of about 10 degrees. Thus, the eye is most likely looking along the normal angle of incidence. However, it should be noted that there is only a single point on the lens where the angle of incidence is normal (eg, point 3005 in FIG. 30A ) and the surface area of the lens is, for example, between 10 degrees and 15 degrees (eg, between 10 and 15 degrees in FIG. 30A ). (between contours 3001 and 3006 in 30A). On the surface of a typical lens, the angle of incidence is up to about 35 degrees from the normal, and within this range, the area ratio of the lens surface as a function of degree increases approximately linearly, as shown by curve 3009 in Figure 30B represented. The product of the area weighting curve and the directional distribution curve gives an importance weighting function, such as that shown at curve 3008. Therefore, the importance-weighted PGAI can be defined by the following expression:,and, inis an exponential function, θ is the effective incident angle ranging from 0 degrees to 30 degrees,are the test filter f and the reference filter as viewed or illuminated at an angle of incidence θPGAI,is the standard deviation of the eye orientation distribution, which typically has a value of about 10 degrees, and k is a weight normalization factor. To evaluate the filters of the present invention, two specific series of equations are given for the importance weighted percentage increase in color gamut area, where the standard deviation of the eye orientation angle is set to approximately=10 degrees and the reference color is designated as D15 or natural sample. These series of equations are given by the following expressions:,,and which have been previously provided in this invention for calculation ofandconditions. Specifically, the above expression isThe defined performance measure can be used to classify the properties of a filter f, and can be used in filters if the white point of the filter is neutral and the white point remains neutral over a moderate range of angles of incidence. The percentage increase or decrease in absolute effectiveness between groups. in the text,Use of the calculation is limited to filters that have a white point that is neutral and stable relative to these angular changes. For values between approximately -10% and approximately 10%value, the filter can be described as providing essentially normal color discrimination. For values between about 10% and about 40%, the filter can be described as enhancing red-green discrimination, with larger values corresponding to better performance. For values less than about -10%, the filter can be described as enhancing blue-yellow discrimination. The values mentioned previously assume that the filter provides an essentially neutral white point, i.e. (x,y) of the illuminant D65 for all or nearly all angles of incidence between 0 degrees and about 30 degrees. The chromaticity coordinates are approximately (0.31, 0.33). As mentioned previously, estimates of color gamut area can vary with white point, so filters that are not stabilized by white point shift cannot be meaningfully evaluated using an importance-weighted PGAI metric. Additionally, some hues of the white point (specifically, green) can provide larger values for PGAI, however, such increases do not necessarily correspond to enhanced color discrimination. In further embodiments, the calculation may also take into account changes in physical thickness caused by a manufacturing process. For example, in physical vapor deposition onto a curved substrate, coating thickness tends to decrease with distance from the sputter source and/or the effective angle of incidence between the sprayed particles and the surface normal to the curved substrate. In a further embodiment, the calculation of the effective angle of incidence as just described can be used as the basis for a manufacturing specification such that the filter is fabricated on a curved substrate such that the filter has a physical thickness profile such as The effective angle of incidence is compensated by having a profile that increases thickness toward the edge of the lens (eg, increases linearly from the normal solid thickness at the center to approximately +10% solid thickness at the edge of the lens). An interference filter can be fabricated to achieve an optical thickness that is constant or substantially constant relative to the effective angle of incidence at all or nearly all locations on the lens. In some embodiments, performance analysis of a filter may include using relevant importance data to determine the importance-weighted average performance of a filter when incorporated into eyeglasses. The importance-weighted average performance can be improved by adjusting the spectral transmittance specification of the filter (specifically, by red-shifting the specification). For example,The spectral transmittance of can be shifted toward longer wavelengths, as calculated by the following expression:,and; inis one of the coefficients for determining the displacement, andSelected to maximize the importance weighted average relative gamut area increase and/or decrease and/or standard deviation along one axis of the color space. alternatively,Some other performance metrics may be selected to improve, such as reducing the importance weighted average solar blue light transmittance. Because the typical amount of bias required is usually about 1% to about 4% (=1.01 to 1.04), so the optimal offset coefficient can be determined effectively by expressing the value between about 1.0 and about 1.1 in a table.. For example, a red-green enhancement filter with a mid-wavelength passband at about 530 nanometers may preferably be red-shifted to about 535 nanometers (=1.01) with improved importance weighted average relative gamut area. Another aspect related to the incorporation of multi-band filters into eyeglasses (in particular, such filters include an interference filter) is the management of reflectivity on one or both sides of the lens. Has transmittanceThe reflectivity of an ideal interference filter is the transmittancecomplement, defined by the following expression:. For example, a filter incorporated into a pair of sunglasses may have a light transmission of about 20%, so if the filter was only made to be an interference filter, the filter would have a light transmission of about 80%. 1. Light reflectivity. This high reflectivity can cause significant visual discomfort because the user can see the image of the object behind the object or the image of his or her own eyes reflected in the lens. For general use, the light reflectance on the inner surface of the lens should be at most about one-fifth the light transmittance of the lens, although in some cases light reflectance up to about one-half the light transmittance is acceptable. High reflectivity can be partially mitigated by improved shielding around the frame (e.g., utilizing side shielding on the temple arms). An absorption filter (such as the one described previously) can significantly improve the reflectivity on one or both sides of the lens, e.g.In particular, the reflectivity on this side is significantly reduced because the reflected light must pass through the absorption filter twice, as is used to calculate by the interference filterThe reflectivity of a filter f composed of an absorption filter p is shown by the following expression:,and; Among them, in the above expression,is the spectral reflectance of the filter. Relative to such composite filters for enhanced color discrimination, the ratio between the peak transmittance and the average transmittance of the composite filter f should preferably be as high as possible. In a further example, theBreaking down into two component absorbing filters, the two absorbing filters are then placed on opposite sides of the lens, e.g.,and,and; Among them, in the above expression,gives the spectral reflectance on one side of the lens (e.g., the outer surface), andGives the spectral reflectance on the other side of the lens (e.g., the inner surface). In some instances,Can be a neutral density filter, such as gray glass with about 40% transmittance. For example, this combination can achieve a light transmission of approximately 20%, a peak transmission of approximately 40%, and a light reflectance of approximately 8% on one side of the lens (i.e.,Has a light transmittance of approximately 50%). In a further example,Can be a neutral density filter consisting of two absorbing filters that are both colored (for example, a brown glass and a blue glass, the combination of which produces a neutral transmission of about 40%) . These colors can be selected to affect the color of reflected light on the outer surface of the lens (eg, for eye pleasure). Neutral density and colored absorbers can also be formed from organic dyes and incorporated into a polymer substrate, and/or applied as a coating (eg, by spin coating or dip coating) to one or more surfaces of the lens . Preferably, you can useThe spectral transmittance is complementary to the narrow band selective absorber to form, thus achieving a higher ratio of peak transmittance to average transmittance of the composite filter (e.g., higher than possible using neutral density absorption). For example, the narrow-band organic dyes Exciton P491 and Exciton ABS584, which absorb at about 491 nanometers and about 584 nanometers, respectively, can be used to form such complementary absorption suitable for use with red-green discrimination enhancement filters as disclosed herein body. Alternatively, certain rare earth elements (such as neodymium, phosphorus, and phenyl) have narrow-band absorptivity in the visible spectrum and may be similarly employed. For example, a modified neodymium-containing glass lens ACE manufactured by Barberini GmbH can be used as an optical substrate for depositing an interference filter. Additionally, the incorporation of a narrowband absorber (and an interference filter) can improve the quality of the filter design incorporating color stability constraints on the white point, as previously described in connection with Figures 20A and 20B, in particular In summary, the narrowband absorber improves the color discrimination provided by the filter at angles of incidence greater than 20 degrees from the normal axis. Alternatively or additionally,Reflected light can be absorbed by incorporating one or more circular polarizers. In some embodiments, a circular polarizer is located on the inner surface of the lens to attenuate reflections that would otherwise be visible to the user's eyes. A circular polarizer can also be located on the outer surface of the lens to attenuate front side reflections. A lens incorporating a circular polarizer can achieve a peak transmission of approximately 40%, a light transmission of approximately 20%, and a light reflectance of approximately 2% on one or both sides of the lens. Circular polarizers with a spherical curve of 6 diopters or greater can be manufactured, for example, by thermoforming and incorporated into a lens, for example, by lamination. Additionally, these circular polarizers can be formed using linear polarizers that achieve only partial polarization (eg, about 70% polarization efficiency), thereby increasing light reflectivity without compromising one or both sides of the lens. Achieve a higher peak transmittance. An example configuration of a lens incorporating a circular polarizer is depicted in Figures 24A and 24B, where the layers (from front to back) are a vertically oriented linear polarizer 2401, a quarter-wave retarder 2402, An optically transparent substrate 2403, a multilayer interference coating 2404 deposited on the surface of the substrate, a quarter-wavelength retarder 2405, and a (eg, vertically oriented) polarizer 2406. In Figure 24B, light incident on the outer side of the compound lens is shown along arrow 2413. The incident light passes through a polarizing filter, then through a quarter-wavelength retarder (thus becoming circularly polarized), and then separated by an interference filter into a transmitted component that is ultimately received by the eye 2409 and absorbed by the retina 2412 and a reflected component 2414 that travels in the opposite direction toward the light source but is absorbed before it can emerge from the composite lens. Reflected component 2414 is circularly polarized, however, reflection at interference filter 2404 causes its handedness to flip, for example, from right to left, so that as it travels in reverse through circular polarizer 2402, it appears as Horizontally polarized and absorbed by linear polarizer 2401. Still referring to Figure 24B, a similar process of reflection-absorption can occur for stray light entering the rear side of the lens (as shown along beam 2408) to cause reflected light 2411 to be absorbed before it reaches the eye. In another embodiment,It may be a neutral density filter fabricated from a metallic attenuating coating using physical vapor deposition. Preferably, these absorption filters and an interference filter can be fabricated by physical vapor deposition (i.e., in the same process), so that the attenuation layer can surround the dielectric layer and/or be associated with the dielectric layer. Some of them are staggered or partially staggered. Due to the properties of the metal layer when incorporated into the interference filter, these attenuating coatings can provide better reflection attenuation than an equivalent bulk dielectric neutral density absorber. For example, these designs can achieve a peak transmission of approximately 35%, a light transmission of approximately 20%, and a light reflectivity of approximately 2% on one side of the lens. Alternatively, these designs can achieve a peak transmission of approximately 35%, a light transmission of approximately 20%, and a light reflectivity of approximately 4% on both sides of the lens. Alternatively, such designs may achieve a peak transmission of approximately 50%, a light transmission of approximately 20%, and a light reflectivity of approximately 4% on one side of the lens. Alternatively, these designs can achieve a peak transmission of approximately 60%, a light transmission of approximately 20%, and a light reflectivity of approximately 8% on one side of the lens. An additional feature of these designs is having all functional layers of the filter positioned on one side of an optical substrate (such as interference coatings and (several) attenuating coatings). In these designs, the opposite sides of the substrate can be anti-reflective coated to reduce scattering and resonance of light within the optical substrate (eg, multiple internal reflections). In these designs, the anti-reflective coating preferably provides a light reflectivity of no greater than 0.5% because lower quality anti-reflective coatings (e.g., having a light reflectivity of about 1% or greater ) can reduce, but not completely eliminate, the visibility of internal reflection artifacts under general-purpose outdoor conditions (specifically, when viewing unusual bright spots (such as reflections of sunlight) reflected from metal surfaces in a typical outdoor scene) . An example configuration of a lens incorporating an attenuating coating is depicted in Figures 28A and 28B, where the layers (from front to back) are anti-reflective coating 2801, optical substrate (eg, glass) 2802, first attenuating coating Layer 2803, multi-layer interference coating 2804 and second attenuating coating 2805. In Figure 28B, light incident on the outer side of the lens is shown along arrow 2811. The incident light passes through the anti-reflective coating and optical substrate, then passes through the first attenuation coating, and is then split by an interference filter into a lens component that is ultimately received by the eye 2807 and absorbed by the retina 2809 and travels in the opposite direction toward the light source However, one of the reflection components 2812 is substantially absorbed during the second pass through the first attenuating coating. Still referring to Figure 28B, a similar process of reflection-absorption can occur for stray light entering the rear side of the lens (as shown along beam 2806) to cause reflected light 2810 to be absorbed before it reaches the eye. In some examples, the attenuating coating is staggered or partially staggered with the dielectric layer of the interference coating. In some examples, the attenuating coating is on the backside only, ie, the first attenuating coating 2815 is not included. Next, several implementations including exemplary multi-band filters for incorporation into eyeglasses are disclosed along with the detailed description of FIGS. 31A-42E, 45A-45E, 48A-53E, and 55A-57E. example. The figures all conform to a general format that is easily understood from their common layout. First, the details of the format are generally described using, for example, FIGS. 31A to 31E and 59A to 59B. Next, details related to the design of each corresponding embodiment are described in further discussion with reference to each specific figure and the elements within the figure. In the graph of Figure 31A, the curve shows transmittance constraints, which include the minimum transmittance as a function of wavelength at solid curve 3101 and the maximum transmittance as a function of wavelength at dotted curve 3102, and a further curve display The dotted curve 3103 on the same graph shows a cost function as a function of wavelength (which is a unitless dimension). The transmittance constraints, as well as additional color appearance constraints (not shown by the graph) and the cost function form inputs to a linear program solver, where the inputs are processed as previously described in this disclosure, which involves converting these constraints into And the method of transforming the cost function into a standard linear program. In the graph of Figure 31B, the curve shows the spectral transmittance of a component of a filter f designed to affect color vision in a desired manner according to the constraints and guidance cost function as described in conjunction with Figure 31A filter. As explained above, by Specifies an "ideal" filter as generated by linear programming methods. The solid curve 3104 defines a weighted combination of basic filters q as selected by the linear stylization method as previously disclosed, and the dashed curve 3106 defines the transmittance of a selected pre-filter p, which in this example is a neutral density filter. Dashed curve 3105 shows the (optionally) smoothed and (optionally) biased linear program solution q'. The spectral transmittance of the filter assembly is listed in rows 5 to 8 of Figure 59B (q', q, p, and f, respectively). Rows 2, 3, and 4 listed in Figure 59B are used to generate filter objects (respectively,,) is a manufacturing specification of the minimum transmittance, target transmittance and maximum transmittance as a function of wavelength. Lines 9, 10 and 11 (respectively,and c) give the minimum spectral transmittance, maximum spectral transmittance and cost function used in filter design. The wavelengths corresponding to each column of the table are listed in row 1 in steps of 5 nanometers, which provide appropriate spectral resolution to reproduce any of the embodiments disclosed herein. The graph of Figure 31C includes three curves, of which the solid curve 3107 is the design target for manufacturing the filter.(Solved using a linear equation that is optionally biased and optionally smoothedreplace), the dotted curve 3108 is a minimum transmittance limit, and the dotted curve 3109 is a maximum transmittance limit. The minimum transmittance limit and the maximum transmittance limit will be used in the specification of the manufacturing tolerances of the target filter. The target transmittance, minimum transmittance, and maximum transmittance can be calculated by the following expressions:,,and; where, in the above expression, the symbolRepresents the core function k and filterfrequency domain convolution between, andis the bias coefficient as described previously. The core function k is typically characterized by having a half-maximum width between about 10 nanometers and about 25 nanometers. For this embodiment, the width is about 25 nanometers, but in further embodiments the width can be at given changes within a certain range. Furthermore, in the definitionandWhenandProvides a wavelength shift tolerance of approximately +/- 2 nanometers (equivalent to approximately +/- 0.5% at 400 nanometers). These tolerances are empirically selected to produce modest results for use with a high-precision physical vapor deposition process, however, the specific choice of tolerances is not intended to limit the scope of the invention. Any values suitable for these parameters and the resulting tolerances may be used. In FIG. 31D , along the solid curve 3110 and the dashed curve 3111 , the comparison with a best-fit broadband reference filter as a function of the incident angle θ is shown.Percent Relative Gamut Area Increase (PGAI) of the filter, where the solid curve shows the calculated relative gamut area increase relative to the Farnsworth D-15 sample, and the dashed curve shows the calculated relative to natural samples (NWS). The importance weighted percentage of relative gamut area increase can be calculated from any of these data by calculating the weighted average PGAI based on the eye model previously described in conjunction with Figures 29A-30B and assuming a standard deviation of eye orientation of 10 degrees. (For example). Figure 31E shows a solid line graph 3112 of the white point displacement of a filter as a function of incident angle, where the white point corresponds to the illuminant as viewed through the filter relative to the CIE 1931 2 degree standard observer. The CIELUV (u', v') chromaticity coordinates of D65 and the white point displacement as a function of the incident angle are defined as the white point chromaticity coordinates at 0 degrees incident angle (ie, normal incidence) and the deviation from the normal direction The distance between the chromaticity coordinates of the white point at the angle of incidence. To perform this calculation, assume that filter component q' is an interference filter with an effective refractive index of approximately 1.85 and component p is an absorption filter. In addition, the table in Figure 59A lists the relative filterVarious additional performance criteria were evaluated, including those previously defined in the detailed description of the invention and selected metrics defined by industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010. Specifically, for some embodiments, marked "” column can be used to provide a robust estimate of the general quality of color enhancement provided by the filter. This increase in quantity correlates with improved scores based on the Farnsworth D-15 cap configuration test and is generally associated with a visual experience that can be described as color enhancement. In the following, the linear stylizations described herein are described with reference to FIGS. 31A-42E, 45A-45E, 48A-53E, and 55A-57E and the corresponding tables presented in FIGS. 59A-80B. Some additional embodiments of method designed optical filters. In these figures, detailed descriptions of elements indicated by reference numerals xx01 to xx12 (where xx is the figure number, e.g., 31 in Figures 31A to 31E) correspond to that given above with respect to Figures 31A to 31E A detailed description of the components, with further details provided as appropriate for each individual case. In one embodiment, the design criteria of the three-pass red-green color discrimination enhanced multi-band filter, the spectral transmittance of the components, and the components are shown in the graphs of FIGS. 31A to 31E and listed in FIGS. 59A and 59B. Manufacturing specifications and performance evaluation. The rows shown in graph 3107 of Figure 31C and Figure 59BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have a first passband center at approximately 450 nm and a half-peak bandwidth of approximately 40 nm, a second passband center at approximately 530 nm and approximately 35 nm A half-peak bandwidth of one meter and a third passband center at about 615 nanometers and a half-peak bandwidth of about 40 nanometers. Optical filter manufacturing specifications can be used to produce optical filters. The optical filter includes an interference filter (q) and a neutral density absorption filter (p), wherein the neutral density absorption filter has a transmittance of about 40%. The filter design is achieved by a linear programming approach as disclosed herein, where the basic filter is a set of approximately 60 rectangular passband filters, each having a single passband width of 10 nanometers and Having center wavelengths in increments of 5 nanometers (this is also the case for all embodiments described below). To improve manufacturability so that interference filter components can be fabricated with a low-order stack of dielectric materials (e.g., less than about 50 material layers), a Gaussian core (k) having a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers has been used to smooth the filter design (q'). It should further be noted that the resulting filter (f) complies with the minimum transmission limit as shown at 3101 in Figure 31A. The filter design criteria used to produce this embodiment have been configured such that the daylight light transmission is about 18%, which is suitable for the filter to be used in sunglasses with a medium color. Further embodiments disclosed herein may employ the same or nearly the same light transmission. However, the methods disclosed herein are suitable for manufacturing products with any modest light transmission (e.g., as low as about 8% (corresponding to a dark color of sunglasses) or as high as 40% (corresponding to a light color of sunglasses)), or in some In this case, greater than 40%) filter. Additionally, the filter provides a white point that would be considered essentially neutral, as shown in the table of Figure 59A (D65 chromaticity coordinates). Filters with a neutral configuration of the white point are better suited for overall visual comfort and a balanced brightness of all colors. However, other configurations of the white point are possible, but whites with strong chroma should be avoided. This is because these filters generally cannot provide adequate brightness across the entire color gamut. Regarding the white point of this embodiment as viewed over a range of angles of incidence, as demonstrated by the white point displacement plot 3112 in Figure 31E as a function of angle of incidence, the white point moves quite a bit (e.g., at 35 degrees shift greater than 0.03 units), therefore, when such a filter is incorporated into eyeglasses (where the filter is viewed through an angular range), a significant color shift toward the periphery of the lens is observed. Additionally, as shown in graphs 3110 and 3111 in Figure 31D, the color enhancement of the filter is below zero at about 20 degrees, and therefore the filter only provides a relatively narrow field of view in which The desired color enhancement function is effective, for example, green colors in nature (such as leaves) may tend to have a brown appearance at incident angles approaching or exceeding 20 degrees. A further embodiment in Figures 32A-32E, related to the embodiment previously shown in Figures 31A-31E, features the correspondence table in Figures 60A and 60B. This example discloses a filter designed relative to the same conditions as previously described, except that the cost function shown at 3203 in Figure 32A has been modified to further improve color discrimination. The resulting filter design features an alternative passband position that provides better performance. Currently, this configuration is considered to only give the choice of passband position for the best possible performance of any three-passband filter relative to the PGAI metric (however, as will be shown in further discussion, this metric is not necessarily suitable for e.g. glasses Practical applications of these filters). Shown in graph 3207 of Figure 32C and rows of Figure 60BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 440 nanometers with a half-peak bandwidth of about 30 nanometers; a second passband at about 535 nanometers with a half-maximum bandwidth of about 35 nanometers; and a third passband at about 650 nanometers, which has a half-maximum bandwidth of about 80 nanometers. The improved color enhancement effect of this embodiment results in part from the wider separation of the first and third frequency bands. As mentioned previously, color discrimination benefits from a multi-band filter with one of the widest possible spectral apertures, so a filter with a first frequency band having a wavelength shorter than about 450 nanometers can be Preferably, and a filter having a third passband having a center wavelength longer than 610 nanometers is preferred. However, 440 nanometers and 650 nanometers are approximately the maximum outer limits of the band positions in a filter that have this desired effect because band positions above these limits can tend to render blue and red colors unacceptable The dark color. Additionally, this embodiment benefits by locating the mid-passband at a wavelength longer than 530 nanometers. The configuration of the passband at a wavelength less than 530 nanometers can provide a filter that results in an unacceptably dark color for green. The configuration of the passband at exactly 530 nm tends to maximize the PGAI performance measure relative to the Farnsworth D-15 sample and Munsell colors, however, these colors are based on artificial pigments and this filter can tend to cause natural The green color appears unnatural green. The natural color of chlorophyll (as described previously) is more accurately seen as a yellow-green color. The configuration of the mid-passband at approximately 540 nm tends to maximize PAI performance relative to natural samples. The configuration of the passband at about 545 nanometers or longer tends to provide a filter that gives an enhancement of blue-yellow discrimination and a corresponding weakening enhancement of red-green discrimination, and if longer is still selected wavelength, the balance tips towards blue-yellow (discussed in more detail in a further embodiment). Therefore, the configuration of the passband with a center wavelength of about 535 nanometers can achieve one of the best performance balances between artificial color samples and natural color samples, and has a center wavelength of about 545 nanometers. The mid-band is chosen to achieve an optimal performance balance relative to the red-green and blue-yellow axes of the color space. Further embodiments of filters for enhanced red-green discrimination disclosed below are consistent with the selection of centers between about 535 nanometers and about 545 nanometers (if not otherwise specified), however, the examples shown are not It is intended to limit the scope of this invention because the choice of mid-band position can usefully vary between about 530 nanometers and about 545 nanometers for these filters to improve color discrimination. Returning to the discussion of Figures 32A-32E, the performance of the filter relative to the PGAI metric based on the Farnsworth D-15 sample and the natural sample (shown at 3210 and 3211 in Figure 32D, respectively) is shown compared to the previous embodiment. One is significantly improved. In particular, the PGAI is greater than zero for angles of incidence up to about 30 degrees, so the filter can provide a wider field of view giving the desired color enhancement when incorporated into eyeglasses. In addition, the PGAI at normal incidence is significantly larger than that of the previous embodiment. However, in comparison, this embodiment exhibits significantly worse performance with respect to the stability of the white point across multiple angles of incidence, as shown at 3212 in Figure 32E, where the white point displacement at 35 degrees is approximately 0.05 unit. Due to the wide bandwidth of the long wavelength band, the white point tends to shift rapidly towards a red tint. Using available fabrication methods, undesirable white point displacement can be partially mitigated by depositing interference filters so that the layers have a physical thickness that intentionally varies within the area of the lens where the expected viewing angle deviates from the normal, however, Such methods are too costly. For example, relative to manufacturing methods by physical vapor deposition, achieving the required thickness gradient requires highly precise machining configurations that would hinder volume production. Furthermore, even with the appropriate physical distribution of interference coatings on a lens, a filter that is so sensitive to angle of incidence is difficult to reliably align within the frame of a pair of glasses so that the performance of the glasses will depend on frame style and head size. and are robust to changes in similar geometric factors. A further embodiment of Figures 33A-33E, related to the previously shown embodiments of Figures 31A-31E and the embodiment of Figures 32A-32E, is characterized by having the correspondence tables of Figures 61A and 61B. This example discloses a filter designed relative to the same conditions as previously described. However, the design criteria further include a color appearance constraint such that the white point appears substantially constant over a wide angular range, and the cost function is additionally adjusted to maximize the filter's performance over the widest possible angular range. efficacy. The resulting filter design is characterized by a further alternative choice of passband position that provides good performance relative to the PGAI metric but additionally ensures a consistent appearance of color across the entire field of view to thereby incorporate in the filter Delivers robust performance and improved visual comfort when incorporated into glasses. Specifically, the middle passband remains at approximately 535 nm, but the upper passband and lower passband configurations are intermediate between the embodiments of Figures 31A-31E and the embodiments of Figures 32A-32E Location. Graph 3207 of Figure 32C is shown and the line of Figure 60BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 445 nanometers with a half-peak bandwidth of about 25 nanometers; a second passband at about 535 nanometers with a half-maximum bandwidth of approximately 30 nanometers; and a third passband at approximately 630 nanometers, having a half-maximum bandwidth of approximately 40 nanometers. Relative to the efficiency of the filter, it can be observed in Figure 33D that the PGAI is greater than zero for angles of incidence up to approximately 25 degrees. Therefore, the filter can provide a moderately wide field of view giving the desired color enhancement when incorporated into spectacles. Compared to previous embodiments, the performance of the filter with respect to the stability of the white point at multiple angles of incidence is significantly improved. As shown at 3312 in Figure 33E, the white point displacement between 0 degrees and 35 degrees is less than about 0.01 units. In further embodiments, it was demonstrated that the white point displacement can be extended to angles up to 45 degrees while maintaining the same bounds. In all embodiments disclosed below, white point stabilization constraints in some form (if not otherwise specified) are used because such constraints are generally considered beneficial for any system including an interference filter assembly. Manufacturing of this filter. In fact, such filters incorporating a white point stability constraint have been subjectively observed to provide a comfortable field of view without significant color distortion in peripheral vision, regardless of the fact that lenses can be incorporated to give relative A dielectric interference filter whose spectral transmittance changes significantly with the angle of incidence. In general, the methods disclosed herein can be used to find a red-green enhanced multi-band filter having three passbands configured to provide a stabilized white point, where the filter has a wavelength at approximately 440 nm a first passband between about 450 nanometers, a second passband between about 530 nanometers and about 545 nanometers, and a third passband between about 610 nanometers and about 635 nanometers. belt. A preferred embodiment of a red-green enhancement filter is one that has the smallest possible center position of the shortest wavelength passband, the largest possible center position of the longest wavelength passband, the narrowest possible bandwidth, and adjacent passbands and stopbands. The maximum possible contrast ratio between the average transmittances of the bands. However, all such configurations can be adjusted with appropriate constraints to ensure the effectiveness of the filter when incorporated into eyeglasses, for example. Embodiments of optical filters disclosed herein (including, for example, the embodiments disclosed in FIGS. 36A-36E, 37A-37E, 38A-38E, 39A-39E and related embodiments thereof) provide for Obey guidance related to the appropriate maximization of these limitations for practical concerns of intended application. In a further embodiment related to the embodiment of Figures 33A-33E, a blue-yellow enhancement filter is characterized by the correspondence tables of Figures 34A-34E and Figures 62A and 62B. This embodiment discloses a filter designed with respect to essentially the same criteria as those of the related embodiments, except that the cost function (shown at 3403 in Figure 34A) is configured to maximize blue-yellow discrimination rather than red Green identification. These filters can be used by individuals with Type III achromatopsia, a color vision deficiency that makes it difficult to distinguish between blue and yellow. These filters may also be better used in glasses suitable for certain environments where the background is predominantly green (such as golf greens) (where it is desired to suppress the appearance of green to some extent), or better used In an optical aid for locating camouflaged objects in a jungle (where the suppression of changes between greens can reveal previously invisible features). Shown in graph 3407 of Figure 34C and row of Figure 62BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have a first passband at about 455 nanometers, the first passband having a half-maximum width of about 45 nanometers, a second passband at about 560 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 50 nanometers, and a third passband is located at about 675 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 60 nanometers. An analysis of the filter's performance relative to the PAGI metric is shown in Figure 34D, where it can be observed that for incident angles up to approximately 20 degrees, the PGAI is predominantly negative. Furthermore, the white point displacement (as shown in Figure 34E) exhibits excellent stability for incident angles up to 45 degrees away from normal incidence with a total displacement of less than about 0.01 units. Additionally, as mentioned in the table of Figure 62A, this filter complies with the chromaticity limits of traffic signals as defined by ANSI Z80.3-2010. Specifically, with respect to these blue-yellow enhancement filters, the amount of color discrimination suppression along the red-green axis is limited by the chromaticity coordinates of the green traffic signal. Relative to the inventive filter that maximizes blue-yellow discrimination and maintains compliance, the green traffic signal chromaticity coordinates are essentially at or nearly at the boundaries of the compliance region such that the green traffic signal appears as allowed by the standard Unsaturated (i.e., white). In another embodiment also related to the embodiments of Figures 33A-33E and 34A-34E, a color enhancement filter is characterized by the correspondence tables of Figures 35A-35E and Figures 63A and 63B, The optical filter is further configured to substantially inhibit the transmission of short wavelength light (eg, light between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers). These filters generally provide a balanced improvement in color discrimination along both the red-green axis and the blue-yellow axis. Furthermore, suppression of short wavelength light improves sharp focusing and reduces the total energy of photons received by the eye, with energy increasing inversely relative to wavelength. This embodiment is difficult to fabricate using a low-order interference filter because the design is preferably characterized by a rapid onset point between reflection and transmission at about 450 nanometers. Therefore, the interference filter assembly (q') is smoothed with a core having a half-maximum width of approximately 10 nanometers. In order to achieve the blue light blocking function, the cost function can be configured with an increasing slope as shown at 3503 in Figure 35A. The filter's white point can be oriented toward a yellow configuration, subject to restrictions that prevent the white point from being considered "strongly colored" according to ANSI Z80.3-2010. Shown in graph 3507 of Figure 35C and line of Figure 63BFilter manufacturing goals are listed in , which assume that the filter incorporates a neutral density absorption filter (p) with a transmission of approximately 50%. The filter fabrication target has a first passband at about 455 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 15 nanometers; a second passband at about 550 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 45 nanometers. a half-maximum width; and a third passband located at about 645 nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 70 nanometers. The filter has a light transmission of about 35% (corresponding to a light-colored sunglasses), but can be made darker by increasing the strength of the absorbing filter element. As shown in Figure 35D, this filter provides a moderately positive value of PAI at angles of incidence up to 30 degrees. Relative to color stability performance, white point displacement is limited to less than 0.01 units between angles of incidence between 0 degrees and 35 degrees, as demonstrated in Figure 35E. Additionally, as indicated in the table of Figure 63A, the solar blue light transmittance (approximately 15%) is less than half of this light transmittance, so the filter can be described as providing an improved blue light blocking function while also maintaining color appearance one of good quality. In a further series of three embodiments discussed below, multi-band filters with enhanced red-green discrimination are disclosed, wherein the filters are configured for use by observers with deuteranomaly, who have difficulty distinguishing green. A group of people with red color vision deficiency. These embodiments provide substantially more enhancement in color discrimination along the red-green axis than previously disclosed embodiments of the red-green enhancement filters herein. The manufacturing specifications disclosed in these embodiments provide for a filter to be produced that is a combination of a neutral density filter and an interference filter, wherein the neutral density filter has from about 40% to about 55% one of transmittance. In addition, interference filters are generally specified as high-order coating stacks because steep transitions between adjacent passbands and stopbands are generally preferred for maximizing color discrimination enhancement. These filters with steep band transitions can provide the unstable color appearance of certain narrowband light sources, such as light emitting diodes and some types of gas discharge lamps, including sodium vapor lamps and some fluorescent lamps. To mitigate these instabilities, these filters incorporate a minimum transmission constraint relative to wavelengths between about 450 nanometers and about 650 nanometers, which is typically specified to be equal to the optical transmission of the filter The rate is about one-fifth of the lower limit. Accordingly, the stopband of these embodiments is limited to this minimum transmittance. These filters also better comply with ANSI Z80.3-2010 related to the chromaticity coordinates of traffic signals provided by the filters, and in particular, such filters that minimize red-green discrimination enhancement Some embodiments of the device may provide chromaticity coordinates of a yellow traffic signal at a restricted position relative to its compliance boundary, where the restricted position provides an appearance of the light as red or nearly red (as permitted). An additional difficulty associated with the design of these filters is that the color matching function for green weak observers is not fully characterized by the CIE standard observer model. Constraints related to white point stability can therefore be calculated better relative to a modified observer model. The details of the calculations are well documented and available to the person of ordinary skill. However, the analysis of white point displacement in this article maintains the use of the CIE 2-degree standard observer. Therefore, the calculated white point displacement as a function of incident angle in these designs is characterized by a wider range (e.g., 0 degrees to 35 about 0.02 units between degrees). The white point displacement functions of these designs typically exhibit a local minimum at an angle between about 20 degrees and about 40 degrees, where the measured white point displacement at the local minimum is typically at most about 0.01 units. A first embodiment of a filter for green-weak observers is disclosed together with the correspondence tables of FIGS. 36A to 36E and FIGS. 64A and 64B. Shown in graph 3607 of Figure 36C and row of Figure 64BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 450 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers; a second passband at about 535 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers; having a half-maximum width of about 35 nanometers; and a third passband located at about 635 nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 35 nanometers. Manufacturing specifications for this filter incorporating a neutral density absorber with approximately 45% transmission are given. For incidence angles up to about 27 degrees, the PGAI provided by this filter is greater than zero, as shown in Figure 36D. As mentioned in the table of Figure 64A, the importance weighted PGAI relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 30%, which may work better for an observer with mild deuteranomania. The essentially neutral-toned white point of this filter is stabilized relative to a green-weak observer model and is characterized by a local minimum in the white point shift curve of less than 0.01 units at approximately 32 degrees. , as shown at 3612 in Figure 36E. Together with the correspondence tables of FIGS. 37A to 37E and FIGS. 65A and 65B , a second embodiment of a filter for a green-weak observer is disclosed. Shown in graph 3707 of Figure 37C and row of Figure 65BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 445 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers; a second passband at about 535 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers; having a half-maximum width of about 35 nanometers; and a third passband located at about 635 nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 40 nanometers. Manufacturing specifications for this filter incorporating a neutral density absorber of approximately 50% transmission are given. For incidence angles up to about 25 degrees, the PGAI provided by this filter is greater than zero, as shown in Figure 37D. As mentioned in the table of Figure 65A, the importance weighted PGAI relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 35%, which may be preferable for an observer with moderate deuteranomaly. The essentially neutral white point of the filter is stabilized relative to a green weak observer model and is characterized by a local minimum in the white point shift curve of less than 0.01 units at approximately 40 degrees. , as shown at 3712 in Figure 37E. A third embodiment of a filter for green-weak observers is disclosed together with the correspondence tables of FIGS. 38A to 38E and FIGS. 66A and 66B. In this embodiment, the filter design criteria are modified such that the minimum spectral transmittance limit (equal to one-fifth of the optical transmittance) is only between yellow wavelengths and red wavelengths (e.g., from about 580 nanometers to about 650 nanometers). m) is mandatory, as shown at 3801 in Figure 38A. The resulting filter design can therefore be described as having a third passband with a "shoulder" on the short wavelength side of the band. Shown in graph 3807 of Figure 38C and row of Figure 65BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 445 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers; a second passband at about 535 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers; having a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers; and a third passband located at about 635 nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers. Manufacturing specifications for this filter incorporating a neutral density absorber of approximately 55% transmission are given. For incidence angles up to about 25 degrees, the PGAI provided by this filter is greater than zero, as shown in Figure 38D. As mentioned in the table of Figure 66A, the importance weighted PGAI relative to the Farnsworth D-15 color is at least about 40%, which may be preferable for an observer with severe deuteranomaly. The essentially neutral white point of the filter is stabilized relative to a green weak observer model and is characterized by a local minimum in the white point displacement curve of about 0.01 units at about 40 degrees , as shown at 3812 in Figure 38E. A further embodiment related to the series shown in FIGS. 36A to 38E is disclosed together with the correspondence tables of FIGS. 39A to 39E and FIGS. 67A and 67B. This embodiment provides a filter that enhances red-green discrimination for a red-weak observer. Compared to previous examples of red-green enhancement filters, these filters generally prefer one of the shorter wavelength configurations of the second and third passbands when designed for red-weak observers. This is based on the orientation of the line of confusion for color blindness type III and the fact that redness weakness is associated with a blue shift in the spectral absorbance of retinal photopigments in long-wavelength cones. Due to the shorter wavelength configuration of the second and third passbands, the total spectral width of these filters must be relatively reduced so that red appears moderately bright. Shown in graph 3907 of Figure 39C and line of Figure 67BThe filter manufacturing targets listed in have: a first passband at about 440 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers; a second passband at about 530 nanometers with a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers; having a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers; and a third passband located at about 615 nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 25 nanometers. Manufacturing specifications for this filter incorporating a neutral density absorber of approximately 55% transmission are given. For incidence angles up to about 20 degrees, the PGAI provided by this filter is greater than zero, as shown in Figure 39D. The white point stability of such filters may be additionally considered in the design, however, analysis of the white point stability based on a standard observer model may be inherently inappropriate for the intended use of the filter (e.g., for a red-weak used by observers). In another embodiment, in conjunction with the correspondence table of FIGS. 40A-40E and FIGS. 68A and 68B , it is disclosed to provide color enhancement to normal observers and improve an electronic visual display, such as a liquid crystal display having a light emitting diode backlight. A filter for the light contrast of primary color light in visual displays. The filter is intended for use with electronic displays that typically use three primary colors of light: a red primary color with a peak wavelength between about 610 nanometers and about 630 nanometers and a peak wavelength between about 20 nanometers and about 50 nanometers. A full-width half-maximum of meters; a green primary color, having a peak wavelength of about 530 nanometers to about 535 nanometers and a full-width half-maximum of about 20 nanometers to about 50 nanometers; and a blue primary color, having a peak wavelength of about 530 nanometers to about 535 nanometers. to a peak wavelength between about 460 nanometers and having a full width at half maximum of about 20 nanometers. The filter provides approximately equal light transmission for the red, green, and blue primary colors (thus, preserving the white point of the display). Additionally, the light transmittance is at least about 15% greater than the light transmittance of sunlight provided by the filter. Therefore, the filter may provide an improved contrast ratio when such displays are viewed, for example, under outdoor conditions. Shown in graph 4007 of Figure 40C and row of Figure 68BThe filter manufacturing objectives listed in are characterized by four passbands that provide a stabilized white point up to an angle of incidence of 45 degrees. The filter achieves color stability that provides a white point shift of less than 0.01 units between about 0 degrees and about 45 degrees, as demonstrated by curve 4012 in Figure 40E. Additionally, the filter provides a moderate enhancement of color discrimination, as noted in Table 68A, with an importance weighted percentage of greater than approximately 20% relative to the color gamut area of Farnsworth D-15. It is also possible to design a filter that performs in a similar manner with three passbands, in which the range of the stabilization angle extends to about 35 degrees. Figure 21B shows one variation of a three-pass band filter and another variation of a four-pass band filter, shown at 2105 and 2106 in Figure 21B, each of which achieves this optical contrast gain. Filter 2105 has three passbands, wherein a first passband at approximately 455 nm has a half-maximum width of approximately 15 nm, and a second passband at approximately 535 nm has a half-maximum width of approximately 20 nm. peak width, and a third passband at approximately 620 nanometers with a half-peak width of approximately 25 nanometers. Filter 2106 in FIG. 21B has four passbands, in which a first passband at approximately 455 nm has a half-maximum width of approximately 15 nm, and a second passband at approximately 540 nm has a half-maximum width of approximately 20 nm. A width at half maximum of about 610 nanometers, a third passband at about 610 nanometers having a full width at half maximum of about 20 nanometers, and a fourth passband at about 650 nanometers having a full width at half maximum of about 20 nanometers. Compared to simple three-band filter 2105, filter 2106 provides improved color stability with respect to changes in angle of incidence. Figure 21A shows the spectral radiant flux of daylight 2103 and the spectral radiant flux of blue primary color light 2101, the spectral radiant flux of green primary color light 2102 and the spectral radiant flux of red primary color light 2104, as measured from an LED backlit LCD display . The spectral flux of organic LED-based displays (OLEDs) is very similar, so that the filter of this embodiment will also provide optical contrast gain for these displays. In another embodiment, a multi-band filter for normal observers is designed to provide substantially normal color discrimination and a blocking band between about 530 nanometers and about 560 nanometers. This blocking band protects the eyes from laser radiation at 532 nm, such as that emitted by a frequency-double Nd:YAG laser. These lasers have many applications, including use in a variety of medical procedures. Conventionally designed filters that block visible laser emissions at, for example, about 532 nanometers also typically result in poor quality color discrimination when used in eyeglasses. For example, filters made of absorbing materials cannot achieve sufficient blocking and do not absorb a wide spectral band. Interference filters that include a single stopband (eg, Rugate-type filters) may provide adequate eye protection, but result in significant changes in color appearance and exhibit significant shifts in the white point away from the normal angle of incidence. In contrast, a multi-band interference filter can provide adequate protection against a visible laser, and a multi-band interference filter designed using the filter generation method as previously disclosed can also maintain a normal Color appearance maintains color stability at multiple angles and protects eyes from visible laser radiation over a wide range of angles. An embodiment of a 532 nm blocking filter is disclosed in the correspondence table of FIGS. 41A to 41E and FIGS. 69A and 69B. Shown in graph 4107 of Figure 41C and row of Figure 69BThe characteristics of the filter manufacturing targets listed in are four passbands separated by three stopbands, of which the middle stopband is the laser protection blocking band. The first passband is at about 440 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers, the second passband is at about 510 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers, and the third passband is at about 570 nanometers. nanometers and having a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers, and a fourth passband is located at about 630 nanometers and has a half-maximum width of about 30 nanometers. In general, similar filters can be found with frequency bands within +/- 10 nanometers of a given location and with various bandwidths, but all such filters are characterized by at least four passbands. For industrial or medical applications, a blocking passband (between about 530 nanometers and about 560 nanometers) can provide a protection level rated at OD6 or higher (OD6 indicates an optical density of 6, which results in attenuation of transmitted light 10-6 times). For interference level protection (for example, against a green laser pointer with a 532 nm output), the protection level can be smaller, for example about OD2. This protection may be specified in the filter generator design specification as one of the maximum transmittance constraints 2201 as shown in Figure 22A. Additionally, as shown in Figure 41E, these four passband filters can provide good stability with a white point of less than 0.01 units up to an incident angle of 35 degrees. As shown in Figure 41D, these filters can also provide an essentially normal color appearance over a wide range of angles, as evidenced by the fact that the PGAI is nearly zero for angles of incidence up to about 25 degrees. These filters can be incorporated into safety glasses used in industry or medicine. Specifically, in some applications of laser in medical procedures, it can be beneficial to enable users to accurately perceive the color rendering of biological tissues during surgery and to perceive the correct chromatic appearance of certain colored lights, so that the surgeon can correctly Interpret lights on computer displays and/or equipment. It should be noted that these filters are not compatible for use with illumination sources with narrow-band spectral output, such as some fluorescent lamps or RGB light-emitting diode arrays. Another embodiment related to the embodiment shown in FIGS. 41A to 41E is disclosed in the correspondence table of FIGS. 42A to 42E and FIGS. 70A and 70B. Shown in graph 4207 of Figure 42C and row of Figure 70BThe filter manufacturing objectives listed in are characterized by four passbands separated by three stopbands, the long wavelength stopband being the one that provides protection against a 589 nm sodium emission line. Eye protection from this wavelength may have industrial applications in certain processes such as glass manufacturing or working with lasers that have output power at or near the short wavelength side of the blocking band. Filter design specifications incorporate this blocking band as a spectral transmittance constraint, as shown by maximum transmittance constraint 2301 in Figure 23A. This embodiment may provide similar qualities of color appearance and white point stability as demonstrated by the previous related embodiments. Variations of this embodiment may include only three passbands, however such variations tend to provide a substantial reduction relative to the PGAI metric and are therefore somewhat unsuitable for use in applications where normal color discrimination is desired. Another embodiment related to the embodiment shown in FIGS. 35A to 35E is disclosed in the correspondence table of FIGS. 45A to 45E and FIGS. 71A and 71B . This embodiment also provides a blue light blocking function and a substantially normal color appearance. It is also intended to be suitable for use in dim lighting conditions and especially at night, where illumination by sodium vapor lamps is expected (such as is common in street lamps). Filter design guidelines are incorporated to ensure that 589 nm light is bounded by a minimum transmittance constrained by the filter transmission, as shown at 4501 in Figure 45A. Such a filter and a photochromic element can then be manufactured, for example, such that the filter incorporated into spectacles can be used within a range of lighting levels. This embodiment provides a substantially normal color appearance, as shown in Figure 45D, where the PGAI is not significantly different from zero at angles of incidence up to 45 degrees. Furthermore, as shown in the graph of Figure 43A, the filter complies with the spectral minimum transmittance constraint and the spectral maximum transmittance constraint shown at solid curve 4302 and dashed curve 4301, respectively. The maximum spectral transmittance constraint states that the filter is designed not to transmit light with wavelengths below 450 nanometers. The minimum spectral transmittance constraint stipulates that the filter is designed to transmit at least 15% across the entire stopband between 450 nm and 650 nm; in addition, the filter is designed to pass the filter for wavelengths between 580 nm and 650 nm. The largest possible fraction of light with wavelengths between 610 nanometers passes through. The filter shown in solid curve 4303 of Figure 43B (which is the same as the solid curve shown in Figures 45A-45D) is designed to meet the spectral transmittance constraints of Figure 43A, and the smoothness shown in dashed curve 4304 The filter fully meets the constraints of the intended application; specifically, the filter provides a high-luminosity artificial lamp based on sodium vapor excitation that concentrates energy at approximately 589 nanometers, such as low-pressure sodium lamps and high-pressure sodium lamps commonly used in street lights. . Short-wavelength blue light (e.g., having near-ultraviolet wavelengths between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers) is associated with a family of visual phenomena commonly referred to as glare, the contributing factors of which may include fluorescence (specifically, , the fluorescence of organic materials in the eye that partially react to UV and near-UV light), the dispersion of light through the ocular medium (specifically, due to the degradation of retinal physiology due to age-related effects) and Chromatic aberration of the eyepiece (specifically, the inability of short-wavelength light to focus accurately on the retina). Therefore, a filter that selectively inhibits the transmission of short-wavelength blue light may have utility for reducing glare and improving visual sensitivity. A standard blue light blocking filter (also referred to as a cutoff filter) can be created by incorporating a short wavelength absorber into a lens, such as shown by the transmittance curve at dashed curve 1904 in Figure 19B . However, a multi-band blue light blocking filter can provide improved color discrimination (e.g., as indicated by the solid curve 1902 (providing about 35% light transmittance), the dashed curve 1903 (providing about 60% light transmittance) in Figure 19B shown in the transmittance curve) and the filter design shown in Figures 45A and 43B. The color discrimination provided by these filters is shown in further detail in Figures 44A-44C. The spectral transmittance of a conventional blue light blocking cut-off filter is shown at 4405 of Figure 44C, and the spectral transmittance of a blue light blocking multi-band filter is shown at 4404 of Figure 44C. The color appearance of selected Munsell colors provided by the filters is shown in the chromaticity diagram of Figure 44A, which includes the color appearance provided by the cutoff filter at dashed outline 4401 and the color appearance provided by the solid outline 4402. The multi-band filter provides color appearance. The color appearance provided by the cut filter is inherently dichroic along the red-green axis, that is, the contours are collapsed such that the blue-yellow axis of apparent difference has a length of zero. In comparison, the color appearance provided by the multi-band filter is trichromatic (without collapse). An example configuration of a lens incorporating an attenuating coating and an absorbing optical substrate is depicted in Figures 46A and 46B, where the layers (from front to back) are an antireflective coating 4601, an absorbing optical substrate (e.g., containing Neodymium glass) 4602, multi-layer interference coating 4604 and attenuation coating 4605. In Figure 46B, light incident on the outer side of the lens is shown along arrow 4611. The incident light passes through the anti-reflective coating and absorptive optical substrate, and is then split by an interference filter into a transmitted component that is ultimately received by the eye 4607 and absorbed by the retina 4609 and travels in the opposite direction toward the light source but after a second pass through One of the reflected components 4612 is further absorbed during an attenuating coating. Still referring to Figure 46B, a similar process of reflection-absorption can occur for stray light entering the rear side of the lens (as shown along beam 4606), causing reflected light 4610 to be absorbed before it reaches the eye. In some examples, the attenuating coating is staggered or partially staggered with the dielectric layer of the interference coating. Neodymium-containing glass lenses are known to provide a slightly enhanced color discrimination. For example, the spectral transmittance of a 1.5 mm thick ACE modified lens (manufactured by Barberini GmbH) is shown by solid curve 4705 in Figure 47C. The color discrimination properties of the filter can be analyzed by comparison with one of the best-fit reference filters, Munsell 7.5B 8/4, given by spectral transmittance curve 4704 in Figure 47C. The appearance of selected Munsell colors provided by the ACE modified lens is shown along solid outline 4702 in the chromaticity diagram of Figure 47A, and along dashed outline 4701 is shown the appearance of selected Munsell colors for the reference filter. Neodymium-containing filters produce an increase in the color gamut area enclosed by these contours. However, the increase was mainly clustered around the red sample which was not balanced by one of the apparent purity increases of the green sample. Preferably, a lens including neodymium can be used as an optical substrate for depositing an interference filter and/or attenuating coating, such as described in Figures 46A and 46B. The resulting composite filter can then provide passbands and stopbands by configuring interference filters and narrowband absorption filters to be operated. These composite filters can be designed using linear programming methods as disclosed herein by appropriately configuring the spectral transmittance of the pre-filter p and the optical substrate to be used in the construction. Compared to multi-band filters with passbands provided only by interference filtering, these composite filters can beIW Measurements provide better performance on average and are generally less sensitive to changes in angle of incidence. Several embodiments of filter designs incorporating a neodymium-containing absorbing element are disclosed below in conjunction with the detailed description of Figures 48A-53E and additionally in Figures 57A-57E. All representations of these embodiments are variations from previously disclosed embodiments and thus require no additional detailed discussion. A general observation related to these changes is that neodymium-containing multi-band filters can provide a slightly improved angular width of the field of view within which color enhancement is provided. For example, for an embodiment that includes only a neutral density type of absorbing filter (where the PGAI is greater than zero up to about 25 degrees), a variation based on additional inclusion of such a filter with neodymium can be used at up to about 30 degrees. Provides a PGAI greater than zero. However, these variations tend to cause compromises in other areas, for example, in some variations, an ophthalmic lens incorporating such a filter may have a greater light reflectivity on the side of the lens facing the eye. The correspondence table of FIGS. 48A to 48E and FIGS. 72A and 72B discloses a first embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element, which is a variation of the design shown in FIGS. 33A to 33E . This filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination to normal observers. This change provides a wider field of view of approximately 5 degrees within which color enhancement is effective. However, the importance weighted percentage of the increase in color gamut area is essentially the same between this variation and its related embodiments. A further embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element is disclosed in Figures 49A-49E and the correspondence table of Figures 73A and 73B, which is a variation of the design shown in Figures 34A-34E. This filter provides enhanced blue-yellow discrimination to normal observers. This change provides a wider field of view of approximately 5 degrees within which color enhancement is effective. However, the importance weighted percentage of the increase in color gamut area is essentially the same between this variation and its related embodiments. A further embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element is disclosed in Figures 50A-50E and the correspondence table of Figures 74A and 74B, which is a variation of the design shown in Figures 36A-36E. This filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination to observers with mild green tint. This change provides a wider field of view of approximately 5 degrees within which color enhancement is effective. However, the importance weighted percentage of the increase in color gamut area is essentially the same between this variation and its related embodiments. A further embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element is disclosed in FIGS. 51A-51E and the correspondence table of FIGS. 75A and 75B, which is a variation of the design shown in FIGS. 37A-37E. This filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination to observers with moderate green tint. This change provides a wider field of view of approximately 5 degrees within which color enhancement is effective. However, the importance weighted percentage of the increase in color gamut area is essentially the same between this variation and its related embodiments. A further embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element is disclosed in Figures 52A-52E and the correspondence table of Figures 76A and 76B, which is a variation of the design shown in Figures 38A-38E. This filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination to observers with severe green tint. This change provides a wider field of view of approximately 5 degrees within which color enhancement is effective. However, the importance weighted percentage of the increase in color gamut area is essentially the same between this variation and its related embodiments. A further embodiment of an optical filter incorporating a neodymium absorbing element is disclosed in Figures 53A to 53E and the correspondence table of Figures 77A and 77B, which is a variation of the design shown in Figures 39A to 39E. This filter provides enhanced red-green discrimination to observers with redness weakness. This change provides a substantially improved color discrimination due to the optimal positioning of the main absorption band providing favorable conditions relative to the displacement stability constraints, whereby the long wavelength passband can be effectively red-shifted by about 10 nanometers, thereby broadening the spectral aperture without compromising other design criteria. One further application of multi-band filters considers their effectiveness in increasing the blue and cyan light absorbed by the eye. Specifically, the reception of light between about 450 nanometers and about 490 nanometers can stimulate retinal ganglion cells. These cells are not involved in color vision, but rather in the suppression of melatonin and the synchronization of circadian rhythms with the phase of daylight. The reception of this light may have therapeutic effects, for example, in treating seasonal affective disorder, sleep disorders, and other health problems. Figure 54A shows the estimated spectral absorption of retinal ganglion cells at 5401, where the absorption profile was obtained by shifting a retinal photopigment template to a peak wavelength of approximately 480 nanometers. To better understand the effect of high-energy stimulation of optical filters on ganglion cells, the example shown in the graph of Figure 54B is instructive. First, a neutral density filter (as shown at 5404) has essentially no effect on ganglion cell absorption - for a moderate range of such light transmittance of a filter (e.g., between about 20% to about 100 %), the dilation or constriction of the pupil ensures that the amount of light reaching the retina (i.e., the number of photons per second) is approximately constant (for example, the area ratio between a dilated pupil and a constricted pupil is approximately 5:1). For example, as shown in 5403, a broadband blue filter has an average transmittance between about 460 nanometers and about 490 nanometers, which is greater than the light transmittance of the filter. The luminosity of light (i.e., daylight) affects pupil dilation, and light sensitivity is maximum at about 555 nanometers, and retinal ganglion cell absorption is maximum between about 460 nanometers and about 490 nanometers, so it is concluded that relative to A filter that transmits substantially more light at about 480 nanometers than at about 555 nanometers can cause the pupil to dilate so that the number of photons absorbed by the ganglion cells increases. However, broadband filters (such as the blue example shown in the figure) do not provide a substantial gain. These blue filters improve ganglion cell stimulation by approximately 30%. However, this increase can be substantially improved by a multi-band filter, such as shown at 5402. This filter improves ganglion cell stimulation by up to approximately 80%. A first embodiment for improving ganglion cell stimulation is disclosed in the correspondence table of FIGS. 55A to 55E and FIGS. 78A and 78B. This embodiment provides an increase in ganglion cell stimulation of about 80%, ie, the ratio of the average transmittance between 460 nm and 490 nm to the light transmittance of the filter is about 1.8. However, this embodiment does not feature a stable white point. As shown by graph 5512 of Figure 55E, the appearance of the white dot shifts rapidly toward blue as the angle of incidence increases. A further embodiment for improving ganglion cell stimulation is disclosed in the correspondence table of Figures 56A to 56E and Figures 79A and 79B. This example provides an increase in ganglion cell stimulation of approximately 50%. This embodiment also features a stable white point, as shown by graph 5612 of Figure 56E. For incidence angles up to about 30 degrees, the white point displacement is less than about 0.01 units. Additionally, as shown in Figure 56D, the PGAI is essentially zero for angles of incidence up to about 30 degrees, demonstrating that the filter provides an essentially normal color appearance. However, the filter design with four passbands is relatively complex and the improvement in ganglion cell stimulation is not significant. A further embodiment for improving ganglion cell stimulation is disclosed in the correspondence table of Figures 57A to 57E and Figures 80A and 80B. This example provides an increase in ganglion cell stimulation of approximately 65% and a stable white spot. Improved performance under these conditions is facilitated by filter designs that incorporate a neodymium absorbing element. As shown by graph 5712 of Figure 57E, the white point displacement is less than about 0.01 units for incident angles up to about 30 degrees. Additionally, as shown in Figure 57D, the PGAI is essentially zero for angles of incidence up to about 30 degrees, demonstrating that the filter provides an essentially normal color appearance. In further embodiments, an optical filter may be designed to be incorporated into a lamp assembly, where the optical filter fabricated, for example, as a multi-layer dielectric coating, provides a beam-splitting function by which the beam-splitting function Function, the transmitted and reflected components of light emitted by a light source within the lamp are configured to have the same white point. The matching of the reflective white point and the transmissive white point allows two beam components to be used for illumination, so no energy is wasted through filtering. Furthermore, the transmitted component of the light beam can be configured to provide a color enhancement effect, such that a lamp assembly can be constructed in which, for example, the central region of the light beam provides an enhanced quality of light (see additional discussion below with respect to Figure 27B). An opposite effect on color appearance can be observed in reflected light, where there can be an opposite effect on the increase in relative color gamut area, as compared to an increase in the relative color gamut area, as exhibited by transmitted illuminants, and a decrease, as exhibited by reflected illuminants. The relative gamut area, ie, the average gamut area of the recombined light beams, is consistent. A lamp assembly containing such a filter preferably includes a broadband illuminator. In one embodiment, light emitting diodes may be preferably used for illumination. If white LEDs including LED driver phosphors alone do not provide a sufficiently wide band emission for good color appearance, white LEDs and red LEDs can typically be combined in a ratio of, for example, about 4:1 to produce a color temperature and spectrum with approximately the same color temperature and spectrum as daylight. The width of a broadband illuminator. Figure 25A shows the spectral radiant flux 2501 of this composite illuminator, the spectral radiant flux 2502 of a white LED, and the spectral radiant flux 2503 of a red LED. Such illuminants may have a color temperature between about 5000 K and about 7000 K and a CRI between about 80 and about 90. In a further example, an illuminator that includes LED-stimulated daylight can include white LEDs, red LEDs, and blue (or cyan) LEDs with a ratio of, for example, about 4:1:2 to produce a light with a temperature of about 5000 K to about 7000 K. A broadband illuminator with a color temperature between K and a CRI between about 90 and about 100. A filter with spectral transmittance 2504 (as shown in Figure 25B) can perform the spectral splitting described. These filters are also called dichroic filters or dichroic reflectors. Design criteria for this filter may include, for example: a cost vector configured to maximize the relative gamut area; an LED mixture as described above as the illuminator; and a reference filter that is The neutral filter makes the white point of the illuminating object under the filter the same as the white point of the illuminating object under the neutral filter and the reflective filter. In addition, the white point constraint can preferably specify the white point at angles of incidence up to about 20 degrees from the normal. This accommodates potential difficulties in perfectly collimating the incident light. A 20 degree beam width can be achieved using a small footprint collimating lens. Additionally, it may be preferable to specify a filter with a minimum spectral transmission of about 10% across visible wavelengths, which can be used to adjust the gamut area increase to reduce the appearance of color when split beams are spatially recombined. The non-uniform appearance in the mixed region of the split beams. The spectral transmittance 2605 of the illuminant beam splitting filter and the spectral transmittance 2606 of its reflectance (reflection) are again presented in Figure 26C. The spectral radiant flux 2604 of a mixture of LED illuminants is again shown in Figure 26B. Point 2603 in the chromaticity diagram of Figure 26A shows the chromaticity coordinates of the white point of the filter and the inverse filter. 2601 is the chromaticity coordinate of the selected Munsell color of the filter, and 2602 is the chromaticity coordinate of the selected Munsell color of the inverse filter. The opposite effect on the gamut area can be easily seen in these profiles, whereby illuminant transmitted through the filter increases the gamut area and illuminant reflected through the filter in turn decreases the gamut area. Small. One possible configuration of components for forming a lamp assembly including such a beam splitting filter is shown in Figures 27A and 27B. Here, the assembly can be configured as a stack that includes a thermally conductive substrate 2701 (such as a metal circuit board), a light emitting diode 2702, a beam forming optical light guide 2703, and a multi-layer interference coating that can be deposited to the surface of an optically transparent substrate (such as glass). Referring specifically to FIG. 27B , in an example configuration, a beam of light emitted by LED 2702 is collimated by optical device (eg, light guide) 2703 to a beam width of approximately 20 degrees, and then incident on interference filter 2704 superior. Thereafter, the transmitted component of light appears in the central portion of output beam 2708, and the reflected portion is redirected by the light guide (e.g., by internal reflection along the boundary indicated by 2709), and is then emitted along the annular portion of output beam 2707 . As shown in the figure, this configuration allows the lamp assembly to incorporate a color-enhancing filter without compromising luminous efficiency because the light not transmitted by the filter is back-radiated into an environment that can still be used for general lighting. , whereas an absorption filter will reduce the efficiency of the lamp, an interference filter has an almost identical efficiency. Such illuminators may be advantageously employed indoors to provide improved color discrimination for green-weak and red-weak observers. In these configurations, the illuminator may also be used with filters incorporated into the glasses (as previously disclosed). For the spectral transmittance as a function of wavelength of any filter disclosed above in this specification, one method for calculating the center position and width of the passband and stopband includes applying a Gaussian smoothing kernel to a spectral transmittance curve (e.g., by convolution of the core and transmission data sequence), where the width of the core is wide enough to substantially eliminate any undesired changes in the curve (e.g., such as those not valued by the filter of interest) transients, ripples, noise, or other artifacts); then normalize the curve so that the maximum transmittance equals 100%; and then round each transmittance value to 0% or 100% so that each adjacent spectral region ( where the rounding value is 0%) corresponds to the frequency band boundary of a stopband, and each adjacent spectral region (where the rounding value is 100%) corresponds to the frequency band boundary of a passband. For band boundaries calculated according to this method, the average transmittance within each passband and each stopband can be calculated relative to the original curve. The width of a passband or stopband is equal to the distance between the lower frequency band boundary and the upper frequency band boundary, and the center of a passband or stopband is equal to the midpoint between the lower frequency band boundary and the upper frequency band boundary. Preferably, for any such calculated set of passband boundaries and stopband boundaries, for each staggered stopband, the average transmission of the stopband is at most half the average transmission of an adjacent passband. If this condition does not apply, then the change between passband and stopband can be essentially useless, in which case the width of the smoothing core can be increased and the calculation iteratively performed until a suitable smoothing width is determined. For most filters of interest in this invention, a smooth core with a half-maximum width of about 20 nanometers is suitable for the purposes of this calculation. For most of the optical filters described in this invention, specified values related to the location of the band boundaries, the location of the band center, and the width of the band can be given in wavelength units rounded to the nearest 5 nanometers. The teachings in this article are sufficient to specify filters with greater spectral resolution. However, a large spectral resolution is not necessarily required to practice the present invention. The foregoing portions of this specification disclose methods for producing multi-band optical filters that affect color vision in a desired manner, including: methods of designing filter specifications that satisfy constraints associated with the filter's intended use; Methods of evaluating the performance of a filter specification and adjusting the design to further improve the performance of the filter specification relative to the desired effect to achieve the specifications of a preferred embodiment of such a filter; manufacturing the filter and/or providing A method suitable for machine specifications with an optical filter made by another method; and one of incorporating the optical filter into an eye lens or a lamp assembly to produce a device that provides the desired effect on color vision Preferred embodiment methods. The scope of the effect on color vision achieved by the present invention includes: maintaining normal color discrimination (which is also referred to in the present invention as providing "good color discrimination"); enhancing color discrimination (which is sometimes also referred to in the present invention as "good color discrimination") Enhanced" or "improved" color discrimination), it can be unconditionally assumed that the improvement in color discrimination between red and green is equivalent to the improvement in color discrimination between blue and yellow; enhanced red-green discrimination, in which the desired effect is such that the improvement in color discrimination between red and green maximizing improvement in discrimination; and enhancing blue-yellow discrimination, wherein the desired effect maximizes improvement in discrimination between blue and yellow. It is generally desirable that filters that also provide additional functionality (such as specified minimum and/or maximum spectral transmittance in one or more regions of the visible spectrum) maintain normal color discrimination, where equivalent spectra are achieved by conventional methods Transmittance limitations will result in a filter providing poor quality color discrimination. For example, a conventional notch filter or cutoff filter that acts as an interference filter can cause significant changes in the chromatic appearance of certain colors, and/or can cause significant changes in the chromatic appearance of certain colors when the filter is incorporated into eyeglasses. Causes the appearance of some colors to change relative to the variable viewing angle in a way that makes the viewer uncomfortable. In a further example, absorption averages that affect spectral transmittance can result in filters with a low optical transmittance and/or a strongly colored white point because the concentration of absorbing material required to achieve the spectral transmittance limit can Significantly affects the transmittance in a wide region of the visible spectrum. The methods disclosed herein enable the design, specification, and fabrication of optical filters that maintain normal color discrimination over a wide range of viewing angles and provide useful constraints on spectral transmittance. Certain variations of the filters and products incorporating the filters disclosed herein include: filters that block blue light between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers; filters that block blue light between about 380 nanometers and about 450 nanometers; A filter that blocks blue light between 450 nanometers and simultaneously ensures high spectral transmittance of light at approximately 589 nanometers within a wide viewing angle range; a filter that blocks green light at approximately 532 nanometers within a wide viewing angle range an optical device; and an optical filter that provides a high average transmittance of light relative to a light transmittance of between about 460 nanometers and about 490 nanometers. The filters in this embodiment family all include three passbands interleaved with two stopbands. However, many of these filters include four passbands interleaved with three stopbands, where one or more of the stopbands and/or one or more of the passbands provide the desired spectral transmittance limitation. Further variations based on the methods disclosed herein enable the design, specification, and manufacture of filters that enhance color discrimination over a wide viewing angle range. These filters include: filters that enhance red-green discrimination; filters that enhance blue-yellow color discrimination. Discrimination enhancement filter; or both. The filters may be configured to enhance color discrimination for observers with normal color vision, or may be configured to enhance color discrimination for observers with color vision deficiencies, including green-tiny color vision deficiency, red-tiny color vision deficiency, and tertiary color vision deficiency. Enhanced color discrimination in observers with achromatopsia. The configuration of a filter intended for use by a particular observer may provide a preferred embodiment of a filter that affects color vision in a desired manner. However, this configuration does not necessarily prevent other observers from experiencing some or all of the desired effects. Applications of filters that enhance red-green discrimination include optical aids for green-weak observers and red-weak observers. These color vision deficient people are characterized by a sensitivity to changes between red and green that is lower than the sensitivity of normal observers. Filters that enhance red-green discrimination may also be used in other applications including general-purpose eyewear for normal observers (such as sunglasses); and event-specific eyewear such as those used when playing certain sports including golf. . Filters that enhance blue-yellow discrimination can be used by type 3 color-deficient observers and also have other applications including enhancing light contrast, stimulating red-green color vision deficiencies, and detecting camouflaged objects. Filters that provide a balanced enhancement of color discrimination between red and green and between blue and yellow may be better used by observers with normal color vision, where such filters are incorporated into eyeglasses Provides general improvements in visual quality. The filters within this family of embodiments all include three passbands interleaved with two stopbands. However, some such filters may include four passbands interleaved with three stopbands. Typically, the fourth passband has a center located at greater than about 660 nanometers and is configured such that the filter maintains a substantially non-whitening point at extreme angles of incidence. Filters configured to enhance color discrimination can be classified according to the center position of the second passband. For the center position between about 520 nanometers and about 540 nanometers, the filter mainly focuses on providing an improvement in discrimination between red and green. For center positions between about 545 nanometers and about 550 nanometers, the filter provides approximately the same improvement in discrimination between red and green and between blue and yellow. For centers between about 555 nanometers and about 580 nanometers, the filter focuses on providing improved discrimination between blue and yellow. For a filter configured to enhance blue-yellow discrimination, the preferred center position of the second passband is approximately 580 nanometers, which corresponds to the monochromatic wavelength that most observers perceive as yellow only. However, a filter with a second passband center position at 580 nm may not be practical as it would cause the colors to appear dichroic and would result in a corresponding loss of all between red and green discern. Therefore, it is useful to constrain these filters, for example by ensuring that the chromaticity coordinates of a green traffic signal are within defined boundaries that give their acceptable limits. Thus, an optimal filter may be found with a second passband position less than or equal to about 560 nanometers that maximizes discrimination between blue and yellow at the expense of color discrimination between red and green. . For a filter configured to enhance discrimination between red and green, the optimal center position of the second passband varies depending on the color group of interest. Relative to Munsell color samples and/or Farnsworth D-15 colors, the optimal center position is approximately 530 nm. However, relative to natural samples, a better location is around 540 nm. Therefore, the choice of 535 nm gives the best average case choice for this filter for use in a mixed environment. Relative to a filter configured to enhance red-green discrimination for a green-weak observer, preferred embodiments may depend on a subclass of this type of observer. For mildly green-weak observers, a moderate contrast ratio between passband average transmission and stopband average transmission may be suitable, for example, about 4:1. For a moderately green-weak observer, a ratio of at least about 6:1 may be preferable. For a severely green-weak observer, a ratio of at least 8:1 may be preferable. For filters having a passband to stopband contrast ratio greater than about 6:1, the filter specifications may be preferably limited to provide between about 580 nanometers and about 620 nanometers and/or between about 560 nanometers and about 560 nanometers. The minimum spectral transmittance is at least about one-fifth of the minimum spectral transmittance of light between about 580 nanometers. This ensures that the filter is suitable for general use, such as the simultaneous operation of a motor vehicle which requires suitable visibility of certain narrow-band yellow lights, including light-emitting diodes and low-pressure sodium lamps. In such a variation, the filter may be preferably constrained to constrain the chromaticity coordinates of a yellow traffic signal within a specific area so that the lights are not mistaken for, for example, orange or red. A variation based on the above range is applied to the second passband center position relative to a filter configured to enhance red-green discrimination for a red-weak observer. Due to retinal physiology associated with the abnormality, the preferred wavelengths were all blue-shifted to about 5 nanometers, for example, the selection of 535 nanometers was modified to about 530 nanometers. Furthermore, it should be noted that relative to the configuration of the filter for red-weak observers, the center of the third passband is preferably at most between about 610 nanometers and about 625 nanometers, due to the relatively small The use of longer wavelengths can result in reduced visibility of red to such observers. The filters within the family of embodiments described above for enhanced color discrimination all include three passbands interleaved with two stopbands. Regarding the configuration of filters used for color vision, such filters generally preferably provide light transmission within a moderate range (e.g., at least about 8%), and also preferably provide light transmission without strong display. The white point of a color (that is, the chromaticity coordinate of average sunlight as viewed through a filter). A constrained white point region may preferably be chosen to provide an essentially neutral hue because filters with a moderately or strongly tinted white point cannot provide the appropriate brightness for some colors. Furthermore, it may be preferable to impose a limit such that the white point remains within a relatively small area within a range of viewing angles, as these filters provide the most comfortable viewing experience when incorporated into eyeglasses and are Achieve tolerance for misalignment and beam divergence when incorporated into the lamp assembly. The CIELUV(u',v') chromaticity coordinates are better used for these calculations because, according to this scale, the ellipse that defines the smallest perceptible difference between colors for the range of the white point of interest is Approximately circular. The (u', v') coordinates can be calculated relative to the CIE 1931 2-degree standard observer or the CIE 1964 10-degree standard observer, where the former gives a better prediction of the apparent color of the object at a distance, and the latter gives A better prediction of the apparent color of an object over a larger portion of the field of view. The white point constraint region may have a radius of approximately 0.02 units on the (u', v') chromaticity diagram relative to a filter configured for use by an observer with normal color vision. More preferably, the region can have a radius of about 0.01 units, and still more preferably, the range of angles of incidence over which the filter white point meets the limit can be expanded from 0 degrees to at least about 25 degrees, and more preferably, Expands from 0 degrees to at least about 35 degrees. With respect to filters configured for use by observers with color vision deficiencies, the constraint region may be preferably defined as an elliptical region, for example, where the long axis of the ellipse corresponds to the type of color vision deficiency Confusing line orientation. Thus, when the properties of these filters are analyzed in terms of a circular constrained region, the properties of these filters are characterized by a white point that leaves the constrained region within a certain range of intermediate angles and is then characterized by a Steeper angles again enter the constraint region, where the steeper angles are typically between about 20 degrees and about 40 degrees. In some embodiments, this may provide a filter that appears to provide good stability of the white point when viewed by an intended observer, but is not perceptible to the same extent by an observer with normal color vision. Stability. The white point constraint area may be better limited to a radius of approximately 0.01 units relative to mild deuteranomaly observers and moderate deuteranomaly observers. Relative to severe green weak observers, an unconstrained region with a radius of approximately 0.02 units may be preferred. Relative to a red-weak observer, the angular range within which the constraints are considered may be reduced to, for example, between about 0 degrees and about 20 degrees. A first method for designing a filter that enhances color discrimination includes: selecting a desired center position of the second passband based on the desired effect as described above; selecting a desired light transmittance appropriate for the filter The minimum required width of one of the second passbands (it should be noted that this preference also implies that the average transmittance of the second passband is as high as possible); and then select the appropriate first and third passbands Center position and width. The center of the first passband is preferably located at the shortest possible wavelength, and the center of the third passband is preferably located at the longest possible wavelength, with the center position and width constrained by constraints related to the white point of the filter. The range of possibilities includes the desired chromaticity coordinates of the white point at normal incidence; and the region within that will contain the chromaticity coordinates of the white point relative to a range of viewing conditions at angles of deviation from normal incidence. Then, the average transmittance within the three passbands is preferably chosen to be the maximum possible value (which can be less than 100% if the filter is specified to incorporate, for example, an absorbing filter), and can be preferably The average transmittance of the staggered stopband is selected within a range of values corresponding to a contrast ratio of the average transmittance between the passband and the stopband of between about 2:1 and about 10:1 or greater. Higher contrast ratios produce stronger color discrimination enhancements. These high ratios may also be associated with the unusual and/or unstable color appearance of certain lamps, such as narrow band lamps. The above description related to the preferred selection of passband positions and passband to stopband contrast ratios and methods of designing the optical filters disclosed herein provides appropriate teachings for designing optical filters that are members of the groups identified above. For example, to achieve such a filter by an exhaustive search procedure, the center position and width of the second passband and the passband may be determined, for example, based on the call range associated with the effect on color vision as described above. Band to stopband contrast ratios, then enumerating all possible combinations of center positions and widths of the first and third passbands, and then using a computer to evaluate each filter within the enumerated group to select the better member. The preferred member satisfies the design constraints required to maximize a performance measure relative to color discrimination. The listed groups may include thousands of members, and the resulting calculations may require significant computational time due to the number of frequency bands considered and the spectral resolution of the calculations. Even better, the methods disclosed herein for designing these filters by solving a linear program can be used, thereby transforming the design constraints into a well-formed linear program that will enable filter design The limit is defined as a geometric abstraction best described as a generalized multidimensional convex polyhedron. Through guidance (which uses a cost vector as described in the teachings of this invention), a linear program solver can quickly position the filter components on the boundaries of the feasible set to maximize along the direction indicated by the cost vector. Given constraints in direction. As disclosed herein, linear programming methods enable nearly instantaneous determination of test filter specifications, allowing best practices for practicing the present invention to interactively guide cost vectors and/or design constraints such that an operator can instantly evaluate an Performance trade-offs involved in specific test filters. The linear programming method also enables the design of, for example, a composite filter including an interference filter and a narrowband absorption filter (such as a neodymium-containing optical substrate), where the linear programming solver determines the interference filter The transmittance specifications of the filter must be specified to produce the desired effect in conjunction with the absorbing filter. Feasible filter sets considered by the linear program solver may include essentially any spectral transmittance curve that is difficult or impossible to achieve by enumerating frequency bands or iterating a local search procedure. Since the linear program solver is not strictly limited to designing a multiband filter (which is a sequence of passbands interleaved with the stopband), it can be used to design a multiband filter that can be achieved when used with another specific filter. A multi-band spectral transmittance filter that includes constraints that consider properties relative to the composite filters over a range of angles of incidence. For any test filter specification (such as produced by the method just described), further methods disclosed herein enable prediction of the effect of the test filter on color discrimination. For example, in one embodiment, a method involves: determining a best-fitting broadband reference filter; then calculating the chromaticity coordinates of a set of reference colors as viewed through the test filter and the reference filter; And compare the ratio of the area enclosed by the coordinates under the two conditions. In another embodiment, a best-fit broadband reference filter is determined, then the chromaticity coordinates of a set of reference colors as viewed through the test filter and the reference filter are calculated, and then these are The chromaticity coordinates are projected onto one axis of the color space, and the relative standard deviations of the sets of coordinates along that axis are compared. Preferably, the axis may comprise one or more of the Line of Confusion for Color Blindness Type 3, the Line of Deuteranopia Confusion, and the Line of Protanopia Confusion, such that the calculated ratio corresponds to the enhancement, weakening, or maintenance of color discrimination along the corresponding direction, where Type III color blindness confusion lines generally correspond to the discrimination between blue and yellow, and deuteranopia confusion lines and protanopia confusion lines generally correspond to the discrimination between red and green. More preferably, these performance analysis calculations are performed relative to the test filter as viewed within a range of angles of incidence from normal, such as between about 0 degrees and at least about 25 degrees. The average efficacy over these angles can be used to estimate the overall efficacy of the product when incorporated into an eye lens, for example, so that filter efficacy must be considered over a wide range of viewing angles. Even better, this analysis may consider the estimated distribution of the curvature and orientation of the lens within a spectacle frame, and/or the geometry of the eye, and/or the orientation of the eye that can be rotated in the eye socket. Preferably, such performance evaluation relative to a reference color may consider a representation of the color under conditions under which the product may be used with, for example, eyeglasses. Such reference color shall include both samples from natural sources as well as artificial pigments, For filters configured for incorporation into interior light assemblies, the reference colors may include only artificial colorants. For a preferred test filter specification, the filter may be fabricated, for example, as an interference filter fabricated by physical vapor deposition of a stack of dielectric materials onto an optical substrate. The test filter specifications may be bounded by a minimum transmittance curve and a maximum transmittance curve to, for example, provide a processing tolerance specification suitable to enable the filter to be manufactured by an operator familiar with such production methods. Some embodiments of the filters disclosed herein may be fabricated, for example, as high-order interference filters that include about 100 layers of dielectric material and have a total thickness of about 6 microns. Relative to implementations of some embodiments, in particular in which only a modest contrast ratio between the average transmission of the passband and the stopband is desired (e.g., having a ratio between about 2:1 to about 4:1) For example), the number of layers and thickness can be significantly reduced such that for example up to about 50 layers are required and/or have a total thickness of about 3 microns, where these limits can be achieved by applying a smooth core to the filter format , for example, the core preferably has a Gaussian shape and a half-peak value of at least about 20 nanometers. The resulting simplified design can then benefit from shorter machining times, compatibility with lower precision procedures, and lower overall production costs. Several of the types represented by the filter embodiments disclosed herein may benefit from being designed as a composite filter (e.g., including an interference filter and an absorption filter, where the absorption filter includes neodymium) Construct. For example, relative to a red-green enhancement filter with a constrained white point within an angular range, these composite designs are feasible at longer wavelengths than would be feasible given the same constraint criteria and without the neodymium absorbing component. Select the position of the third passband at one wavelength. While longer wavelength center locations are preferred, as previously described, this can lead to composite filter designs that further enhance color discrimination. In addition, these composite designs can provide improved stability of color, such as when analyzing performance over an angular range, for high angles that include neodymium, which is 5 degrees greater than the angle of an equivalent filter design that does not include neodymium. A composite design can maintain a gamut area ratio greater than 1:1. However, it was found that the improved angular stability was often compromised by a slightly lower peak efficiency due to an undesired secondary absorption band present in the neodymium-containing filter, resulting in a second pass filter. The band is slightly wider than the optimal passband. However, such composite designs including neodymium may be preferred as filters incorporated into eyeglasses (where overall visual comfort is a consideration). Alternatively or additionally, other narrow band absorbers may be used as neodymium, which include narrow band organic dyes and other rare earth elements such as 鐐鐐 or 鈥, whereby some of these combinations of narrow band absorbers may provide an interference filter. A composite filter designed to exhibit improved angular stability and/or reduced light reflectivity. Such combinations may be designed, for example, using linear stylization methods as disclosed herein. When any of the disclosed filters are fabricated as interference filters, the high reflectivity of these filters must be taken into consideration. When incorporated into eyeglasses, the ratio of light transmittance to light reflectance on the inner surface of the lens is preferably at most about 2:1. Relative to a filter in which the interference filter has a high transmittance (eg, over 60%), the reflectivity of the interference filter may be small enough to be ignored. Preferably, these filters are combined with either a linear polarizer in the form of an absorption filter or a photochromic absorption filter which is combined with an interference filter. Placement will not significantly reduce light reflectivity. With respect to filters in which the interference filter has a light transmission of less than about 60%, management of reflectivity on the inner surface of the lens is a considerable problem. A first approach is to apply a neutral density absorber to the rear side of the lens to facilitate the fact that reflected light must pass through the absorber twice, which can restore the contrast ratio to an acceptable level. However, the neutral density absorber also reduces the maximum spectral transmission of the lens, which in turn implies a required reduction in one of the average transmission contrast ratios between the passband and stopband, which can, for example, reduce the effective color provided Identify improvements. In one embodiment, a circular polarizer can be applied to the inner surface and configured so that the linearly polarizing element absorbs backside reflections. This construction can achieve a very high contrast ratio. Alternatively, a metallic attenuating coating can be incorporated into the interference filter, which includes, for example, titanium dioxide and silicon dioxide (TiO2 and SiO2 ) layer, and the metal layer includes pure titanium. Due to the properties of these metal layers when incorporated into interference filters, the configuration can be significantly better than an equivalent neutral density filter with respect to the attenuation of reflectivity. Furthermore, due to the good material compatibility between metal and metal oxide, this configuration can provide a robust product that is also economical to produce and provides the desired effect on color vision. A further concern related to the reflectivity of interference filters concerns the placement of interference filters in ophthalmic lens assemblies, where such filters may be present within the substrate if they are disposed on an interior surface. Visible artifacts caused by reflections; these are preferably mitigated by a high-quality anti-reflective coating on the opposite surface of the lens. Preferred embodiments of the filter may be considered regarding the incorporation into the lamp assembly of a filter configured to provide enhanced color discrimination (where the filter may also be referred to as a dichroic reflector). The efficiency of these assemblies and the quality of color discrimination provided by both the transmitted and reflected components of the illuminant. In some embodiments, the illuminant may be a broadband source, for example, where the transmitted component enhances discrimination between red and green, and the reflected component enhances discrimination between blue and yellow. Preferably, the illuminator can be a multi-band source (such as an array of red LEDs, green LEDs, and blue LEDs) so that the transmitted component provides enhanced color discrimination and the reflected component remains normal. Color discrimination. There are preferred configurations of lamp assemblies in which both transmitted and reflected components of light are used for illumination. The methods disclosed herein may be implemented, for example, using the commercially available computing software program Mathematica® (including its linear program solver) available from Wolfram Research on a computer with a 2.3 GHz Intel Core i7 processor and 8 GB of RAM. Filter design methods. However, those skilled in the art should understand that the methods disclosed herein are not limited to the above implementations and have nothing to do with the computer/system architecture. Accordingly, the methods can be implemented equivalently on other computing platforms, using other computing software (commercially available or specifically coded computing software for filter design methods), and can also be hardwired into a circuit or other computing component . The present invention is illustrative and not restrictive. Further modifications will be apparent to those skilled in the art in view of the present invention. For example, although the methods and steps described above indicate certain events occurring in a certain order, one of ordinary skill will recognize that the order of certain steps may be modified and such modifications are consistent with the invention disclosed herein. Additionally, if feasible, some of the steps may be performed simultaneously in a parallel program, and some of the steps may be performed sequentially as described above. Actions referred to herein as operations of a method or procedure may also be understood as "steps" in the method or procedure. Therefore, in this regard, there are variations of the invention disclosed herein that are within the spirit of the invention or equivalent to the invention disclosed herein, and the invention and its patentable scope are also intended to cover such variations. All publications and patent applications cited in this application are incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

101‧‧‧照明體 102‧‧‧光學系統 103‧‧‧光反射 104‧‧‧參考色彩 105‧‧‧光透射 106‧‧‧光學濾光器 107‧‧‧光吸收 108‧‧‧短波長視錐細胞 109‧‧‧光吸收 110‧‧‧中波長視錐細胞 111‧‧‧光吸收 112‧‧‧長波長視錐細胞 113‧‧‧觀察者 115‧‧‧視覺光轉導操作 116‧‧‧色度 117‧‧‧發光度 118‧‧‧色彩外觀模型 201‧‧‧短波長視錐細胞感光色素之光譜吸收率之曲線圖 202‧‧‧中波長視錐細胞感光色素之光譜吸收率之曲線圖 203‧‧‧長波長視錐細胞感光色素之光譜吸收率之曲線圖 204‧‧‧基因型 205‧‧‧分類 206‧‧‧短波長視錐細胞感光色素之最大吸收率之波長 207‧‧‧中波長視錐細胞感光色素之最大吸收率之波長 208‧‧‧長波長視錐細胞感光色素之最大吸收率之波長 301‧‧‧長波長視錐細胞之神經激勵 302‧‧‧點 303‧‧‧發光度回應線 304‧‧‧平面 305‧‧‧投影 306‧‧‧中波長視錐細胞之神經激勵 307‧‧‧軸/原點 309‧‧‧輪廓/光譜軌跡 310‧‧‧短波長視錐細胞之神經激勵 401‧‧‧試驗濾光器 402‧‧‧照明體 403‧‧‧參考色彩 404‧‧‧觀察者 405‧‧‧參考濾光器 406‧‧‧操作 407‧‧‧操作 408‧‧‧色域面積 409‧‧‧色域面積 410‧‧‧比率 411‧‧‧相對色域面積 501‧‧‧參考色彩 502‧‧‧照明體 503‧‧‧濾光器 505‧‧‧光學相互作用 506‧‧‧視覺光轉導 507‧‧‧觀察者 508‧‧‧色彩外觀模型 509‧‧‧色度座標 510‧‧‧Delaunay三角量測演算法 512‧‧‧色域面積 601‧‧‧Munsell 5B 5/4之光譜反射率 602‧‧‧Munsell 5G 5/4之光譜反射率 603‧‧‧Munsell 5Y 5/4之光譜反射率 604‧‧‧Munsell 5R 5/4之光譜反射率 605‧‧‧Munsell 5P 5/4之光譜反射率 606‧‧‧藍花之光譜反射率 607‧‧‧綠葉之光譜反射率 608‧‧‧黃花之光譜反射率 609‧‧‧紅花之光譜反射率 610‧‧‧紫花之光譜反射率 701‧‧‧虛線輪廓 702‧‧‧實線輪廓 703‧‧‧實線輪廓 704‧‧‧點 705‧‧‧虛線輪廓 706‧‧‧點 708‧‧‧線段 709‧‧‧圍封實線 710‧‧‧照明體D65之光譜輻射通量 711‧‧‧參考濾光器之光譜透射率 712‧‧‧試驗濾光器之白點 802‧‧‧實線輪廓 803‧‧‧實線輪廓 804‧‧‧白點 807‧‧‧點/虛線輪廓 808‧‧‧虛線輪 809‧‧‧光譜輻射通量 810‧‧‧參考濾光器之光譜透射率 811‧‧‧試驗濾光器之光譜透射率 901‧‧‧成本向量 902‧‧‧光譜透射率約束 903‧‧‧濾光器產生器 904‧‧‧照明體 905‧‧‧線性程式解算器 906‧‧‧約束投影界限/約束投影界限向量 907‧‧‧線性程式 908‧‧‧濾光器白點約束 909‧‧‧約束投影範數/約束投影範數矩陣 910‧‧‧三色約束計算操作 911‧‧‧解向量 912‧‧‧參考濾光器 913‧‧‧基本濾光器 914‧‧‧加權求和操作 915‧‧‧色彩外觀約束 916‧‧‧平滑操作 917‧‧‧濾光器總組成操作 918‧‧‧觀察者 919‧‧‧預濾光器 920‧‧‧平滑核心 921‧‧‧濾光器規格/複合設計濾光器 922‧‧‧偏置 923‧‧‧偏置係數 1001‧‧‧凸多面體 1002‧‧‧凸多面體 1003‧‧‧三色值 1004‧‧‧等亮平面 1005‧‧‧壁狀表面/錐體 1006‧‧‧上發光度界限 1007‧‧‧下發光度界限 1101‧‧‧色彩外觀約束 1102‧‧‧三色約束計算 1103‧‧‧觀察者 1104‧‧‧發光度界限間隔 1105‧‧‧參考光 1106‧‧‧色度邊界 1107‧‧‧基本濾光器 1108‧‧‧光透射 1109‧‧‧操作 1111‧‧‧光透射 1112‧‧‧矩陣 1113‧‧‧表面 1114‧‧‧觀察者 1115‧‧‧視網膜感光色素吸收率/視覺光轉導 1116‧‧‧矩陣-向量積 1117‧‧‧三色值 1118‧‧‧界限 1119‧‧‧向量長度/範數 1201‧‧‧成本函數 1202‧‧‧成本函數 1203‧‧‧自然界濾光器 1204‧‧‧Munsell色彩濾光器 1301‧‧‧濾光器設計準則/參考色彩 1302‧‧‧濾光器設計程序/濾光器設計及分析程序 1303‧‧‧濾光器產生器 1304‧‧‧參考濾光器 1305‧‧‧試驗濾光器/試驗功能 1306‧‧‧照明體 1307‧‧‧效能分析操作 1308‧‧‧製造分析程序/操作 1309‧‧‧額外資訊 1311‧‧‧製造規格 1312‧‧‧製造成本 1313‧‧‧標準順應分析之結果 1314‧‧‧相對色域面積 1315‧‧‧操作 1316‧‧‧操作 1317‧‧‧操作 1401‧‧‧色度邊界/點 1402‧‧‧點 1403‧‧‧點 1404‧‧‧點 1405‧‧‧色度邊界/區域 1406‧‧‧色度邊界 1407‧‧‧綠色交通信號之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖 1408‧‧‧日光之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖 1409‧‧‧黃色交通信號之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖 1410‧‧‧濾光器/受約束濾光器之透射率 1411‧‧‧不受約束濾光器之透射率 1501‧‧‧曲線圖 1502‧‧‧曲線圖 1503‧‧‧曲線圖 1504‧‧‧濾光器/光譜透射率曲線圖 1601‧‧‧曲線 1603‧‧‧曲線圖 1604‧‧‧曲線圖 1605‧‧‧曲線圖 1701‧‧‧輪廓 1702‧‧‧輪廓 1703‧‧‧輪廓 1705‧‧‧曲線圖 1706‧‧‧曲線圖 1707‧‧‧曲線圖 1801‧‧‧輪廓 1802‧‧‧輪廓 1803‧‧‧色度座標 1804‧‧‧曲線圖 1805‧‧‧參考數字 1806‧‧‧曲線圖 1807‧‧‧曲線圖 1902‧‧‧實線曲線 1903‧‧‧虛線曲線 1904‧‧‧虛線曲線 2001‧‧‧實線曲線/虛線曲線 2002‧‧‧實線曲線/虛線曲線 2101‧‧‧藍原色光之光譜輻射通量 2102‧‧‧綠原色光之光譜輻射通量 2103‧‧‧日光之光譜輻射通量 2104‧‧‧紅原色光之光譜輻射通量 2105‧‧‧三頻帶濾光器 2106‧‧‧濾光器 2201‧‧‧最大透射率約束 2301‧‧‧最大透射率約束 2401‧‧‧線性偏振器 2402‧‧‧四分之一波長延遲器/圓形偏振器 2403‧‧‧光學透明基板 2404‧‧‧多層干涉塗層/干涉濾光器 2405‧‧‧四分之一波長延遲器 2406‧‧‧偏振器 2408‧‧‧光束 2409‧‧‧眼睛 2411‧‧‧反射光 2412‧‧‧視網膜 2413‧‧‧箭頭 2414‧‧‧反射分量 2501‧‧‧複合照明體之光譜輻射通量 2502‧‧‧白色LED之光譜輻射通量 2503‧‧‧紅色LED之光譜輻射通量 2504‧‧‧光譜透射率 2601‧‧‧色度座標 2602‧‧‧色度座標 2603‧‧‧點 2604‧‧‧LED照明體之混合物之光譜輻射通量 2605‧‧‧光譜透射率 2606‧‧‧光譜透射率 2701‧‧‧導熱基板 2702‧‧‧發光二極體 2703‧‧‧光束形成光學光導/光學器件 2707‧‧‧輸出光束 2801‧‧‧抗反射塗層 2802‧‧‧光學基板 2803‧‧‧第一衰減塗層 2804‧‧‧多層干涉塗層 2805‧‧‧第二衰減塗層 2806‧‧‧光束 2807‧‧‧眼睛 2809‧‧‧視網膜 2810‧‧‧反射光 2811‧‧‧箭頭 2812‧‧‧反射分量 2815‧‧‧第一衰減塗層 2901‧‧‧球形區段 2902‧‧‧球形區段 2904‧‧‧半球 2905‧‧‧半球 2906‧‧‧虛線箭頭 2909‧‧‧虛線箭頭 3001‧‧‧輪廓 3002‧‧‧輪廓 3003‧‧‧輪廓 3004‧‧‧邊界/干涉濾光器 3005‧‧‧點 3006‧‧‧輪廓 3007‧‧‧曲線 3008‧‧‧輸出光束/曲線 3009‧‧‧曲線 3101‧‧‧實線曲線 3102‧‧‧虛線曲線 3103‧‧‧虛線曲線 3104‧‧‧實線曲線 3105‧‧‧虛線曲線 3106‧‧‧虛線曲線 3107‧‧‧實線曲線 3108‧‧‧虛線曲線 3109‧‧‧虛線曲線 3110‧‧‧實線曲線 3111‧‧‧虛線曲線 3112‧‧‧白點位移圖 4301‧‧‧虛線曲線 4302‧‧‧實線曲線 4303‧‧‧實線曲線 4304‧‧‧虛線曲線 4401‧‧‧虛線輪廓 4402‧‧‧實線輪廓 4404‧‧‧藍光阻隔多頻帶濾光器之光譜透射率 4405‧‧‧藍光阻隔截止濾光器之光譜透射率 4601‧‧‧抗反射塗層 4602‧‧‧吸收光學基板 4604‧‧‧多層干涉塗層 4606‧‧‧光束 4607‧‧‧眼睛 4609‧‧‧視網膜 4610‧‧‧反射光 4611‧‧‧箭頭 4612‧‧‧反射分量 4701‧‧‧虛線輪廓 4702‧‧‧實線輪廓 4704‧‧‧光譜透射率曲線 4705‧‧‧實線曲線 5801‧‧‧圓角框/實體 5802‧‧‧實體/方形框 5803‧‧‧圓角框/實體 5805‧‧‧方形框 5806‧‧‧複合操作 5808‧‧‧複合物體 5811‧‧‧複合物體101‧‧‧Illuminating body 102‧‧‧Optical system 103‧‧‧Light reflection 104‧‧‧Reference color 105‧‧‧Light transmission 106‧‧‧Optical Filter 107‧‧‧Light absorption 108‧‧‧Short wavelength cones 109‧‧‧Light absorption 110‧‧‧Medium wavelength cones 111‧‧‧Light absorption 112‧‧‧Long wavelength cones 113‧‧‧Observer 115‧‧‧Visual phototransduction operation 116‧‧‧Chroma 117‧‧‧Luminosity 118‧‧‧Color Appearance Model 201‧‧‧Curve of spectral absorbance of short-wavelength cone photopigments 202‧‧‧Curve of spectral absorbance of medium-wavelength cone photopigments 203‧‧‧Curve of spectral absorbance of long-wavelength cone photopigments 204‧‧‧Genotype 205‧‧‧Classification 206‧‧‧The wavelength of the maximum absorption rate of short-wavelength cone photopigments 207‧‧‧The wavelength of the maximum absorption rate of medium-wavelength cone photoreceptor photopigments 208‧‧‧The wavelength of the maximum absorption rate of long-wavelength cone photoreceptor photopigments 301‧‧‧Neural excitation of long-wavelength cones 302‧‧‧points 303‧‧‧Luminosity response line 304‧‧‧Plane 305‧‧‧Projection 306‧‧‧Neural excitation of medium-wavelength cones 307‧‧‧Axis/origin 309‧‧‧Contour/Spectral Trajectory 310‧‧‧Neural excitation of short-wavelength cone cells 401‧‧‧Test filter 402‧‧‧Illuminating body 403‧‧‧Reference color 404‧‧‧Observer 405‧‧‧Reference Filter 406‧‧‧Operation 407‧‧‧Operation 408‧‧‧Color gamut area 409‧‧‧Color gamut area 410‧‧‧ratio 411‧‧‧Relative color gamut area 501‧‧‧Reference color 502‧‧‧Illuminating body 503‧‧‧Optical filter 505‧‧‧Optical interaction 506‧‧‧Visual phototransduction 507‧‧‧Observer 508‧‧‧Color Appearance Model 509‧‧‧Chromaticity coordinates 510‧‧‧Delaunay Triangulation Algorithm 512‧‧‧Color gamut area 601‧‧‧Munsell 5B 5/4 spectral reflectance 602‧‧‧Munsell 5G 5/4 spectral reflectance 603‧‧‧Munsell 5Y 5/4 spectral reflectance 604‧‧‧Munsell 5R 5/4 spectral reflectance 605‧‧‧Munsell 5P 5/4 spectral reflectance 606‧‧‧Spectral reflectance of blue flower 607‧‧‧Spectral reflectance of green leaves 608‧‧‧Spectral reflectance of yellow flower 609‧‧‧Spectral reflectance of safflower 610‧‧‧Spectral reflectance of purple flower 701‧‧‧Dotted outline 702‧‧‧Solid outline 703‧‧‧Solid outline 704‧‧‧points 705‧‧‧Dotted outline 706‧‧‧points 708‧‧‧Line segment 709‧‧‧Enclosed solid line 710‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of illuminant D65 711‧‧‧Spectral transmittance of reference filter 712‧‧‧Test filter white point 802‧‧‧Solid outline 803‧‧‧Solid outline 804‧‧‧white spot 807‧‧‧Dot/dashed outline 808‧‧‧Dotted Line Wheel 809‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux 810‧‧‧Spectral transmittance of reference filter 811‧‧‧Spectral transmittance of test filter 901‧‧‧Cost Vector 902‧‧‧Spectral transmittance constraint 903‧‧‧Filter Generator 904‧‧‧Illuminating body 905‧‧‧Linear program solver 906‧‧‧Constraint projection limit/Constraint projection limit vector 907‧‧‧Linear Program 908‧‧‧Filter white point constraint 909‧‧‧Constrained projection norm/constrained projection norm matrix 910‧‧‧Three-color constraint calculation operation 911‧‧‧Solution vector 912‧‧‧Reference Filter 913‧‧‧Basic Filter 914‧‧‧Weighted sum operation 915‧‧‧Color Appearance Constraints 916‧‧‧Smooth operation 917‧‧‧Filter assembly operation 918‧‧‧Observer 919‧‧‧Pre-filter 920‧‧‧Smooth core 921‧‧‧Filter specifications/composite design filters 922‧‧‧Offset 923‧‧‧Offset coefficient 1001‧‧‧Convex polyhedron 1002‧‧‧Convex polyhedron 1003‧‧‧Trichromatic value 1004‧‧‧iso-bright plane 1005‧‧‧Wall-like surface/cone 1006‧‧‧Upper luminosity limit 1007‧‧‧lower luminosity limit 1101‧‧‧Color Appearance Constraints 1102‧‧‧Three-color constraint calculation 1103‧‧‧Observer 1104‧‧‧Luminance limit interval 1105‧‧‧Reference light 1106‧‧‧Chroma Boundary 1107‧‧‧Basic Filter 1108‧‧‧Light transmission 1109‧‧‧Operation 1111‧‧‧Light transmission 1112‧‧‧Matrix 1113‧‧‧Surface 1114‧‧‧Observer 1115‧‧‧Retinal photopigment absorption rate/visual phototransduction 1116‧‧‧Matrix-vector product 1117‧‧‧Trichromatic value 1118‧‧‧Boundary 1119‧‧‧Vector length/norm 1201‧‧‧Cost function 1202‧‧‧Cost function 1203‧‧‧Nature Filter 1204‧‧‧Munsell Color Filter 1301‧‧‧Optical Filter Design Guidelines/Reference Colors 1302‧‧‧Optical Filter Design Program/Optical Filter Design and Analysis Program 1303‧‧‧Filter Generator 1304‧‧‧Reference filter 1305‧‧‧Test filter/test function 1306‧‧‧Illuminating body 1307‧‧‧Performance analysis operation 1308‧‧‧Manufacturing Analysis Procedures/Operations 1309‧‧‧Additional information 1311‧‧‧Manufacturing Specifications 1312‧‧‧Manufacturing cost 1313‧‧‧Results of standard compliance analysis 1314‧‧‧Relative color gamut area 1315‧‧‧Operation 1316‧‧‧Operation 1317‧‧‧Operation 1401‧‧‧Chroma Boundary/Point 1402‧‧‧points 1403‧‧‧points 1404‧‧‧points 1405‧‧‧Chroma Boundary/Area 1406‧‧‧Chroma Boundary 1407‧‧‧Curve of spectral radiant flux of green traffic signal 1408‧‧‧Curve of spectral radiant flux of sunlight 1409‧‧‧Curve of spectral radiant flux of yellow traffic signal 1410‧‧‧Transmittance of filter/constrained filter 1411‧‧‧Transmittance of Unconstrained Filter 1501‧‧‧curve 1502‧‧‧curve 1503‧‧‧curve 1504‧‧‧Optical Filter/Spectral Transmittance Curve 1601‧‧‧Curve 1603‧‧‧curve 1604‧‧‧Curve 1605‧‧‧curve 1701‧‧‧Contour 1702‧‧‧Contour 1703‧‧‧Contour 1705‧‧‧Curve 1706‧‧‧Curve 1707‧‧‧Curve 1801‧‧‧Contour 1802‧‧‧Contour 1803‧‧‧Chromaticity coordinates 1804‧‧‧Curve 1805‧‧‧Reference Number 1806‧‧‧Curve 1807‧‧‧Curve 1902‧‧‧Solid curve 1903‧‧‧Dotted curve 1904‧‧‧Dotted curve 2001‧‧‧Solid curve/dashed curve 2002‧‧‧Solid curve/dashed curve 2101‧‧‧Spectral radiation flux of blue primary color light 2102‧‧‧Spectral radiation flux of green primary color light 2103‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of sunlight 2104‧‧‧Spectral radiation flux of red primary color light 2105‧‧‧Tri-band filter 2106‧‧‧Optical filter 2201‧‧‧Maximum transmittance constraint 2301‧‧‧Maximum transmittance constraint 2401‧‧‧Linear Polarizer 2402‧‧‧Quarter Wave Retarder/Circular Polarizer 2403‧‧‧Optical transparent substrate 2404‧‧‧Multilayer interference coating/interference filter 2405‧‧‧Quarter Wave Retarder 2406‧‧‧Polarizer 2408‧‧‧Beam 2409‧‧‧eyes 2411‧‧‧Reflected light 2412‧‧‧Retina 2413‧‧‧arrow 2414‧‧‧Reflection component 2501‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of composite illuminator 2502‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of white LED 2503‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of red LED 2504‧‧‧Spectral transmittance 2601‧‧‧Chromaticity coordinates 2602‧‧‧Chromaticity coordinates 2603‧‧‧points 2604‧‧‧Spectral radiant flux of mixture of LED illuminants 2605‧‧‧Spectral transmittance 2606‧‧‧Spectral transmittance 2701‧‧‧Thermal conductive substrate 2702‧‧‧Light-emitting diode 2703‧‧‧Beam forming optical light guide/optical device 2707‧‧‧Output beam 2801‧‧‧Anti-reflective coating 2802‧‧‧Optical substrate 2803‧‧‧First attenuation coating 2804‧‧‧Multi-layer interference coating 2805‧‧‧Second attenuation coating 2806‧‧‧Beam 2807‧‧‧eyes 2809‧‧‧Retina 2810‧‧‧Reflected light 2811‧‧‧arrow 2812‧‧‧Reflection component 2815‧‧‧First attenuation coating 2901‧‧‧Spherical Section 2902‧‧‧Spherical Section 2904‧‧‧Hemisphere 2905‧‧‧Hemisphere 2906‧‧‧Dotted arrow 2909‧‧‧Dotted arrow 3001‧‧‧Contour 3002‧‧‧Contour 3003‧‧‧Contour 3004‧‧‧Border/Interference Filter 3005‧‧‧points 3006‧‧‧Contour 3007‧‧‧Curve 3008‧‧‧Output beam/curve 3009‧‧‧Curve 3101‧‧‧Solid curve 3102‧‧‧Dotted curve 3103‧‧‧Dotted curve 3104‧‧‧Solid curve 3105‧‧‧Dotted curve 3106‧‧‧Dotted curve 3107‧‧‧Solid curve 3108‧‧‧Dotted curve 3109‧‧‧Dotted curve 3110‧‧‧Solid curve 3111‧‧‧Dotted curve 3112‧‧‧White point displacement diagram 4301‧‧‧Dotted curve 4302‧‧‧Solid curve 4303‧‧‧Solid curve 4304‧‧‧Dotted curve 4401‧‧‧Dotted outline 4402‧‧‧Solid outline 4404‧‧‧Spectral transmittance of blue light blocking multi-band filter 4405‧‧‧Spectral transmittance of blue light blocking filter 4601‧‧‧Anti-reflective coating 4602‧‧‧Absorbent optical substrate 4604‧‧‧Multi-layer interference coating 4606‧‧‧Beam 4607‧‧‧eyes 4609‧‧‧Retina 4610‧‧‧Reflected light 4611‧‧‧arrow 4612‧‧‧Reflection component 4701‧‧‧Dotted outline 4702‧‧‧Solid outline 4704‧‧‧Spectral transmittance curve 4705‧‧‧Solid curve 5801‧‧‧Rounded corner frame/entity 5802‧‧‧Solid/square frame 5803‧‧‧Rounded corner box/entity 5805‧‧‧square frame 5806‧‧‧Composite operation 5808‧‧‧Composite object 5811‧‧‧Composite object

圖1:描繪人眼之感光觀察及色彩感知之程序流程圖。 圖2A、圖2B:一正常人之視網膜感光色素之光譜吸收率之曲線圖(圖2A);及對應於人群中之已知基因型之視網膜感光色素光譜吸收率峰值變量之一表(圖2B)。 圖3:展示對應於一色彩外觀之三色值及其至發光分量及色度分量中之投影之三色圖。 圖4:用於比較對兩個濾光器之色彩辨別之效應之相對色域面積計算之程序流程圖。 圖5:相對於一特定組之參考色彩、一照明體、一濾光器及一觀察者之色域面積計算之程序流程圖。 圖6A、圖6B:經選擇之Munsell色彩之光譜反射率之曲線圖(圖6A);及來自自然物體之經選擇色彩之光譜反射率之曲線圖(圖6B)。 圖7A至圖7C:日光照射下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖(如透過一第一濾光器及一第二濾光器所觀看)(圖7A);日光之光譜輻射通量之一曲線圖(圖7B);及該等濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖7C)。 圖8A至圖8C:日光照射下之經選擇之自然色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖(如透過一第一濾光器及一第二濾光器所觀看)(圖8A);日光之光譜輻射通量之一曲線圖(圖8B);及該等濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖8C)。 圖9:藉由線性程式化方法之濾光器產生之程序流程圖。 圖10A、圖10B:展示對應於一色彩外觀之三色值及一約束凸多面體之邊界之三色圖(圖10A);該三色值及該約束凸多面體之邊界之展開圖(圖10B)。 圖11:相對於一特定參考光、一凸色度邊界、一發光度界限、一第一觀察者、一基本濾光器、一預濾光器及一第二觀察者之約束投影範數及約束投影界限之計算之程序流程圖。 圖12A、圖12B:經設計以增強Munsell色彩之紅綠色辨別之一成本函數之曲線圖及經設計以增強自然色彩之紅綠色辨別之一成本函數之曲線圖(圖12A);及設計有對應成本函數之兩個濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖12B)。 圖13:考量設計準則、使用準則及製造準則之反覆濾光器設計程序之程序流程圖。 圖14A至圖14C:綠色及黃色交通信號及透過一第一濾光器及一第二濾光器所觀看之日光之色彩外觀之色度圖(圖14A);綠色及黃色交通信號及日光之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖(圖14B);及濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖14C)。 圖15A至圖15B:一最小光譜透射率約束之兩個變量之曲線圖(圖15A);及滿足該約束之對應色彩增強濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖15B)。 圖16A、圖16B:根據Snell定律之具有1.85之一折射率之一干涉濾光器之以入射角為函數之波長百分比之位移之曲線圖(圖16A);及提供增強紅綠色辨別之一濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖及給一波長位移範圍額外提供穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之一光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖16B)。 圖17A至圖17C:日光照射下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖(如透過一濾光器所觀看及如由波長位移達-2.5%及-5%之相同濾光器所觀看)(圖17A);日光之光譜輻射通量之一曲線圖(圖17B);及該濾光器及波長位移達-2.5%及-5%之該濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖17C)。 圖18A至圖18C:日光照射下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖(如透過一濾光器所觀看及如由波長位移達-2.5%之相同濾光器所觀看)(圖18A);日光之光譜輻射通量之一曲線圖(圖18B);及該濾光器及波長位移達-2.5%之該濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖18C)。 圖19A、圖19B:以波長為函數之藍光危險函數之曲線圖(圖19A);及提供藍光阻隔之兩個多頻帶濾光器及提供藍光阻隔之一習知截止濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖19B)。 圖20A、圖20B:兩個窄頻帶選擇吸收濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖20A);及提供紅綠色辨別增強之兩個多頻帶干涉濾光器以及吸收濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖20B)。 圖21A、圖21B:日光及具有一發光二極體背光之一液晶顯示器之原色光之一光譜輻射通量之曲線圖(圖21A);及相對於日光之發光度而提供顯示原色之一增強發光度之一濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖21B)。 圖22A、圖22B:保護眼睛免受具有0度至約30度之間之入射角之由一倍頻Nd:YAG雷射發射之532奈米輻射之一濾光器之光譜透射率約束之曲線圖(圖22A);及此一濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖22B)。 圖23A、圖23B:保護眼睛免受具有0度至約30度之間之入射角之由一鈉照明炬發射之589奈米輻射之一濾光器之光譜透射率約束之曲線圖(圖23A);及此一濾光器之光譜透射率之一曲線圖(圖23B)。 圖24A、圖24B:含有一干涉濾光器及吸收由該干涉濾光器反射之光之一圓形偏振器之一複合透鏡之示意圖(圖24A);及展示該複合濾光器之操作之一圖式(圖24B)。 圖25A、圖25B:藉由組合基於磷光體之白色發光二極體及紅色發光二極體而形成之一白光之光譜輻射通量之曲線圖(圖25A);及經設計以增強由透過一濾光器透射之光照明之物體之色彩外觀且提供由該濾光器反射之光照明之物體之良好色彩外觀之該濾光器之光譜透射率(圖25B)。 圖26A至圖26C:白色LED及紅色LED之一組合之照明下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖(如照明體透過一濾光器而透射時所觀看及如照明體由該濾光器反射時所觀看)(圖26A);照明體之光譜輻射通量(圖26B);及該等濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖26C)。 圖27A、圖27B:含有一發光二極體、一干涉濾光器及提供一複合光束(其中該光束之中心區域包括透過該濾光器透射之光且該光束之環形區域包括由該濾光器反射之光)之一光束形成元件之一燈總成之示意圖(圖27A);及展示併入該濾光器之該燈總成之操作之一圖式(圖27B)。 圖28A、圖28B:含有一干涉濾光器及吸收濾光器(其中該等吸收濾光器使由該干涉濾光器反射之光衰減)之一複合濾光器之示意圖(圖28A);及展示併入至眼鏡中之該複合濾光器之操作之一圖式(圖28B)。 圖29A、圖29B:展示相對於眼睛之眼鏡中之一透鏡之幾何形狀及在不同位置處穿過該透鏡且成像至眼睛之視網膜上之兩束光之圖式;俯視圖(圖29A)及成角度視圖(圖29B)。 圖30A、圖30B:穿過一透鏡之表面上之位置之光之有效入射角之等值線圖,其中有效入射角對應於該透鏡在一位置處之表面法線與穿過該位置處之該透鏡以成像至視網膜上之一束光之間之角度(圖30A);及以有效入射角為函數之相對重要性及相對重要性函數之分量之曲線圖(圖30B)。 圖31A至圖31E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之色彩辨別增強之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖31A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖31B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖31C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖31D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖31E)。 圖32A至圖32E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖32A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖32B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖32C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖32D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖32E)。 圖33A至圖33E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖33A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖33B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖33C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖33D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖33E)。 圖34A至圖34E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之藍黃色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖34A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖34B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖34C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖34D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖34E)。 圖35A至圖35E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供短波長藍光之抑制及一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖35A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖35B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖35C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖35D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖35E)。 圖36A至圖36E:用於設計針對具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖36A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖36B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖36C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖36D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖36E)。 圖37A至圖37E:用於設計針對具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖37A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖37B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖37C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖37D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖37E)。 圖38A至圖38E:用於設計針對具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖38A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖38B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖38C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖38D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖38E)。 圖39A至圖39E:用於設計針對具有紅色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖39A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖39B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖39C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖39D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖39E)。 圖40A至圖40E:用於設計使由一電子視覺顯示器對一正常觀察者發射之原色光之發光度增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖40A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖40B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖40C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖40D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖40E)。 圖41A至圖41E:用於設計使眼睛免受一532奈米之倍頻Nd:YAG雷射之侵害且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖41A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖41B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖41C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖41D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖41E)。 圖42A至圖42E:用於設計使眼睛免受一589奈米之鈉照明炬之侵害且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖42A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖42B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖42C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖42D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖42E)。 圖43A、圖43B:阻隔短波長光且使589奈米之窄頻帶光穿過之一濾光器之光譜透射率約束之曲線圖(圖43A);服從該等約束之一濾光器及經一平滑核心平滑之該濾光器之曲線圖(圖43B)。 圖44A至圖44C:日光照射下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖,如透過一藍光阻隔多頻帶濾光器及藍光阻隔截止濾光器所觀看(圖44A);日光之光譜輻射通量(圖44B);及該等濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖44C)。 圖45A至圖45E:用於設計提供短波長藍光之抑制及高光透射率之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖45A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖45B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖45C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖45D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖45E)。 圖46A、圖46B:含有一干涉濾光器及吸收濾光器(其中該等吸收濾光器使由該干涉濾光器反射之光衰減)之一複合濾光器之示意圖(圖46A);及展示併入至眼鏡中之該複合濾光器之操作之一圖式(圖46B)。 圖47A至圖47C:日光照射下之經選擇之Munsell色彩之色彩外觀之色度圖,如透過一參考濾光器及一釹玻璃濾光器所觀看(圖47A);日光之光譜輻射通量(圖47B);及該等濾光器之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖47C)。 圖48A至圖48E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖48A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖48B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖48C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖48D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖48E)。 圖49A至圖49E:用於設計使一正常觀察者之藍黃色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖49A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖49B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖49C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖49D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖49E)。 圖50A至圖50E:用於設計針對具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖50A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖50B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖50C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖50D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖50E)。 圖51A至圖51E:用於設計針對具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖51A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖51B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖51C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖51D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖51E)。 圖52A至圖52E:用於設計針對具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖52A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖52B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖52C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖52D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖52E)。 圖53A至圖53E:用於設計針對具有紅色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖53A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖53B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖53C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖53D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖53E)。 圖54A、圖54B:視網膜神經節細胞之近似光譜吸收率之曲線圖(圖54A);一藍色寬頻帶參考濾光器及使由視網膜神經節細胞吸收之光子能最大化之一多頻帶濾光器之曲線圖(圖54B)。 圖55A至圖55E:用於設計使由視網膜神經節細胞接收之光功率增強之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖55A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖55B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖55C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖55D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖55E)。 圖56A至圖56E:用於設計使由視網膜神經節細胞吸收之光功率增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖56A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖56B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖56C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖56D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖56E)。 圖57A至圖57E:用於設計使由視網膜神經節細胞接收之光功率增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之一含釹濾光器之透射率約束及成本函數之曲線圖(圖57A);該濾光器之組件之光譜透射率之曲線圖(圖57B);該濾光器之一製造規格之曲線圖(圖57C);以入射角度數為函數之相對於Farnsworth D-15參考色彩及相對於由該濾光器提供之經選擇之自然界參考色彩之色域面積增加之百分比之曲線圖(圖57D);以入射角度數為函數之由該濾光器提供之日光之白點位移之曲線圖(圖57E)。 圖58:用於描述及論證程序流程圖之語法及結構(如其等在其他圖中所呈現)之實例性程序流程圖。 圖59A、圖59B:用於使一正常觀察者之色彩辨別增強之圖31A至圖31E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖59A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖59B)。 圖60A、圖60B:用於使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強之圖32A至圖32E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖60A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖60B)。 圖61A、圖61B:用於使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖33A至圖33E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖61A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖61B)。 圖62A、圖62B:用於使一正常觀察者之藍黃色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖34A至圖34E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖62A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖62B)。 圖63A、圖63B:用於使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供短波長藍光之抑制及一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖35A至圖35E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖63A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖63B)。 圖64A、圖64B:用於針對具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖36A至圖36E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖64A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖64B)。 圖65A、圖65B:用於針對具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖37A至圖37E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖65A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖65B)。 圖66A、圖66B:用於針對具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖38A至圖38E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖66A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖66B)。 圖67A、圖67B:用於針對具有紅色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖39A至圖39E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖67A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖67B)。 圖68A、圖68B:用於使由一電子視覺顯示器對一正常觀察者發射之原色光之發光度增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖40A至圖40E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖68A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖68B)。 圖69A、圖69B:用於使眼睛免受一532奈米之倍頻Nd:YAG雷射之侵害且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖41A至圖41E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖69A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖69B)。 圖70A、圖70B:用於使眼睛免受一589奈米之鈉照明炬之侵害且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖42A至圖42E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖70A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖70B)。 圖71A、圖71B:用於提供短波長藍光之抑制及高光透射率之圖45A至圖45E之濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖71A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖71B)。 圖72A、圖72B:用於使一正常觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖48A至圖48E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖72A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖72B)。 圖73A、圖73B:用於使一正常觀察者之藍黃色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖49A至圖49E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖73A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖73B)。 圖74A、圖74B:用於針對具有輕度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖50A至圖50E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖74A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖74B)。 圖75A、圖75B:用於針對具有中度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖51A至圖51E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖75A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖75B)。 圖76A、圖76B:用於針對具有重度綠色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖52A至圖52E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖76A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖76B)。 圖77A、圖77B:用於針對具有紅色弱之一觀察者之紅綠色辨別增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖53A至圖53E之含釹濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖77A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖77B)。 圖78A、圖78B:用於使由視網膜神經節細胞接收之光功率增強之圖55A至圖55E之三通帶濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖78A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖78B)。 圖79A、圖79B:用於使由視網膜神經節細胞接收之光功率增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖56A至圖56E之四通帶濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖79A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖79B)。 圖80A、圖80B:用於使由視網膜神經節細胞接收之光功率增強且提供一入射角範圍內之穩定色彩外觀之圖57A至圖57E之含釹三通帶濾光器之經評估之效能準則之表(圖80A);濾光器組件之透射率、成本函數、透射率約束及濾光器之製造規格之表(圖80B)。 Figure 1: Process flow chart depicting photosensitive observation and color perception of the human eye. Figure 2A, Figure 2B: A curve graph of the spectral absorbance of retinal photopigments in normal people (Fig. 2A); and a table of peak variables of the spectral absorbance of retinal photopigments corresponding to known genotypes in the population (Fig. 2B ). Figure 3: A trichromatic diagram showing the tristimulus values corresponding to a color appearance and their projection into the luminescence and chrominance components. Figure 4: Process flow chart for relative gamut area calculation for comparing the effect on color discrimination of two filters. Figure 5: Process flow chart for calculation of color gamut area relative to a specific set of reference colors, an illuminant, a filter and an observer. Figure 6A, Figure 6B: A graph of spectral reflectance of selected Munsell colors (Fig. 6A); and a graph of spectral reflectance of selected colors from natural objects (Fig. 6B). Figures 7A to 7C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under daylight illumination (as viewed through a first filter and a second filter) (Figure 7A); Spectral radiation of daylight A graph of flux (Fig. 7B); and a graph of spectral transmittance of these filters (Fig. 7C). Figures 8A to 8C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected natural colors under sunlight (as viewed through a first filter and a second filter) (Figure 8A); Spectral radiation of sunlight A graph of flux (Fig. 8B); and a graph of spectral transmittance of these filters (Fig. 8C). Figure 9: Process flow chart of filter generation by linear programming method. Figure 10A, Figure 10B: A trichromatic diagram showing the trichromatic value corresponding to a color appearance and the boundary of a constrained convex polyhedron (Fig. 10A); an expanded view of the trichromatic value and the boundary of the constrained convex polyhedron (Fig. 10B) . Figure 11: Constrained projection norms with respect to a specific reference light, a convex chromaticity boundary, a luminosity boundary, a first observer, a basic filter, a pre-filter and a second observer Program flow chart for calculating constrained projection limits. Figure 12A, Figure 12B: A graph of a cost function designed to enhance the red-green discrimination of Munsell colors and a graph of a cost function designed to enhance the red-green discrimination of natural colors (Fig. 12A); and the designs have corresponding A graph of the spectral transmittance of the two filters as a function of cost (Figure 12B). Figure 13: Process flow chart of the iterative filter design process considering design criteria, usage criteria, and manufacturing criteria. Figure 14A to Figure 14C: Chromaticity diagram of the color appearance of green and yellow traffic signals and daylight viewed through a first filter and a second filter (Figure 14A); A graph of spectral radiant flux (Fig. 14B); and a graph of spectral transmittance of the filter (Fig. 14C). Figure 15A to Figure 15B: A graph of two variables of a minimum spectral transmittance constraint (Fig. 15A); and a graph of the spectral transmittance of the corresponding color enhancement filter that satisfies the constraint (Fig. 15B). Figure 16A, Figure 16B: Graph of the displacement of wavelength percentage as a function of incident angle for an interference filter with a refractive index of 1.85 according to Snell's law (Figure 16A); and a filter that provides enhanced red-green discrimination A graph of the spectral transmittance of an optical device and a graph of the spectral transmittance of an optical filter that additionally provides a stable color appearance over a range of wavelength shifts (Figure 16B). Figures 17A to 17C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under daylight illumination (as viewed through a filter and as determined by the same filter with wavelength shifts of -2.5% and -5% View) (Figure 17A); a curve of the spectral radiant flux of sunlight (Figure 17B); and a curve of the spectral transmittance of the filter and the filter with wavelength shifts of -2.5% and -5% Figure (Fig. 17C). Figures 18A to 18C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under daylight illumination (as viewed through a filter and as viewed through the same filter with a wavelength shift of -2.5%) (Figure 18A); a graph of the spectral radiant flux of sunlight (Fig. 18B); and a graph of the spectral transmittance of the filter and the filter with a wavelength shift of -2.5% (Fig. 18C). Figure 19A, Figure 19B: Graph of the blue light risk function as a function of wavelength (Figure 19A); and the spectral transmittance of two multi-band filters that provide blue light blocking and a conventional cut-off filter that provides blue light blocking. Graph (Figure 19B). Figure 20A, Figure 20B: Curves of spectral transmittance of two narrow-band selective absorption filters (Fig. 20A); and spectral transmittance of two multi-band interference filters and absorption filters that provide red and green discrimination enhancement Rate curve (Figure 20B). Figure 21A, Figure 21B: Curves of the spectral radiant flux of sunlight and primary color light of a liquid crystal display with a light-emitting diode backlight (Figure 21A); and providing an enhancement of display primary colors relative to the luminosity of sunlight A graph of spectral transmittance of a filter as a function of luminosity (Figure 21B). Figure 22A, Figure 22B: Curves of spectral transmittance constraints for a filter that protects the eye from 532 nm radiation emitted by a frequency-octaved Nd:YAG laser with an incident angle between 0 degrees and about 30 degrees. Figure (Figure 22A); and a graph of the spectral transmittance of this filter (Figure 22B). Figures 23A, 23B: Graph of spectral transmittance constraints of a filter that protects the eye from 589 nanometer radiation emitted by a sodium illumination torch with incident angles between 0 degrees and about 30 degrees (Figure 23A ); and a graph of the spectral transmittance of this filter (Figure 23B). Figure 24A, Figure 24B: Schematic diagram of a composite lens containing an interference filter and a circular polarizer that absorbs light reflected by the interference filter (Fig. 24A); and showing the operation of the composite filter A schema (Fig. 24B). Figure 25A, Figure 25B: Curves of the spectral radiant flux of white light formed by combining a phosphor-based white light-emitting diode and a red light-emitting diode (Figure 25A); and designed to enhance the transmission of a The spectral transmittance of a filter that imparts a good color appearance to objects illuminated by light transmitted by the filter and provides a good color appearance to objects illuminated by light reflected by the filter (Figure 25B). Figures 26A to 26C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under illumination of a combination of white LEDs and red LEDs (as viewed when the illuminant is transmitted through a filter and as when the illuminant is transmitted through a filter) (as viewed when the filter reflects) (Figure 26A); the spectral radiant flux of the illuminant (Figure 26B); and the graph of the spectral transmittance of these filters (Figure 26C). Figure 27A, Figure 27B: Contains a light-emitting diode, an interference filter and provides a composite light beam (wherein the central area of the light beam includes the light transmitted through the filter and the annular area of the light beam includes the light transmitted by the filter) A schematic diagram of a lamp assembly (Fig. 27A) as a beam forming element (light reflected by a filter); and a diagram showing the operation of the lamp assembly incorporating the filter (Fig. 27B). Figure 28A, Figure 28B: Schematic diagram of a composite filter containing an interference filter and an absorption filter (where the absorption filters attenuate the light reflected by the interference filter) (Figure 28A); and a diagram showing the operation of the composite filter incorporated into eyeglasses (Fig. 28B). Figure 29A, Figure 29B: Diagrams showing the geometry of a lens in glasses relative to the eye and two beams of light passing through the lens at different positions and being imaged on the retina of the eye; top view (Figure 29A) and Angular view (Fig. 29B). Figure 30A, Figure 30B: Contour diagrams of the effective incident angle of light passing through a position on the surface of a lens, where the effective incident angle corresponds to the surface normal of the lens at a position and the angle passing through the position. The angle between the lens and a beam of light imaged onto the retina (Fig. 30A); and a graph of relative importance and components of the relative importance function as a function of effective angle of incidence (Fig. 30B). Figures 31A to 31E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for a filter designed to enhance color discrimination for a normal observer (Figure 31A); plots of spectral transmittance of components of the filter Figure (Figure 31B); Plot of one manufacturing specification of this filter (Figure 31C); Relative to the Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and relative to the selected color provided by the filter A graph of the percentage increase in gamut area of a natural reference color (Fig. 31D); a graph of the white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence (Fig. 31E). Figures 32A to 32E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination for a normal observer (Figure 32A); spectral transmittance of components of the filter Graph (Fig. 32B); Graph of one manufacturing specification of this filter (Fig. 32C); relative to Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and relative to selected colors provided by this filter A graph of the percentage increase in gamut area of a natural reference color (Fig. 32D); a graph of the white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of incident angle (Fig. 32E). Figures 33A to 33E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination for a normal observer and provides a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles (Figure 33A); A graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 33B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 33C); relative to the Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and Plot of percentage increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 33D); white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Graph (Figure 33E). Figures 34A to 34E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances blue-yellow discrimination for a normal observer and provides a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles (Figure 34A); A graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 34B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 34C); relative to the Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and Plot of percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 34D); white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Graph (Figure 34E). Figures 35A to 35E: Curves of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination in a normal observer and provides suppression of short-wavelength blue light and stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. Figure (Figure 35A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 35B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 35C); versus Farnsworth as a function of incident angle Plot of D-15 reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 35D); as a function of angle of incidence provided by the filter Curve of daylight white point displacement (Figure 35E). Figures 36A-36E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles for an observer with mild deuteranomania. (Figure 36A); a graph of spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 36B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 36C); versus Farnsworth D as a function of incident angle - Graph of 15 reference colors and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 36D); daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence The white point displacement curve (Figure 36E). Figures 37A-37E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles for an observer with moderate green tint. (Figure 37A); a graph of spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 37B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 37C); versus Farnsworth D as a function of incident angle - Graph of 15 reference colors and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 37D); daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence The white point displacement curve (Figure 37E). Figures 38A to 38E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination for an observer with severe deuteranomania and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles ( Figure 38A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 38B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 38C); versus Farnsworth D- as a function of incident angle 15 Plot of reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 38D); daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Curve of white point displacement (Figure 38E). Figures 39A-39E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances red-green discrimination for an observer with redness weakness and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Fig. 39A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Fig. 39B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 39C); relative to Farnsworth D-15 as a function of incident angle Graph of reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 39D); daylight whiteness provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Point displacement curve (Figure 39E). Figures 40A-40E: Transmission constraints and costs for designing a filter that enhances the luminosity of primary color light emitted by an electronic visual display to a normal observer and provides a stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles. The graph of the function (Fig. 40A); the graph of the spectral transmittance of the filter component (Fig. 40B); the graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 40C); the incident angle as a function Plot of percent increase in gamut area relative to Farnsworth D-15 reference color and relative to selected natural reference colors provided by this filter (Fig. 40D); The curve of the white point displacement of sunlight provided by the device (Figure 40E). Figures 41A to 41E: Transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that protects the eye from a 532 nm frequency doubled Nd:YAG laser and provides a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. The graph of the spectral transmittance of the filter component (Fig. 41B); the graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 41C); the relative Plot of Farnsworth D-15 reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by this filter (Fig. 41D); A graph of the white point displacement of daylight is provided (Figure 41E). Figures 42A-42E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that protects the eye from a 589 nm sodium illumination torch and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles ( Figure 42A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 42B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 42C); versus Farnsworth D- as a function of incident angle 15 Plot of reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 42D); daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Curve of white point displacement (Figure 42E). Figure 43A, Figure 43B: Curves of spectral transmittance constraints of a filter that blocks short-wavelength light and allows narrow-band light of 589 nanometers to pass through (Figure 43A); a filter that obeys these constraints and the A graph of this filter smoothed by a smoothing kernel (Fig. 43B). Figures 44A to 44C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under sunlight, as viewed through a blue-blocking multi-band filter and a blue-blocking cutoff filter (Fig. 44A); Spectrum of Daylight Radiant flux (Figure 44B); and a graph of spectral transmittance of these filters (Figure 44C). Figures 45A to 45E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that provides suppression of short-wavelength blue light and high light transmittance (Figure 45A); spectral transmittance of components of the filter Graph (Fig. 45B); Graph of one manufacturing specification of this filter (Fig. 45C); relative to Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and relative to selected colors provided by this filter A graph of the percentage increase in gamut area of a natural reference color (Fig. 45D); a graph of the white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of incident angle (Fig. 45E). Figure 46A, Figure 46B: Schematic diagram of a composite filter containing an interference filter and an absorption filter (wherein the absorption filters attenuate the light reflected by the interference filter) (Figure 46A); and a diagram showing the operation of the composite filter incorporated into eyeglasses (Fig. 46B). Figures 47A to 47C: Chromaticity diagrams of the color appearance of selected Munsell colors under daylight illumination, as viewed through a reference filter and a neodymium glass filter (Figure 47A); Spectral radiant flux of daylight (Figure 47B); and a graph of the spectral transmittance of these filters (Figure 47C). Figures 48A to 48E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for a neodymium-containing filter designed to enhance red-green discrimination for a normal observer and provide stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Figure 48A ); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 48B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 48C); relative to the Farnsworth D-15 reference as a function of angle of incidence Plot of color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 48D); white point of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Displacement curve (Figure 48E). Figures 49A to 49E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for a neodymium-containing filter designed to enhance blue-yellow discrimination for a normal observer and provide stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Figure 49A ); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 49B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 49C); relative to the Farnsworth D-15 reference as a function of angle of incidence Plot of color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Figure 49D); white point of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Displacement curve (Figure 49E). Figures 50A to 50E: Transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a neodymium-containing filter that enhances red-green discrimination for an observer with mild green tint and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles. Curve (Fig. 50A); Curve of spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Fig. 50B); Curve of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 50C); Relative to Plot of Farnsworth D-15 reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by this filter (Fig. 50D); as a function of angle of incidence provided by this filter The curve of the white point displacement of sunlight (Figure 50E). Figures 51A-51E: Transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a neodymium-containing filter that enhances red-green discrimination for an observer with moderate green tint and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles. Curve graph (Fig. 51A); Curve graph of spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Fig. 51B); Curve graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 51C); Relative to Plot of Farnsworth D-15 reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by this filter (Fig. 51D); as a function of angle of incidence provided by this filter The curve of the white point displacement of sunlight (Figure 51E). Figures 52A to 52E: Curves of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a neodymium-containing filter that enhances red-green discrimination and provides stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with severe deuteranomania. Figure (Figure 52A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 52B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 52C); versus Farnsworth as a function of incident angle Plot of D-15 reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 52D); as a function of angle of incidence provided by the filter Curve of daylight white point displacement (Fig. 52E). Figures 53A-53E: Graphs of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a neodymium-containing filter that enhances red-green discrimination for an observer with redness weakness and provides stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. (Figure 53A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Figure 53B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 53C); versus Farnsworth D as a function of incident angle - Graph of 15 reference colors and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 53D); daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence The white point displacement curve (Figure 53E). Figure 54A, Figure 54B: Graph of approximate spectral absorbance of retinal ganglion cells (Figure 54A); a blue broadband reference filter and a multi-band filter that maximizes photon energy absorbed by retinal ganglion cells Curve diagram of optical device (Fig. 54B). Figures 55A to 55E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances optical power received by retinal ganglion cells (Figure 55A); spectral transmittance of components of the filter A graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of this filter (Fig. 55C); a graph of reference color as a function of angle of incidence relative to the Farnsworth D-15 and relative to the experience provided by the filter A graph of the percentage increase in gamut area for selected natural reference colors (Fig. 55D); a graph of the white point shift of daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence (Fig. 55E). Figures 56A-56E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a filter that enhances the optical power absorbed by retinal ganglion cells and provides a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles (Figure 56A) ; Graph of spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Fig. 56B); Graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 56C); Relative to Farnsworth D-15 reference color as a function of angle of incidence and a plot of percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 56D); white point shift for daylight provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Graph (Figure 56E). Figures 57A-57E: Plots of transmittance constraints and cost functions for designing a neodymium-containing filter that enhances the optical power received by retinal ganglion cells and provides stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Fig. 57A); a graph of the spectral transmittance of components of the filter (Fig. 57B); a graph of one of the manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 57C); relative to Farnsworth D-15 as a function of angle of incidence Graph of reference color and percent increase in gamut area relative to selected natural reference colors provided by the filter (Fig. 57D); daylight whiteness provided by the filter as a function of angle of incidence Point displacement curve (Figure 57E). Figure 58: An example program flow diagram used to describe and demonstrate the syntax and structure of the program flow diagram as presented in other figures. Figures 59A, 59B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 31A to 31E for enhancing color discrimination for a normal observer (Figure 59A); transmittance, cost function of the filter assembly , transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications table (Figure 59B). Figure 60A, Figure 60B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the optical filter of Figures 32A to 32E for enhancing the red-green discrimination of a normal observer (Figure 60A); transmittance, cost of the filter assembly Table of functions, transmittance constraints, and filter manufacturing specifications (Figure 60B). Figures 61A, 61B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the optical filters of Figures 33A to 33E for enhancing red-green discrimination in a normal observer and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles (Figure 61A ); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 61B). Figures 62A, 62B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 34A to 34E for enhancing blue-yellow discrimination in a normal observer and providing stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Figure 62A ); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 62B). Figures 63A, 63B: Evaluated performance of the optical filters of Figures 35A to 35E for enhancing red-green discrimination in a normal observer and providing suppression of short-wavelength blue light and stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. Table of criteria (Figure 63A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 63B). Figures 64A, 64B: Evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 36A to 36E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with mild deuteranomania. Table (Figure 64A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 64B). Figures 65A, 65B: Evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 37A to 37E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with moderate deuteranomaly. Table (Figure 65A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints of the filter assembly and manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 65B). Figures 66A, 66B: Evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 38A to 38E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with severe deuteranomaly. Table (Fig. 66A); Table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints of the filter assembly and manufacturing specifications of the filter (Fig. 66B). Figures 67A, 67B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 39A to 39E for enhanced red-green discrimination for an observer with redness weakness and providing stable color appearance over a range of incidence angles (Figure 67A); a table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 67B). Figures 68A, 68B: Schematics of the optical filters of Figures 40A to 40E for enhancing the luminosity of primary color light emitted by an electronic visual display to a normal observer and providing a stable color appearance within a range of incident angles. Table of performance criteria for evaluation (Figure 68A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 68B). Figure 69A, Figure 69B: Evaluation of the optical filter of Figures 41A to 41E for protecting the eye from a 532 nm frequency doubled Nd:YAG laser and providing a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles Table of performance criteria (Figure 69A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 69B). Figures 70A, 70B: Evaluated performance criteria for the filters of Figures 42A to 42E for protecting the eye from a 589 nm sodium illuminator and providing a stable color appearance over a range of angles of incidence. Table (Figure 70A); Table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints of the filter assembly, and manufacturing specifications of the filter (Figure 70B). Figure 71A, Figure 71B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the optical filter of Figures 45A to 45E for providing suppression of short-wavelength blue light and high light transmittance (Figure 71A); transmittance, cost of the filter assembly Table of functions, transmittance constraints, and filter manufacturing specifications (Figure 71B). Figures 72A, 72B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 48A to 48E for enhancing red-green discrimination in a normal observer and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles ( Figure 72A); a table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 72B). Figures 73A, 73B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 49A to 49E for enhancing blue-yellow discrimination by a normal observer and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles ( Figure 73A); a table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 73B). Figures 74A, 74B: Evaluation of the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 50A to 50E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with mild deuteranomania. Table of performance criteria (Figure 74A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 74B). Figures 75A, 75B: Evaluation of the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 51A to 51E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with moderate green tint. Table of performance criteria (Figure 75A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 75B). Figures 76A, 76B: Evaluated performance of the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 52A to 52E for enhanced red-green discrimination and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles for an observer with severe deuteranomaly. Table of criteria (Figure 76A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 76B). Figures 77A, 77B: Evaluated performance criteria for the neodymium-containing filters of Figures 53A to 53E for enhanced red-green discrimination for an observer with redness weakness and providing stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. Table (Figure 77A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 77B). Figures 78A, 78B: Table of evaluated performance criteria for the three-pass band filter of Figures 55A to 55E for enhancing optical power received by retinal ganglion cells (Figure 78A); filter assembly Table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints, and filter manufacturing specifications (Figure 78B). Figures 79A, 79B: Evaluated performance criteria for the four-pass band filter of Figures 56A to 56E for enhancing the optical power received by retinal ganglion cells and providing a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. Table (Figure 79A); Table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 79B). Figures 80A, 80B: Evaluated performance of the neodymium-containing three-pass band filter of Figures 57A to 57E for enhancing the optical power received by retinal ganglion cells and providing a stable color appearance over a range of incident angles. Table of criteria (Figure 80A); table of transmittance, cost function, transmittance constraints and filter manufacturing specifications of the filter assembly (Figure 80B).

901‧‧‧成本向量 901‧‧‧Cost Vector

902‧‧‧光譜透射率約束 902‧‧‧Spectral transmittance constraint

903‧‧‧濾光器產生器 903‧‧‧Filter Generator

904‧‧‧照明體 904‧‧‧Illuminating body

905‧‧‧線性程式解算器 905‧‧‧Linear program solver

906‧‧‧約束投影界限/約束投影界限向量 906‧‧‧Constraint projection limit/Constraint projection limit vector

907‧‧‧線性程式 907‧‧‧Linear Program

908‧‧‧濾光器白點約束 908‧‧‧Filter white point constraint

909‧‧‧約束投影範數/約束投影範數矩陣 909‧‧‧Constrained projection norm/constrained projection norm matrix

910‧‧‧三色約束計算操作 910‧‧‧Three-color constraint calculation operation

911‧‧‧解向量 911‧‧‧Solution vector

912‧‧‧參考濾光器 912‧‧‧Reference Filter

913‧‧‧基本濾光器 913‧‧‧Basic Filter

914‧‧‧加權求和操作 914‧‧‧Weighted sum operation

915‧‧‧色彩外觀約束 915‧‧‧Color Appearance Constraints

916‧‧‧平滑操作 916‧‧‧Smooth operation

917‧‧‧濾光器總組成操作 917‧‧‧Filter assembly operation

918‧‧‧觀察者 918‧‧‧Observer

919‧‧‧預濾光器 919‧‧‧Pre-filter

920‧‧‧平滑核心 920‧‧‧Smooth core

921‧‧‧濾光器規格/複合設計濾光器 921‧‧‧Filter specifications/composite design filters

922‧‧‧偏置 922‧‧‧Offset

923‧‧‧偏置係數 923‧‧‧Offset coefficient

Claims (42)

一種針對具有綠色弱(deuteranomalous)或紅色弱(protanomalous)色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別(discrimination)之方法,該方法包括針對該觀察者提供一多頻帶光學濾光器(multi-band optical filter),以透過該多頻帶光學濾光器觀視(view)彩色物體,該多頻帶光學濾光器包括:劃分(partition)可見光譜的複數個通帶(pass-bands)及阻帶(stop-bands),包含:三個或三個以上通帶,其等與兩個或兩個以上阻帶交錯(interleaved),其中各通帶具有一中心、一寬度、等於該中心減去該寬度之一半之一下頻帶邊界(lower band boundary)、等於該中心加上該寬度之一半之一上頻帶(upper band)邊界及一平均透射率(mean transmittance),各阻帶具有一中心、一寬度、等於該中心減去該寬度之一半之一下頻帶邊界、等於該中心加上該寬度之一半之一上頻帶邊界及一平均透射率,各交錯阻帶之該下頻帶邊界與一相鄰通帶之該上頻帶邊界相同,各交錯阻帶之該上頻帶邊界與一相鄰通帶之該下頻帶邊界相同,各通帶中心位於約400奈米至約700奈米之間,及各通帶寬度介於約10奈米至約110奈米之間, 各阻帶中心位於約410奈米至約690奈米之間,及各阻帶寬度介於約10奈米至約80奈米之間,及該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之一半。 A method for enhancing red-green discrimination (discrimination) for observers with deuteranomalous or protanomalous color vision defects. The method includes providing a multi-band optical filter (multi-band optical filter) for the observer. filter to view colored objects through the multi-band optical filter. The multi-band optical filter includes: a plurality of pass-bands and stop bands that partition the visible spectrum. -bands), including: three or more passbands, which are interleaved with two or more stopbands, wherein each passband has a center and a width equal to the center minus the width. One-half the lower band boundary is equal to the center plus one-half the width of the upper band boundary and a mean transmittance. Each stopband has a center, a width equal to The center minus a lower band boundary of half the width is equal to the center plus an upper band boundary of half the width and an average transmittance, the lower band boundary of each staggered stopband being equal to the lower band boundary of an adjacent passband The upper frequency band boundary is the same, the upper frequency band boundary of each staggered stopband is the same as the lower frequency band boundary of an adjacent passband, the center of each passband is between about 400 nanometers and about 700 nanometers, and the width of each passband is between Between about 10 nanometers and about 110 nanometers, Each stop band center is between about 410 nanometers and about 690 nanometers, and each stop band width is between about 10 nanometers and about 80 nanometers, and each of the staggered stop bands has an average transmittance Less than half the average transmittance of an adjacent passband. 如請求項1之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有綠色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別,及該複數個通帶之一第一通帶具有位於約440奈米至約455奈米之間之一中心,及約20奈米至約40奈米之間之一寬度,該複數個通帶之一第二通帶具有位於約525奈米至約545奈米之間之一中心,及約20奈米至約50奈米之間之一寬度,該複數個通帶之一第三通帶具有位於約610奈米至約640奈米之間之一中心,及約30奈米至約80奈米之間之一寬度,該等交錯阻帶之各者具有至少約40奈米之一寬度,及小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約四分之一之一平均透射率,該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率至多為該多頻帶光學濾光器之光透射率(luminous transmittance)之約五分之一,及該多頻帶光學濾光器在約580奈米至約610奈米之間之光譜透射率至少為該多頻帶光學濾光器之該光透射率之約五分之一。 The method of claim 1, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with green-weak color vision deficiency, and a first passband of the plurality of passbands has a wavelength at about 440 A center between about 455 nanometers and about 455 nanometers, and a width between about 20 nanometers and about 40 nanometers, a second passband of the plurality of passbands having a center between about 525 nanometers and about 545 nanometers with a center between about 20 nanometers and about 50 nanometers, and a third passband of the plurality of passbands having a center between about 610 nanometers and about 640 nanometers , and a width between about 30 nanometers and about 80 nanometers, each of the staggered stop bands having a width of at least about 40 nanometers, and less than about one quarter of the average transmittance of an adjacent pass band One of the average transmittances, the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is at most one of the luminous transmittance of the multi-band optical filter About one-fifth, and the spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 580 nanometers and about 610 nanometers is at least about one-fifth of the light transmittance of the multi-band optical filter . 如請求項2之方法,其中該第一通帶中心位於小於或等於約450奈米處。 The method of claim 2, wherein the first passband center is located at less than or equal to about 450 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第一通帶中心位於小於或等於約445奈米處。 The method of claim 2, wherein the first passband center is located at less than or equal to about 445 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第三通帶中心位於大於或等於約625奈米處。 The method of claim 2, wherein the third passband center is located at greater than or equal to about 625 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第三通帶中心位於大於或等於約635奈米處。 The method of claim 2, wherein the third passband center is located at greater than or equal to about 635 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約40奈米。 The method of claim 2, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 40 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約35奈米。 The method of claim 2, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 35 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約30奈米。 The method of claim 2, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 30 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第二通帶中心位於約535奈米至約540奈米之間。 The method of claim 2, wherein the second passband center is located between about 535 nanometers and about 540 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第二通帶中心位於約535奈米處。 The method of claim 2, wherein the second passband center is located at approximately 535 nanometers. 如請求項2之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率小於該光透射率之約五分之一。 The method of claim 2, wherein the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is less than about one-fifth of the light transmittance. 如請求項2之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率小於該光透射率之約十分之一。 The method of claim 2, wherein the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is less than about one-tenth of the light transmittance. 如請求項2至13中任一項之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約八分之一。 The method of any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmittance less than about one-eighth of the average transmittance of an adjacent passband. 如請求項2至13中任一項之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約十分之一。 The method of any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmittance less than about one-tenth of the average transmittance of an adjacent passband. 如請求項2至13之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約十六分之一。 The method of claims 2 to 13, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmittance greater than about one sixteenth of the average transmittance of an adjacent passband. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第一通帶具有位於約445奈米處之一中心,及約25奈米之一寬度,該第二通帶具有位於約530奈米處之一中心,及約45奈米之一寬度,該第三通帶具有位於約635奈米處之一中心,及約50奈米之一寬度,該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大約一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約六分之一。 The method of claim 2, wherein the first passband has a center at about 445 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, the second passband has a center at about 530 nanometers, and A width of approximately 45 nanometers, the third passband having a center located at approximately 635 nanometers, and a width of approximately 50 nanometers, each of the staggered stopbands having an average transmittance of approximately The average transmittance of the passband is about one-sixth. 如請求項17之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有輕度(mild)綠色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。 The method of claim 17, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with mild green color vision deficiency. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第一通帶具有位於約445奈米處之一中心,及約25奈米之一寬度,該第二通帶具有位於約530奈米處之一中心,及約40奈米之一寬度,該第三通帶具有位於約640奈米處之一中心,及約50奈米之一寬度,該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大約一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約八分之一。 The method of claim 2, wherein the first passband has a center at about 445 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, the second passband has a center at about 530 nanometers, and A width of approximately 40 nanometers, the third passband having a center located at approximately 640 nanometers, and a width of approximately 50 nanometers, each of the staggered stopbands having an average transmittance of approximately The average transmittance of the passband is about one-eighth. 如請求項19之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有中度(moderate)綠色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。 The method of claim 19, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with moderate green-weak color vision deficiency. 如請求項2之方法,其中該第一通帶具有位於約440奈米處之一中心,及約25奈米之一寬度,該第二通帶具有位於約530奈米處之一中心,及約45奈米之一寬度,該第三通帶具有位於約640奈米處之一中心,及約50奈米之一寬度, 該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大約一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約八分之一。 The method of claim 2, wherein the first passband has a center at about 440 nanometers and a width of about 25 nanometers, the second passband has a center at about 530 nanometers, and a width of approximately 45 nanometers, the third passband having a center located at approximately 640 nanometers, and a width of approximately 50 nanometers, Each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmission that is approximately one-eighth of the average transmission of an adjacent passband. 如請求項21之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有重度(severe)綠色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。 The method of claim 21, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with severe green-weak color vision deficiency. 如請求項1之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有紅色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別,及該複數個通帶之一第一通帶具有位於約440奈米至約455奈米之間之一中心,及約20奈米至約40奈米之間之一寬度,該複數個通帶之一第二通帶具有位於約525奈米至約545奈米之間之一中心,及約20奈米至約45奈米之間之一寬度,該複數個通帶之一第三通帶具有位於約610奈米至約640奈米之間之一中心,及約30奈米至約80奈米之間之一寬度,及該等交錯阻帶之各者具有至少約30奈米之一寬度,及小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約四分之一之一平均透射率,該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率至多為該多頻帶光學濾光器之該光透射率之約五分之一,及該多頻帶光學濾光器在約580奈米至約610奈米之間之光譜透射率至少為該多頻帶光學濾光器之該光透射率之約五分之一。 The method of claim 1, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with red-weak color vision deficiencies, and a first passband of the plurality of passbands has a wavelength at about 440 A center between about 455 nanometers and about 455 nanometers, and a width between about 20 nanometers and about 40 nanometers, a second passband of the plurality of passbands having a center between about 525 nanometers and about 545 nanometers with a center between about 20 nanometers and about 45 nanometers, and a third passband of the plurality of passbands having a center between about 610 nanometers and about 640 nanometers , and a width between about 30 nanometers and about 80 nanometers, and each of the staggered stop bands has a width of at least about 30 nanometers and less than about four times the average transmittance of an adjacent pass band One-third of the average transmittance, the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is at most about five times the light transmittance of the multi-band optical filter one-fifth of the light transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 580 nanometers and about 610 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第一通帶中心位於小於或等於約450奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the first passband center is located at less than or equal to about 450 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第一通帶中心位於小於或等於約445奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the first passband center is located at less than or equal to about 445 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第一通帶中心位於小於或等於約440奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the first passband center is located at less than or equal to about 440 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第三通帶中心位於大於或等於約615奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the third passband center is located at greater than or equal to about 615 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第三通帶中心位於大於或等於約625奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the third passband center is located at greater than or equal to about 625 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約40奈米。 The method of claim 23, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 40 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約35奈米。 The method of claim 23, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 35 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第二通帶寬度至多為約30奈米。 The method of claim 23, wherein the second passbandwidth is at most about 30 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第二通帶中心位於約525奈米至約535奈米之間。 The method of claim 23, wherein the second passband center is between about 525 nanometers and about 535 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第二通帶中心位於約530奈米處。 The method of claim 23, wherein the second passband center is located at about 530 nanometers. 如請求項23之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率小於該光透射率之約五分之一。 The method of claim 23, wherein the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is less than about one-fifth of the light transmittance. 如請求項23之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器在約475奈米至約580奈米之間之最小光譜透射率小於該光透射率之約十分之一。 The method of claim 23, wherein the minimum spectral transmittance of the multi-band optical filter between about 475 nanometers and about 580 nanometers is less than about one-tenth of the light transmittance. 如請求項23至35中任一項之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約八分之一。 The method of any one of claims 23 to 35, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmission less than about one-eighth of the average transmission of an adjacent passband. 如請求項23至35中任一項之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有小於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約十分之一之一平均透射率。 The method of any one of claims 23 to 35, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmission less than about one-tenth of the average transmission of an adjacent passband. 如請求項23至35任一項之方法,其中該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大於一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約十六分之一。 The method of any one of claims 23 to 35, wherein each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmittance greater than about one sixteenth of the average transmittance of an adjacent passband. 如請求項23之方法,其中該第一通帶具有位於約445奈米處之一中心,及約20奈米之一寬度,該第二通帶具有位於約525奈米處之一中心,及約40奈米之一寬度,該第三通帶具有位於約630奈米處之一中心,及約55奈米之一寬度, 該等交錯阻帶之各者具有一平均透射率大約一相鄰通帶之平均透射率之約八分之一。 The method of claim 23, wherein the first passband has a center at about 445 nanometers and a width of about 20 nanometers, the second passband has a center at about 525 nanometers, and a width of approximately 40 nanometers, the third passband having a center located at approximately 630 nanometers, and a width of approximately 55 nanometers, Each of the staggered stopbands has an average transmission that is approximately one-eighth of the average transmission of an adjacent passband. 如請求項39之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器經組態以針對具有紅色弱色覺缺陷之觀察者增強紅綠色辨別。 The method of claim 39, wherein the multi-band optical filter is configured to enhance red-green discrimination for observers with red-weak color vision deficiencies. 如請求項2至13及23至35中任一項之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器提供一(x,y)色度(chromaticity)座標,其與根據工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2010第4.6.3.1節定義之平均日光色彩限制區域之邊界上之任何點相距至少約0.05個單位。 The method of any one of claims 2 to 13 and 23 to 35, wherein the multi-band optical filter provides a (x, y) chromaticity coordinate that is consistent with industry standard ANSI Z80.3-2010 Any points on the boundary of the mean daylight color-limited area defined in Section 4.6.3.1 are at least approximately 0.05 units apart. 如請求項2至13及23至35中任一項之方法,其中該多頻帶光學濾光器提供黃色交通信號的一(x,y)色度座標,其在如由工業標準ANSI Z80.3-2005第5.6.3.1節及第4.6.3.1節所定義之點(0.313,0.620)之約0.05個單位內。 The method of any one of claims 2 to 13 and 23 to 35, wherein the multi-band optical filter provides an (x, y) chromaticity coordinate of a yellow traffic signal as determined by industry standard ANSI Z80.3 -Within approximately 0.05 units of the points (0.313, 0.620) defined in Sections 5.6.3.1 and 4.6.3.1 of 2005.
TW108118053A 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization TWI813693B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261606920P 2012-03-05 2012-03-05
US61/606,920 2012-03-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201932884A TW201932884A (en) 2019-08-16
TWI813693B true TWI813693B (en) 2023-09-01

Family

ID=49771410

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102107538A TWI598639B (en) 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization
TW106123541A TWI664454B (en) 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization
TW108118053A TWI813693B (en) 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102107538A TWI598639B (en) 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization
TW106123541A TWI664454B (en) 2012-03-05 2013-03-04 Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (3) TWI598639B (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11204455B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2021-12-21 Ronald S. Ace Spectrally sculpted multiple narrowband filtration for improved human vision
US10582589B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2020-03-03 Lumileds Llc Lighting system with integrated sensor
WO2019246431A1 (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Lumileds Llc Lighting system with integrated sensor
TWI673618B (en) * 2018-06-27 2019-10-01 英業達股份有限公司 Light guide assisted design method
TWI696961B (en) * 2018-12-12 2020-06-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Deep neural networks (dnn) hardware accelerator and operation method thereof
CN111880319A (en) * 2020-08-18 2020-11-03 董述萍 Thomson scattering diagnostic system with atomic notch filter

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200619795A (en) * 2004-05-10 2006-06-16 Agilent Technologies Inc Method and system for wavelength-dependent imaging and detection using a hybrid filter

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5774202A (en) * 1993-08-18 1998-06-30 Coloryte Hungary Optikai Kutato, Fejleszto Es Gyarto Reszvenytarsasag Method and optical means for improving or modifying color vision and method for making said optical means
JP2001112811A (en) * 1999-10-18 2001-04-24 Masashi Hayashi Lens for correcting abnormal colour sense
WO2007094338A1 (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-08-23 National University Corporation Toyohashi University Of Technology Method for forming functional spectrum filter

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200619795A (en) * 2004-05-10 2006-06-16 Agilent Technologies Inc Method and system for wavelength-dependent imaging and detection using a hybrid filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI598639B (en) 2017-09-11
TWI664454B (en) 2019-07-01
TW201932884A (en) 2019-08-16
TW201734512A (en) 2017-10-01
TW201341860A (en) 2013-10-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2022202763B2 (en) Multi-band color vision filters and method by LP-optimization
JP7041712B2 (en) An optical filter that affects color vision in the desired manner, and how to design it by nonlinear optimization.
US11714298B2 (en) Optical device for enhancing human color vision
JP7357368B2 (en) Optical device for improving human color vision with improved decorative appearance
TWI813693B (en) Multi-band color vision filters and method by lp-optimization